REc
REc
Refrigeration
Master Catalog
Catalog CIC-2003-1/USA
April 2003
Catalog CIC-2003-1/US Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Products
Table of Contents
Preferred Supplier
Parker — Your
Parker — Your Preferred Supplier ............................................................................................... ......... page 4
Overview, Case History, Application Expertise, Why Parker?, PHconnect, EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)
Dryers
Filter
Introduction to Dryers, Loose-Filled Copper Dryers, Loose-Filled Spring-Loaded Copper Dryers, Service Copper
Dryers, Cu LLD® Series Solid-Core Copper Dryers, Copper Filter Dryer with Activated Alumina Core, CBF Bi-Flow
Copper Dryers, Gold Label Steel Liquid Line Dryers (LLD), 410 Guidelines and Dryers, Sahara Series Dryers,
Steel Bi-Flow Dryers (BF Series), Gold Label Steel Suction Line Filter Dryers, Replacement Dryer Shells & Filter
Cores
Oil Devices
& Strainers
Pre-Filters,
Pre-Filters, Oil Devices and Strainers ............................................................................................... page 49
PF Series, SPD Series, LP Gas Filter, PRD-3, Oil Vapor Separator, POS 321 Oil Separator, Oil Reservoir, PS 033
Oil trainer, Copper Strainers
Receivers, Tanks
Accum'tors,
& Mufflers
Accumulators, Receivers, Tanks & Mufflers ..................................................................................... page 57
Introduction to Accumulators, Steel Accumulators, Copper Accumulators, Receivers, Compensator Tanks, Mufflers
Sight Glass
Indicators
Sight Glass Moisture Indicators ........................................................................................................ page 71
Moisture
Sight Glasses and Moisture Indicators
Couplings
Couplings ............................................................................................................................................ page 75
5400 Series Self-Sealing Steel Couplings, 5500 Series Self-Sealing Brass Couplings, 5700 Series One-Shot™
Brass Couplings, RC04 Series Dual-Line ConnectAire™ Couplings, RC01C Series Automotive (R134a) Process
Couplings, RC05 Multi-Purpose Process Couplings; FD57 Series Stub Kit Couplings
Check Valves
Service and
Distributors &
Flow Controls
Distributors & Flow Controls ........................................................................................................... page 191
Distributors, Flow Rater Assembly, Pistons, Angle Shut-Off Valve, Fittings
Value-Added
& Services
Products
Value-Added Products and Services ............................................................................................... page 223
(Also see pages 4 and 5 for value-added products and services)
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
Refrigeration Solenoid Valves .......................................................................................................... page 227
Three-Way Hot Gas Defrost Valves; Solenoid Valves; R Series Valves; Jackes-Evans Solenoid Valves;
Solenoid Valves for Secondary Coolants; Pulse Width Modulating Valves;
General Purpose
Solenoid Valves
General Purpose Solenoid Valves ................................................................................................... page 275
Two-Way Solenoid Valves; Three-Way Solenoid Valves; Four-Way Solenoid Valves; Special Purpose Valves;
Media Compatibility; Flow, Steam and Air Capacities, Gold Ring™ General Purpose Solenoid Valves;
Water Regulating Valves; Dual Acting Water Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
Regulators
Flo-Con Pressure Regulators & Valves ........................................................................................... page 285
& Valves
Product Overview; (S)PORT, (S)PORT-II Evaporator Pressure Regulators; A8, (S)PORT, and SC Suction Capacities; A8 and A9
Pressure Regulators; CK4 Check Valve and Liquid Drain Capacities; Condensor Pressure Controls; A8 Liquid Drain Capacities and
Discharge Capacities; CK4A Hot Gas Discharge and Condensor Bypass Capacities; Hot Gas Bypass; Hot Gas Bypass Capacities;
Discharge Regulators for Supermarket Applications; Crankcase Pressure Regulators; SC Suction Solenoid Valves; S81/S82
Solenoid Valves; Temperature Pressure Chart; Reference Material
Refrigeration
Pressure Regulators; Solenoid Valves; Gas Powered Valves; Check Valves; Safety Relief Valves; Hand Valves;
Liquid Flow Regulators; Liquid Level Control; Miscellaneous
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are
governed by the provisions stated in the “Offer of Sale”.
The results:
Seals Manifold
◆ 105 separate parts combined into 1 subsystem and
supplied as 1 part number
◆ 82 potential leak points reduced to 27
◆ 50% less labor per finished unit
◆ $257,000 annual cost savings for the customer
◆ Many vendors to one
Filters
Accumulator
Pressure Regulator
Globally Capable
Mini Service Kit
Preferred Supplier
In its quest to provide premier customer service, Parker
Parker — Your
is everywhere. More than 48,000 employees work in
200+ manufacturing locations and 150+ service
centers. They work in 49 countries on 6 continents
and speak close to 100 languages. Another 8,200
distributors and Parker Stores provide service and
support. All Parker operating units connect globally via
an enterprise gateway. This portal provides customers
and suppliers alike a mechanism to deal with the
company's many locations as though they were a
single entity.
Technology Leadership
Technology has long been at the heart of Parker’s
success. At a corporate level, Parker Central Engineering Custom Kit featuring solenoid
leads the way. Using computer simulation and other valves, copper dryers,
expansion valves
techniques, our army of engineers design peak perfor-
and distributors.
mance into flow control, pneumatic, hydraulic, electro-
mechanical, magnetic, thermal, and refrigeration
systems.
The Climate and Industrial Controls Group boasts its
own array of technology resources: a dedicated Applied
Technology Center; test ammonia rigs and supermarket
racks; environmental chambers; vibration, burst, and
impulse testing units; a fuel cell business unit; and
design engineering staff at every division. The results
are clear — more than 150 patents in climate and
control technology over the past 40 years.
e-Business Capabilities
inPHorm product selection software, EDI (electronic Value-added assembly combining
data interchange), Par-Zap bar coding technology, copper dryer, TXV and service valve.
PHconnect for secured internet business to business
transactions, and www.parker.com, one of the most
comprehensive sites on the web.
Parker knows that not all refrigeration and air conditioning applications are created equal. We
have dedicated engineers and sales force with hundreds of years combined experience and
knowledge in commercial, residential, industrial and supermarket systems.
Application Expertise:
Residential and Commercial Air Conditioning
Thermostatic
Expansion Valve
Refrigerant
Distributor
Sight Glass
Moisture
Indicator
Thermostatic
Liquid Expansion Valve
Line Dryer
Check
Valve
Sight
Shutoff/ Check Glass
Suction Line Valve
Filter Dryer Service Valve
Liquid
Line
Dryer
Refrigerant
Couplings
Compressor Suction Line
Accumulator
Parker knows “the guts” of air conditioning systems better than anyone. That’s why global air
conditioning equipment makers depend on Parker product breadth and engineering expertise.
In return, these customers get customized, leak free subsystems that fit their applications perfectly.
Application Expertise:
Supermarket Refrigeration
Preferred Supplier
Parker — Your
Split Condenser
Hot Gas
SC Solenoid Evaporator Solenoid 3-Way Hot Gas
Solenoid Valves Pressure Regulators Defrost Solenoid Solenoid
Valve
Valves
Solenoid
Valves
50% 50%
EPRs
HOT GAS MANIFOLD
Parker prevents and solves problems for supermarket store owners. Our technology ensures that FDA
and other food safety temperature guidelines are met; minimizes the “energy penalty” that improperly
designed competitive products can cause; and reduces maintenance and inventory costs by offering
standard products that meet different application needs with simple interchangeable cartridges, kits
and adapters.
Application Expertise:
Industrial Refrigeration
Hand Globe Hand
Expansion Valve Expansion Liquid Globe
Liquid Valve Valve Solenoid Valve
Solenoid Valve
Valve
Strainer
Strainer
Replaceable Reseating
Core Filter Back Pressure Strainer Relief Valve
Purge Valve Regulator Strainer
Dual Relief
Valve Assembly Dual Relief
Valve Assembly
Globe Valve
Condenser
Angle Valve
Liquid Level
Replaceable Control
Core Filter
Low Pressure Liquid Receiver
Oil
Globe Separator
Valve Hand Expansion
Globe Liquid Valve
Valve Sight Glass Solenoid Angle
Oil Valve
Drain
Valve
Compressor Pump
Purge
High Pressure Liquid Receiver Valve
Purge
Valve
Check
Purge Replaceable
Valve
Valves Core Filter
Parker keeps the world’s food supply safe. As the world’s population grows, so does its need for large
scale, refrigerated food preparation and storage facilities. Food warehouses, meat plants, fisheries,
dairies, breweries and wineries all rely on Parker Refrigerating Specialties (RS) brand components
and systems. The result: food of the highest freshness, quality and safety.
Application Expertise:
Commercial Refrigeration (Walk-In Cooler Application)
Preferred Supplier
Parker — Your
Evaporator Equalizer Tube
Evaporator Fan
Evaporator
Pressure Regulator
TXV
Evaporator
Hot Gas
Defrost Valve
Sight
Glass
Accumulator
Muffler
Solenoid
Filter Dryer
Solenoid
Solenoid Dryer
Valve
Pressure
Control
Vibration Vibration
Damper Damper
Shutoff Valve
Crankcase Sight Glass Receiver
Heater Compressor
From the kitchen to the cooler, Parker knows commercial refrigeration. The list of applications is
diverse… appliances, water fountains, ice machines, yogurt and ice cream machines, beverage
dispensing, transport refrigeration, cryogenics, medicine, entertainment, specialty cooling…The
common factor? Dependable, energy efficient performance powered by Parker.
Application Expertise:
Commercial Refrigeration (Ice Machine Application)
Defrost
Manifold Distributor
Inverted Ice
Cube Mold
TXV
Water Accumulator
Spray
Water Supply
Solenoid Valve
Condenser
Compressor
Filter
Power Dryer
Source
Preferred Supplier
Parker — Your
internet:
• enter orders
• check product inventory and availability
• search product catalogs
• check order status
• track package shipment and delivery
• check account status with Parker
PHconnect is available 24/7. Requirements include
an internet connection and an account with Parker
Hannifin. PHconnect is a FREE service. (Some
capabilities not available to all customers — con-
tact your Parker sales rep for more information.)
PHconnect Application
COMPANY NAME:
ADDRESS:
CITY/STATE/ZIP:
PHONE NUMBER (including area code):
YOUR COMPANY’S BILL-TO AND SHIP-TO LOCATIONS (PARKER SIX-DIGIT CUSTOMER CODES)
FOR WHICH YOU ARE REQUESTING PHCONNECT
BILL-TO: SHIP-TO:
USER ADMINISTRATOR (should be main user at this location; can also grant access to PHconnect features
to other users at this location)
NAME/TITLE: E-MAIL ADDRESS:
REQUESTED USER ID (i.e. Bobby123, LisaXYZ, etc.):
ADDITIONAL USERS:
1) NAME/TITLE: E-MAIL ADDRESS:
REQUESTED USER ID (i.e. Bobby123, LisaXYZ, etc.):
2) NAME/TITLE: E-MAIL ADDRESS:
REQUESTED USER ID (i.e. Bobby123, LisaXYZ, etc.):
Preferred Supplier
ners do not have the ability to dial into Parker's
Parker — Your
Third-party communication networks or Value-Added mainframe computer.
Networks (VANS) eliminate the need for extra hard- • Therefore, Parker requires the use of a third-party
ware, software, telephone connections, or manpower. network (VAN) service to provide store-and-forward
Most trading partners find it convenient to use third- capability and compliance checking (see page 9for
party networks. VANs are service bureau companies more information). A listing of Value-Added Net-
offering mailbox functions to trading partners, allowing works will be provided upon request.
them to receive and transmit their electronic transac-
tions to multiple locations with minimal problems. Technical
• A micro, mini, or mainframe computer must be avail-
For instance, General Electric Information Services able to implement EDI.
(GEIS) has a VAN called EDI*Express, which has a • The computer must have communication capability;
local access network to which a person can subscribe that is, you must have at least a business telephone
and receive a mailbox. Parker directly subscribes to line or the equivalent, as well as a modem.
several VANs, and all of these third-party service pro- • Parker communicates in a FTP protocol. The trading
viders interconnect with virtually all other VANs. partners may use any protocol compatible with their
selected third-party network.
The Role of Database Integration
• Each trading partner must have the ability to com-
Now that we have discussed many of the elements in municate data in the ANSI X.12 format. Internal use
the structure of EDI, it is important that you have an of the data is user-defined.
understanding of the content found within the EDI
• Each trading partner should have sufficient error
application structure. In other words, the ANSI standards
detection capability to ensure compliance within
alone will not fully ensure acceptance of an electronic
the ANSI X.12 format. Trading partners agree on
document; the data itself must be recognized by the
specific field requirements within the ANSI format.
divisional application system and be
efficiently applied within that system
ANSITrans EDIFACT Trans Name Send Receive
structure.
152 * Statistical Government Information GR X
What this means is that if the data 810 INVOIC Invoice IN X X
820 REMADV Remittance Advice RA X
transmitted within the ANSI format
824 APERAK Application Advice AG X X
does not conform to the divisional
830 DELFOR Material Release PS X X
application database, then additional 832 PRICAT Price/Sales Catalog SC X
manual processing would be re- 836 * Contract Award RQ X
quired. Since this would defeat the 838 PARTIN Trading Partner Profile TD X
purpose of EDI, it is mandatory that 840 REQQTE Request For Quote RQ X
trading partners use identical data 841 QLSPEC Tech Specifications SP X X
(exact part numbers, prices, etc.) 842 NONCON Non conformance Report NC X
within their EDI processing. 843 QUOTES Response to RFQ RR X
846 INVINQ Inventory Inquiry/Advice IB X X
For Original Equipment Manufactur- 850 ORDERS Purchase Order PO X X
ers (OEMs), part numbers and 853 * Carrier Routing RI X
prices agreed to by trading partner 855 ORDRSP PO Acknowledgment PR X X
856 DESADV or PRODEX Advance Shipment Notification SH X X
divisions must be precisely reflected
860 ORDCHG PO Change PC X
in the OEM database. In this way,
861 RECADV Receiving Advice RC X
the customer's database and 862 DELJIT Shipping Schedule SS X
Parker's divisional EDI processing 863 QALITY Quality Reporting RT X
will be tied together with common 864 GENRAL Text TX X
data content. 865 ORDRSP PO Change Acknowledgment CA X
867 PROTRA Product Transfer and Resale Report PT X
Transactions that have been 869 OSTENQ Order Status Inquiry RS X
implemented within Parker divisions 870 OSTRPT Order Status Report RS X
with various trading partners include 997 CONTRL Functional Acknowledgment FA X X
those shown in the table at the right. NOTE: Not all transactions are applicable to all trading partnerships.
Preferred Supplier
Parker — Your
that is specifically tailored to your company, we can 6035 Parkland Blvd. Cleveland, Ohio 44124-4141
offer you the following limited assistance in starting an (216) 896-3000
EDI program:
Technical Contact:
1. An explanation of EDI
EDI Senior Technical Analyst
2. An explanation of the transactions
Corporate IT Dept. Parker Hannifin Corporation
3. A discussion on choosing a third-party network
6035 Parkland Blvd. Cleveland, Ohio 44124-4141
4. A discussion on quantifying objectives and
(216) 896-3000
determining what to expect from EDI
Filter Dryers
Table of Contents
Dryers
Filter
Service Copper Dryers ............................................................................................................ 27
Gold Label Steel Suction Line Filter Dryers, “The Original SLD ® ” ....................................... 42
Introduction to Dryers
A dryer in a refrigeration system has two functions; is honeycombed with regularly spaced cavities or
one, to adsorb system contaminants such as water pores. Each of these cavities or pores are uniform in
and acid, and two, to provide physical filtration. size. This uniformity eliminates the co-adsorption of
molecules varying in size. This permits molecules, such
Selecting a filter dryer for a particular application as water, to be adsorbed, while allowing other larger
requires various technical factors to be considered. molecules, such as the refrigerant, lubricant and acids,
These factors include the type of system, connecting to pass by. The surface of this desiccant is charged
line size, water capacity, flow capacity (size of system), positively with cations, which act as a magnet and will
filtration capability, material of construction (steel therefore adsorb polarized molecules, such as water,
versus copper), and safe working pressures. Evaluation first and hold them tightly. The water molecules are
of each factor is necessary to ensure proper and physically separated from the lubricant, minimizing the
economical dryer design.
Dryers
Filter
potential for POE hydrolysis.
Parker Hannifin has developed filter dryer recommen- Activated alumina is formed from aluminum oxide
dations based on current technical data, as well as (Al2O3) and is not a highly crystalline material. Both
many years of actual field experience. They have been alumina and silica gel show a wide range of pore sizes
tested for flow and water capacity using the American and neither exhibit any selectivity based on molecular
Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning size. Due to the varying pore sizes, they can co-adsorb
Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 63.1 and are rated for the much larger refrigerant, lubricant and acid mol-
use based on the Air Conditioning and Refrigeration ecules, eliminating the surface area available to adsorb
Institute’s guideline ARI 710. Data obtained from this water. Alumina can also aid in the hydrolysis of the
testing is shown in the Capacities “(Ratings at ARI POE lubricants creating organic acids since both water
Standard Conditions)” tables for liquid line filter dryers and lubricant are adsorbed into the pore openings of
and can be used as a comparison for filter dryers. the alumina.
However, other factors must be considered for various
types of equipment. Silica gel is a non-crystalline material with a molecular
structure formed by bundles of polymerized silica
Adsorbing Moisture and Preventing Acids (SiO2). Gel-type desiccants are indicative of the weaker
The ability to remove moisture from a refrigeration bond formed between water and the desiccant. Silica
system is the most important function of a dryer. gel is the old type of desiccant and is not widely used in
Moisture can come from many sources such as today’s filter dryers.
trapped air from improper evacuation, system leaks,
and motor windings to name a few. Another source Selecting Desiccant Material
is due to improper handling of polyolester (POE) There are many factors involved when selecting which
lubricants, which are hygroscopic; that is, they readily desiccant material is best for which application. Water
absorb moisture. POEs can pick up more moisture capacity, refrigerant and lubricant compatibility, physical
from its surroundings and hold it much tighter than the strength, and acid capacity are important characteris-
previously used mineral oils. This moisture can cause tics of desiccants that should be considered.
freeze-ups and corrosion of metallic components.
Moisture in the system can also cause a reaction with Dryers are often placed on the liquid side of the system
POEs called hydrolysis, forming organic acids. to remove moisture and some solids before the refriger-
ant travels through the expansion valve. Acid levels,
To prevent the formation of these acids, the moisture both organic and inorganic, are not typically high on the
within the system must be minimized. This is accom- liquid side, but some does exist and a dryer should be
plished by the use of desiccants within the filter dryer. able to remove some of it. However, acid levels will
The three most commonly used desiccants are remain low if the dryer can remove most of the mois-
molecular sieve, activated alumina and silica gel. ture in the system. To accomplish this, the dryer must
have an adequate water capacity level. Water capacity
Molecular sieves are crystalline sodium alumino- is the amount of water or moisture the desiccant can
silicates (synthetic zeolites) having cubic crystals, hold while maintaining low levels within the refrigeration
which selectively adsorb molecules based on system.
molecular size and polarity. The crystal structure
Figure 1 illustrates the water capacity of different desic- the measured levels of the F- and Cl- will remain low.
cants as a percent of weight in an R-12 refrigerant sys- Incompatible refrigerants and desiccants will promote
tem. It can be determined from this that the molecular decomposition and formation of these inorganic acids.
sieve desiccant retains the highest amount of moisture. Table 2 gives a summary of the compatible refrigerant
This type of isotherm represents unimolecular adsorp- and molecular sieve.
tion. This is due to the strong bond between the TABLE 2
molecular sieve and water. The activated alumina
Refrigerant Dessicant
desiccant retains a fair amount of moisture, as well.
R-12 XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
However, the retention isn’t as great as the molecular
R-22 XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
sieve. This is indicative of co-adsorption of other materi- R-134a XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
als and the weak hold activated alumina has on water. R-401A XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
R-401B XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
FIGURE 1 R-401C XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
R-402A XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
R-402B XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
20 R-404A XH-6, XH-9, XH-11
Water capacity, weight %
Refrigerant and lubricant compatibility is essential The formation of these organic and inorganic acids will
when selecting the correct desiccant. Dryers are often cause the water capacity of the desiccant to decrease.
used on the suction line side of a system to prevent Therefore, it is important to know the compatibility of
foreign particles, acids, sludge and moisture from the components within a refrigerant system. Table 4 (on
entering the compressor. Inorganic acid formation is the following page) displays the various refrigerants
predominantly found on the suction side and could and the compatible lubricant.
cause corrosion and motor burnout. Inorganic acids
(HCI and HF) form from the decomposition of the Desiccants should be strong enough mechanically to
refrigerant. This may happen as a result of added heat resist breaking up when subjected to system vibrations
and moisture in the system. Inorganic acids formed will and surges. Incompatible combinations of refrigerant,
attack the crystalline structure of the molecular sieve lubricant and desiccant will have low crush strength
and break it down. Thus, it is important to keep the and high attrition values. Crush strength can be defined
fluoride and chloride levels, found on the desiccant, low. as the force required to break the individual beads of
Additionally, if the correct compatible desiccant is used, desiccant. Attrition occurs when the desiccant is
shaken or vibrated to yield fine particles.
Dryers
Filter
R-410A POE (Polyolester)
R-502 POE (Polyolester) adequate dryer capacity.
R-507A POE (Polyolester)
Information regarding operating pressure is required to
Courtesy Allied Signal
adequately size the wall thickness of the dryer to attain
the ultimate burst pressure, for both copper and steel.
In accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and
Steel vs. Copper the Canadian Standards Association (CSA), the burst
The major differences in using steel versus copper pressure is rated as five times the design working
dryers are the system sizes and applications. Copper pressure of the system, or as three times the design
dryers are normally used in smaller systems, systems working pressure of the system along with a fatigue
with less pressure fluctuations and lower vibration stress test, as per UL 1995. Typically, for copper dryers,
tendencies. Some smaller systems do not require high the design working pressure value can be correlated
filtration capabilities; however, some of the smaller to tube diameter and wall thickness in order to meet
systems using the new refrigerants will require better specific UL specifications.
Application
• Refrigeration systems between 1/4 and 2 tons. 3/4" O.D. Copper Dryer Data
Dryers
Filter
1" O.D. Copper Dryer Water Capacities
Water Capacity in drops of water
R-12 R-22 R-134a R-401A / B R-401C R-402A R-402B
Part No. 75° 125° 75° 125° 75° 125° 75° 125° 75° 125° 75° 125° 75° 125°
032083-00 43.0 39.4 N/R N/R 40.3 37.7 N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R N/R
058066-00 49.5 45.9 44.7 41.1 48.9 46.5 48.9 45.3 45.9 43.2 49.8 45.9 49.5 45.6
057404-00 60.5 58.6 54.7 50.6 59.8 57.0 58.6 53.1 57.0 52.5 59.4 53.8 59.4 53.8
Loose-Filled Spring-Loaded
Copper Dryers
Parker's Loose-Filled Spring-Loaded Copper Dryers
adsorb system contaminants and provide physical
filtration to air conditioning and heat-pump systems
between 1/4 and 5 tons. Dryers are spring-loaded to
compact the sieve load, preventing attrition by move-
ment of the sieve material.
Application
• Air conditioning and heat-pump systems between
1/4 and 5 tons.
Features and Benefits
• One-piece copper shells in 1" to 1-5/8" O.D.,
along with spun sweat connections in a variety of
sizes, provide easy installation, simplified brazing,
and corrosion-resistance.
• Up to 90 grams of 100% molecular sieve provide
maximum water adsorption. Specially formulated
sieve, XH-11, is compatible with R-410a applica-
tions.
• Dryers also available with standard charging
tubes, SAE flare fittings, stepped-tubes on the
inlet/outlet, and coiled capillary or bent tubing to
match the unique requirements of a unit.
• Dryers are also available with fiberglass padding
for filtration up to 20-30 microns.
Dryers
Filter
056242-03 50.2 47.3 49.4 44.8 49.4 44.8 49.4 44.8 27.3 24.3 47.0 44.3 50.8 47.5
053817-01 93.0 87.5 91.5 83.0 91.5 83.0 91.5 83.0 50.5 45.0 87.0 82.0 94.0 88.0
One and two inlets are available as well as cap tube sizes on outlet from .125 to .50. All 1" dryers are U.L.
recognized components, File #SA8570. Tonnage ratings will vary depending on the inlet and outlet requested.
Application MMS-200
Dryers
Features and Benefits
Filter
• Worldwide OEM usage and acceptance to add
dryers or match replacements with a variety of
319
units.
• All copper construction for corrosion resistance,
simplified brazing, and easy installation.
• 100% XH-9 molecular sieve is specially formu- 620
lated for refrigerants and blends, including 134a,
404A, and 507A for maximum water adsorption.
• Compatible with mineral oils and synthetics.
• UL recognized and CSA certified. CO73S
Recommended Tonnages
MRO Part R-22 R-404A
Model No. No. R-402 R-134a R-401A/B R-502, R-507A R-410A
MMS-80 058070-01
MMS-100 058198-01
MMS-200 032134-01
712 032092-00 1/3 to 2 tons depending on application and system.
319 032144-00 Contact Parker for details.
619 032142-00
620 032133-00
621 032143-00
CO73S 032145-00 4 4 4 1/2 3 4 1/2
Dryers
Filter
spun sweat connections in a variety of sizes, provide easy
installation, simplified brazing, and corrosion-resistance.
• Standard 1, 2, 3, 5, and 8 cubic inch cores available in
100% molecular sieve, 100% activated alumina, or blends
to provide maximum water adsorption. Specially formulated
cores in XH-11 are compatible with R-410a applications.
• Dryers also available with standard charging tubes, SAE
flare fittings, stepped-tubes on the inlet/outlet, and coiled
capillary or bent tubing to match the unique requirements
of a unit.
Cu LLD® Series Solid-Core Copper Dryers — Water Drop Capacity at ARI Conditions
MRO OEM R-12 R-22 R-134a R-401A/B R-401C R-402A R-402B
Model Model (15 ppm) (60 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm)
No. No. 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F
Cu LLD 2-3S s13 31/28 28/24 31/27 30/26 29/25 30/26 30/26
Cu LLD 3-2S s22 69/63 63/55 69/62 67/57 65/57 68/58 68/58
Cu LLD 3-3S s23 69/63 63/55 69/62 67/57 65/57 68/58 68/58
Cu LLD 5-3S s33 95/87 86/75 94/85 92/79 90/78 94/80 94/80
Cu LLD 8-3S s53 166/152 150/131 165/147 161/137 157/136 163/139 163/139
Cu LLD 16-3S s83 266/242 241/209 263/236 258.0 258/20 251/217 261/223
Cu LLD® Series Solid-Core Copper Dryers — Tons of Refrigerant at Pressure Drop 1 psi
OEM
Model MRO
No. Model No. R-12 R-22 R-134a R-401A R-401B R-401C R-402A R-402B R-404A R-407A R-407B R-407C R410A R-502 R-507A
s13 Cu LLD 2-3S 2.2 2.9 2.6 2.9 3.0 2.7 2.0 2.3 1.9 2.6 2.1 2.9 2.8 1.9 1.9
s22 Cu LLD 3-2S 1.4 1.9 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.3 1.5 1.2 1.6 1.3 1.8 1.8 1.2 1.2
s23 Cu LLD 3-3S 3.2 4.3 3.9 4.3 4.4 3.9 2.9 3.4 2.8 3.7 3.0 4.2 4.2 2.8 2.8
s33 Cu LLD 5-3S 3.1 4.2 3.8 4.1 4.3 3.8 2.8 3.3 2.7 3.6 2.9 4.1 4.1 2.7 2.7
s53 Cu LLD 8-3S 3.4 4.6 4.2 4.5 4.7 4.1 3.1 3.6 3.0 4.0 3.2 4.5 4.5 3.0 3.0
s83 Cu LLD 16-3S 3.6 4.8 4.4 4.7 5.0 4.4 3.2 3.8 3.1 4.2 3.4 4.7 4.6 3.1 3.1
Dryers
Filter
spun sweat connections in a variety of sizes,
provide easy installation, simplified brazing, and
Copper Bi-Flow Dryer Data
corrosion-resistance.
• Standard 3 and 5 cubic inch cores available in Part Overall
100% molecular sieve to provide maximum water Number Length Core Inlet/Outlet
adsorption. Specially formulated cores in XH-11 032284-052 7.04 3 cu in core 1/4" inlet and outlet
032284-053 7.04 3 cu in core 3/8" inlet and outlet
are compatible with R-410a applications.
032284-082 7.98 5 cu in core 1/4" inlet and outlet
• Dryers also available with standard charging
032284-083 7.98 5 cu in core 3/8" inlet and outlet
tubes, SAE flare fittings, stepped-tubes on the
032284-084 7.98 5 cu in core 1/2" inlet and outlet
inlet/outlet, and coiled capillary or bent tubing to 032284-085 7.98 5 cu in core 5/8" inlet and outlet
match the unique requirements of a unit.
All of these dryers have a .01 - .02 tube stop in the inlet and outlet.
• Larger dryer with 8 cubic inch core in develop-
ment providing higher holding capacities.
Gold Label Steel Liquid Line Dryers - Water Drop Capacity at ARI Conditions
R-404A/
R-12 R-22 R-134a R-401A/B R-401C R-402A/B R-507 R-407A/B R-407C R-410A* R-502 R-507A
Model (15 ppm) (60 ppm) (150 ppm) (60 ppm) (60 ppm) (60 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm) (50 ppm) (30 ppm) (50 ppm)
Series 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F 75° F/125° F
030 79/76 71/66 78/74 76/69 74/68 77/70 78/73 51/46 55/49 42/37 73/68 78/73
050 198/191 177/160 196/185 157/142 153/141 159/144 194/182 105/95 127/115 87/78 181/169 161/151
080 280/270 250/230 277/262 237/215 231/213 241/218 273/257 159/144 180/162 124/111 255/238 244/228
160 401/386 358/325 395/375 461/418 448/413 467/423 389/367 309/280 258/232 178/159 365/341 473/443
300 835/808 755/698 826/786 808/733 786/724 819/742 822/773 543/491 579/521 446/397 769/724 830/777
410 1164/1127 1053/973 1151/1096 1127/1022 1096/1010 1142/1034 1145/1078 757/684 806/726 622/554 1071/1010 1158/1084
750 1776/1720 1607/1485 1757/1673 1720/1560 1673/1541 1743/1579 1748/1645 1156/1044 1231/1109 949/846 1635/1541 1767/1654
*See pages 40-42 for R-410A specific dryers and applications.
Refrigerant Holding Capacities for Gold Label Steel Liquid Line Dryers
(in oz. of refrigerant @ 100° F)
Model
Series R-12 R-22 R-134a R-401A/B R-401C R-402A R-402B R-404A R-407A R-407B R-407C R-410A* R-502 R-507A
030 1.92 1.74 1.76 1.71 1.51 1.59 1.42 1.49 1.64 1.46 1.45 1.52 1.76 1.50
050 3.30 3.00 3.00 4.99 4.39 4.62 4.31 2.60 4.78 4.44 2.80 2.60 2.90 2.60
080 6.10 5.50 5.60 7.10 6.24 6.58 6.10 4.80 6.81 6.27 5.30 4.80 5.40 4.80
160 9.10 8.20 8.40 7.89 6.94 7.31 6.28 7.10 7.57 6.46 7.80 7.20 8.00 7.10
300 26.73 24.17 24.47 23.79 20.92 22.04 20.43 20.73 22.82 21.01 20.75 21.07 24.42 20.77
410 37.33 33.75 34.17 33.22 29.21 30.78 28.53 28.95 31.86 29.34 28.98 29.42 34.10 29.00
750 71.32 64.48 65.29 63.47 55.81 58.81 55.62 55.31 60.88 57.20 56.49 56.21 65.15 55.41
*See pages 40-42 for more dryers specifically recommended for R-410A.
Dryers
162S 1/4 5 3/8 2 3/8 5 7/8 162 1/4 6 5/16 2 3/8
Filter
1625S 5/16 5 5/16 2 3/8 5 7/8
163S 3/8 5 3/16 2 3/8 5 15/16 163 3/8 6 3/4 2 3/8
164S 1/2 5 1/8 2 3/8 6 1/16 164 1/2 7 2 3/8
165S 5/8 5 1/8 2 3/8 6 5/16 165 5/8 7 1/4 2 3/8
Dryers
Filter
0525S
053
1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 3 1 1/2
053S
082
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 2
082S
0825S
083 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 4
083S
084
1 1/2 2 1 2 2 2 3 5 4 3 3 7
084S
162
1 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/4 1 2 1/2 1 2 1/2 1 2 1/2
162S
1625S 2 2 1/2 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 3 4 3 3 1/2 3 5
163
163S
2 4 2 4 4 4 4 6 4 6 4 7 1/2
164
164S
165
3 5 2 1/2 5 5 5 5 7 1/2 5 7 1/2 5 10
165S
303
4 5 3 4 5 3 4 6 4 5 5 5
303S
304
4 7 1/2 4 4 7 1/2 5 7 1/2 12 7 1/2 10 7 1/2 10
304S
305
10 7 1/2 10 15 10 12 1/2 10 15
305S 7 1/2 5 5 5
307S 15 10 18 24 12 1/2 15 12 1/2 20
413 5 4 5 5 4 5 7 1/2 5 5 5 5
414 4
5 5 5 5 7 1/2 12 7 1/2 10 7 1/2 10
414S
415
7 1/2 7 1/2 12 1/2 18 10 15 12 1/2 18
415S 10 7 1/2 7 1/2 10
417S 10 10 18 25 15 24 18 25
756S 15 20 15 15 20 12 1/2 15 25 15 20 15 25
757S 20 25 15 15 20 15 22 30 18 25 20 30
759S 22 30 20 18 25 20 25 34 20 28 22 32
Dimensions
Model No. Connection Cutout Overall Model No. SAE Flare Overall
(Sweat Ftgs.) I.D. (A) Length (B) Length (C) (Flare Ftgs.) Size (A) Length (D)
SS-052S 1/4 4.35 SS-052 1/4 4 3/4
SS-0525S 5/16 3 1/4 4.37
SS-053S 3/8 4.39 SS-053 3/8 5 3/16
SS-082S 1/4 5.23 SS-082 1/4 5 5/8
SS-0825S 5/16 5.25
4 1/8
SS-083S 3/8 5.27 SS-083 3/8 6 1/16
SS-084S 1/2 5.41 SS-084 1/2 6 5/16
SS-162S 1/4 5.88 SS-162 1/4 6 5/16
SS-1625S 5/16 5.90
SS-163S 3/8 4 3/4 5.92 SS-163 3/8 6 3/4
SS-164S 1/2 6.06 SS-164 1/2 7
Dryers
Filter
SS-165S 5/8 6.30 SS-165 5/8 7 1/4
Guidelines for Parker Dryers Polyolester lubricants are made by reacting organic
acids with alcohols to form the ester chains that make
and R-410A up the lubricant and water. This reaction is reversible,
Liquid line dryers are used in refrigeration systems to so under the right conditions, the lubricant can react
insure removal of contaminants and protect systems. with excess water to reverse the ester reaction and
The new refrigerant and lubricant combinations that decompose into the original organic acid and alcohol.
have come in the wake of the regulation of CFCs and The organic acid can then deposit in the expansion
HCFCs have brought many changes to liquid line filter device, restricting the flow. This was not an issue with
dryers. In particular, the introduction of Refrigerant the earlier HFC/CFC/mineral oil systems chemistry. In
410A and Polyol Ester (POE lubricants) for the phase addition, polyolesters are hygroscopic so they can
out of R-22 and mineral oil has created many design absorb a large amount of water. Studies have shown
challenges as far as water and solid contaminant that activated alumina in the liquid line can play a role
removal, refrigerant and lubricant compatibility and in the hydrolysis of the polyolester.
increased working pressures of the systems. Refrigerant blends that have R-32 (a component of
The basic job of a liquid line filter dryer is to remove R-410A and R-407C) pose another issue for dryer
water and solid contaminants from a refrigeration manufacturers. R-32 is very close to water in terms of
system. Water can get into systems from various molecular size. This means that some desiccants can
sources. Some of these are leaks, improper cleaning adsorb R-32 which lowers the water capacity of the
and evacuation, polyolester (POE) lubricants and wind- desiccant. The more immediate effect is that the com-
ings in electric motors. This water has to be removed to position of the blend can change if there is enough
prevent freeze-ups, corrosion, and possible hydrolysis R-32 adsorbed.
of the ester lubricant. Solid contaminants, like copper
oxide, carbon, braze particles, etc., can clog metering The Parker Solution
devices or cause problems in the compressor. They are All of these factors have required changes in the
removed by filter media such as fiberglass pads, internal components of liquid line dryers. From the
screens, and cores. outside, they remain the same but internally changes
The new refrigerants and lubricants are excellent sol- have been made to accommodate the new refrigerants
vents. As a result, contaminants that R-22 and mineral and lubricants.
oil left in place are now removed by HFC refrigerants Filtration capacity in Parker liquid line dryers has been
such as R-410A/R-407C and POEs. Some of these designed to insure that the dryer is able to handle the
common contaminants are residual detergents from higher levels of contaminants. The filtration capacity of
cleaning, drawing compounds, rust preventatives, plas- a Parker liquid line dryer and a comparably sized core
ticizers and lubricant additives. These contaminants liquid line dryer is shown in Figure 1. When tested per
can deposit in capillary tubes, restrictor orifices or TXV ASHRAE 63.1, allowing a maximum pressure drop
seats. of four psi, the core dryer reaches that level with the
addition of seven grams of contaminant, while the pore openings that will adsorb not only the water but
Parker dryer holds 23 grams before reaching the same the R-32, POE lubricant and it's additives, which lowers
pressure drop. At the same time, filtration capability, it's drying capabilities and removes essential additive's
the ability to remove small particles, has not been from the lubricant. It also gives the water and the lubri-
compromised. In the same test, Parker dryers have cant a surface for the hydrolysis reaction since they can
filtration efficiencies up to 95%, which is a requirement co-exist in the alumina's openings. The water is not
for R-410A dryers. physically separated from the lubricant.
The same filtration performance has been designed Figure 3 displays the water capacity of different
into bi-directional dryers for heat pumps. Figure 2 desiccants in R-22. It can be seen from this graph that
shows the results of testing of a standard bi-directional molecular sieve 4A-XH-6 has approximately 3-4 times
dryer and the Parker R-410A bi-directional dryer. The higher water capacity than activated alumina and silica
standard dryer holds 4 grams of contaminant while the gel.
R-410A specific dryer holds 36 grams of contaminant
Dryers
Figure 4 shows the water capacity for different molecu-
Filter
before reaching 4 psi pressure drop.
lar sieve desiccants in R-410A. The steepness of the
The desiccant (drying agent) used in the dryer had to XH11 curve at low levels of water shows its high water
be developed to be able to adsorb water and capacity at low water levels. This means that it takes
exclude R-32. This new desiccant is UOP's XH11. This less XH11 than other sieve desiccants to dry refriger-
is the desiccant that is used exclusively in Parker's R- ants to low levels of water.
410A liquid line dryers. The pore openings are specifi-
cally designed to adsorb moisture while excluding the
R-32, lubricant and additives. This insures maximum
water capacity in the dryer and allows the water to be
physically separated from the POE lubricant to prevent
hydrolysis. Activated alumina on the other hand has
FIGURE 2 - R410A Heat Pump Dryer Filtration. (Note: 4 FIGURE 4 - Water capacity of different desiccants in
PSID is the baseline Parker uses when determining R-410A at 125° F. (Note: XH-11 and HX-6 are trade names
filtration capacity.) of UOP.)
Dryers
and to insure trouble-free performance.
Filter
• Model BF-163S-XF features XH11 desiccant
• Powder paint exterior coating surpasses 500 hour
ASTM salt spray test and resists corrosion.
Bi-flow Dryers — Dimensions • U.L. listed file SA3441, CSA certified LR46423
System System System
Cutout Cutout Cutout
Model Number Fitting Size Length Length Length
Flare Sweat (Inches) "A" "B" "C" "D"
BF082S 1/4 4.10 5.27 2.50
BF083 BF083S 3/8 6.09 4.10 5.27 2.50
BF084 BF084S 1/2 6.35 4.10 5.41 2.50
BF162S 1/4 4.10 5.92 2.50
BF163 BF163S 3/8 6.75 4.75 5.92 2.50
BF163S-XF* 3/8 6.09 6.76 7.56 3.00
BF164 BF164S 1/2 7.00 4.75 6.06 2.50
BF165S 5/8 4.75 6.30 2.50
Refrigerant Holding Capacities for Bi-Flow Dryers (in oz. of refrigerant @ 100° F)
Model
Series R-12 R-22 R-134a R-401A R-401B R-401C R-402A R-402B R-404A R-407A R-407B R-407C R-410A R-502 R-507A
BF080 8.17 7.39 7.48 7.27 7.27 6.39 6.74 6.87 6.34 6.97 7.07 6.98 6.44 7.46 6.34
BF160 9.54 8.63 8.74 8.49 8.49 7.47 7.87 8.03 7.40 8.14 8.26 8.16 7.52 8.72 7.41
BF160-XF* 15.47 13.99 14.16 13.77 13.77 12.11 12.76 13.02 12.00 13.20 13.39 13.22 12.19 14.15 12.01
Dryers
Filter
SLD 27-7SV-HH 6.97 5.47 4
SLD 27-9SV-HH 7.72 5.36 4
SLD 54-11SV-HH 12 9.17 4
SLD 54-13SV-HH 12 9.17 4
Dryers
• Standard lay-in length is a direct replacement on
Filter
OEM equipment where a compact size dryer is
not installed. Length ±0.13
• Desiccant is especially suited for acid and
moisture removal in the system suction line.
• 30 cubic inch dryer.
• Copper fittings for easy installation are standard,
as is an access port for checking system pressure (∅3.0)
drop.
∅A
• Finished in black powder coat paint that ODF Typ.
surpasses 500-hour ASTM salt spray test
and resists corrosion.
• Compatible with most standard refrigerants. Model Length Connection
SS-SLD30-5SV 9.25" 5/8"
Ratings and water drop capacities unavailable at press SS-SLD30-6SV 9.31" 3/4"
time. Contact Parker for details. SS-SLD30-7SV 9.31" 7/8"
Dryers
Filter
For use in either liquid or suction line applications, the PCX-48 offers signifi-
cantly higher moisture and acid capacity than standard cores. For systems
with excessive moisture concerns and polyolester oils.
Oil Devices
& Strainers
Pre-Filters,
POS-321 Oil Separator ................................................................................................... page 53
PF Series
The PF 052 & PF 052MF are designed to provide a filtration level
of 15 microns. When installed on the inlet of your machine it can
prevent costly damage by filtering solid contaminants out of the
refrigerant before it enters your machine. The Parker pre-filter is
for temporary use only and should be changed after servicing a
maximum of six to eight systems. Change out may be needed
sooner depending on actual system conditions. Various fitting
combinations are available.
Features and Benefits
Specifications
• Female outlet fitting allows direct mounting to the machine.
Model Inlet Outlet
• Extended female end fitting provides valve handle clearance. PF 052 1/4" SAE male flare 1/4" SAE male flare
• Male-to-male fittings allow connection to or between hoses. PF 052MF 1/4" SAE male flare 1/4" SAE female flare
Oil Devices
& Strainers
Pre-Filters,
• Enlarged depth filtering area.
• UL listed / CSA certified.
SPD Series
The SPD series is an enlarged version of the PF Series with drying
capabilities. This Super Pre-Filter-Dryer should be installed at the
inlet of the machine and used where there are concentrations of
contaminants in the refrigerant. Moisture capacity of this unit size
exceeds anything else currently available in the market. The Super
SPD series is the ideal solution when transferring large amounts of
refrigerant for reclaim or recycle.
Features and Benefits
• Super high capacity for acid and moisture removal. Specifications
• Removes 504 drops of moisture vs. industry standard of 150 Model Inlet Outlet
SPD-162 1/4" SAE male flare 1/4" SAE male flare
drops.
SPD-162MF 1/4" SAE male flare 1/4" SAE female flare
• Available with either 1/4" SAE or 3/8" SAE flare connections. SPD-163 3/8" SAE male flare 3/8" SAE male flare
• Compatible with all HCFC, CFC and other refrigerants and
blends.
LP Gas Filter
Additives to LP gas can cause scaling and flaking of copper and
aluminum tubing over a period of time. The Parker LP Gas Filter
effectively removes these contaminants
Specifications
Features and Benefits For LP Gas Filter, consult factory for
• Special paint meets U.L. requirements for gas appliances. inlet/outlet data and part numbers.
PRD-3 Series
Specifically designed for OEM recovery units that require 3/8" flare
connections and a larger cross sectional filter area. The PRD-3 filter
dryer meets or exceeds OEM specifications providing both value
and efficiency.
Features and Benefits
• High acid and high moisture capacity.
• Enlarged filtration area.
• 3/8" SAE male flare fittings on both ends. Specifications
• Drop in replacement for ASD-28F3 or KH45LD010. Model Inlet Outlet
• Compatible with all HCFC, CFC and other refrigerant blends. PRD-3 3/8" SAE male flare 3/8" SAE male flare
Oil Reservoirs
Oil Devices
& Strainers
Pre-Filters,
Parker oil reservoirs are holding vessels for stand-by
oil necessary for the operation of a system.
Specifications
Total A B
Parker Capacity Capacity Capacity Length
Model No. Part No. in Gallons Gallons Gallons Inches
POR-2 089351-00 2 3/4 3/4 18
POR-3 089379-00 3 3/4 3/4 23
POR-4 089350-00 3 3/4 1 1/2 36
Copper Strainers
Strainer Dimensions
Model Length Area Inlet Outlet
No. (In.) Sq. Inches I.D. I.D. Screen
PS-2S 2.75 1 1/4 1/4 120 mesh brass
PS-3S 2.75 1 3/8 3/8 120 mesh brass
PS-4S 3 1 1/2 1/2 100 mesh stainless steel
PS-5S 5.13 8.37 5/8 5/8 100 mesh stainless steel
PS-7S 5.13 8.37 7/8 7/8 100 mesh stainless steel
PS-9S 5.44 10.62 1.125 1 1/8 100 mesh stainless steel
PS-11S 5.44 10.62 1.375 1 3/8 100 mesh stainless steel
PS-13S 6 10.62 1.625 1 5/8 40 mesh stainless steel
*Models in this chart are Standard Aftermarket Products
Oil Devices
& Strainers
Pre-Filters,
051163-01 500 140 4.55 3/8 3/8 5.75
All strainers are Underwriters Laboratories recognized file SA-8570, guide card
SMGT-2 and Canadian Standards Association certified file No. LR-87950.
All 1-3/16" O.D. strainers are Underwriters Laboratories recognized file SA-8570,
guide card SMGT-2 and Canadian Standards Association certified file No. LR-
87950 Model 319.
Receivers, Tanks
Accum'tors,
& Mufflers
Introduction to Accumulators
The prime function of a suction line accumulator in a heat
pump or refrigeration system is to catch and hold any unused
portion of the system charge. It must also prevent liquid slug-
ging of the compressor and excessive refrigerant dilution of the
compressor oil.
The accumulator must return refrigerant and oil to the
compressor at a sufficient rate to maintain both system
operating efficiency and proper crankcase oil level. To make
sure these tasks are accomplished, system designers must
consider the following items:
• The accumulator must have sufficient internal
volume.
• A properly sized and protected oil return orifice is Figure 1 - Typical accumulator with inlet deflector
required to ensure positive oil (and refrigerant) return baffle.
to the compressor.
• The pressure drop across the accumulator should be In systems using a fixed orifice in the heating
as low as possible for given inlet and outlet fitting sizes. mode, the accumulator holding capacity should
be about 70% of the system charge. This
Oil return at minimum flow rate is controlled by the outlet U- should provide adequate holding capacity
tube size. Refrigerant and oil will be returned to the compressor during operation with blocked or fouled heat
by pressure drop across the orifice metering area and the liquid exchanger coils. The resulting high discharge/
head above the orifice. Other design requirements include: low suction pressure condition will push much
• Safe working and burst pressures. of the system charge into the accumulator. The
oil return orifice size should be small to prevent
Receivers, Tanks
• Agency approvals.
Accum'tors,
excess liquid refrigerant being returned to the
& Mufflers
• Salt spray, moisture, and corrosion resistance.
compressor. This would excessively reduce the
Figure 1 shows a typical accumulator with an inlet deflector. compressor discharge temperature, lowering
The shape of the deflector directs the inlet flow in a slightly heating performance. Parker recommends a
downward tangential direction. 0.040 inch diameter orifice as a good starting
point for these systems.
The inlet to the U tube is located behind the inlet deflector to
prevent liquid carry-over and is bell-shaped to reduce the In systems using an expansion valve, the
sudden contraction loss of the high-velocity gas. The U-tube accumulator holding capacity should be about
diameter is selected to minimize pressure drop at high flow 50% of the system charge. At startup and after
rates yet provide adequate oil return at low flow rates. defrost, the bulb of the expansion valve is
warm. This causes flooding of the evaporator
A 50 x 60 mesh screen is installed to protect the small diameter and brings the accumulator into play until the
oil return orifice. valve regains control. The accumulator must
An anti-siphon hole, provided near the outlet of the U tube, also deal with off cycle refrigerant migration.
prevents liquid from siphoning into the outlet tubing and com- At shut down, the accumulator is the coldest
pressor during an off cycle. component in the system. This results in
migration of liquid refrigerant to the lower
A fusible alloy plug is generally a U.L. requirement. It is a safety temperature accumulator. This type of system
device to protect against excessive pressures in the event of a needs to get the refrigerant returned to circula-
fire. tion more quickly than the fixed orifice system.
Parker recommends a 0.055 inch diameter
Accumulator Fine Tuning orifice to allow quick return of liquid refrigerant.
Accumulator selection can be fine tuned for best performance. The recommended sizes of the orifices can be
This involves the sizing of the accumulator, and the sizing of the further tested for optimum results. Parker has
orifice. The controlling factor for both is the type of metering de- the ability to provide orifices in sizes smaller
vice used on the system, either a fixed orifice or a thermostatic and larger to satisfy the characteristics
expansion valve. required by the customer.
New Refrigerants deflector and outlet U-tube. The inlet flow stream is
The introduction of new refrigerants and oils has directed tangentially into the liquid layers in the bottom
created new problems in the design of all system com- of the accumulator. The resulting circulation of the liquid
ponents and suction accumulators are no exception. past the off center U-tube forces a mixing of the oil and
As mentioned earlier, the accumulator is the coldest refrigerant layers.
component in the system. The new refrigerants and the
Field Replacement
oils they are used with may not be fully miscible in the
temperature range the accumulator normally operates. Parker recommends that the accumulator should be
The oil and refrigerant can separate into oil rich and changed when a compressor is replaced. The old
refrigerant rich layers in the accumulator, with the accumulator may contain contaminants from the problem
refrigerant rich layer at the bottom. The oil return orifice that caused the compressor failure. There may also be
is located in the now refrigerant rich layer. considerable oil remaining from the first compressor if a
gradual loss of charge caused the failure. This amount
Parker’s solution to this problem is to provide active coupled with the oil in the replacement compressor
mixing of the layers in the accumulator. This is may create an oil over charge condition.
accomplished by the shape and positions of the inlet
Receivers, Tanks
for smooth tangential flow and gradual expansion. superior heat exchange.
Accum'tors,
& Mufflers
• “ U” tube entrance is positioned behind the inlet • Liquid line connections available in 3/8" I.D.
flow deflector to prevent unwanted liquid refriger-
ant from entering and damaging compressor. Dimensions and Flow Data
• Metering orifice matched to system capacity Refer to the chart on the following page for dimension
assures optimum liquid refrigerant and oil flow values and flow data.
back to compressor.
• Protective screen and orifice assembly on “U”
tube protects against foreign particles and
contaminants affecting metering function.
• Fittings and “U” tube are matched to accumulator
holding capacity and total system charge for mini-
mum pressure drop and maximum refrigerant
flow.
• U.L. listed for 355 psig design pressure.
File No. SA5172.
• Powder paint exterior coating surpasses 500 hour
ASTM salt spray tests.
• Integral 430° F Fuse Plugs (U.L. File No. SA5441).
Solder Dimensions Evap. 22 & 404A 134a 401A 402A 407C 410A 502 & 507A
Fitting (Inches) Capacity1 Temp. Tons @ Min. Tons @ Min. Tons @ Min. Tons @ Min. Tons @ Min. Tons @ Min. Tons @ Min.
Model No. Size Length O.D. (oz.) °F 1 psi Tons 1 psi Tons 1 psi Tons 1 pis Tons 1 pis Tons 1 pis Tons 1 pis Tons
PA3060-10-4 1/2" 10.35 3 35 40 2.00 0.35 1.67 0.30 1.42 0.25 1.97 1.01 1.97 0.46 1.93 1.44 1.48 0.27
PA3060-10-5 5/8" 10.35 3 35 0 1.54 0.25 0.98 0.16 1.06 0.18 1.53 0.41 1.53 0.18 1.50 0.65 1.10 0.20
-20 1.33 0.21 0.69 0.11 0.90 0.15 1.32 0.25 1.32 0.11 1.30 0.42 0.93 0.16
PA3060-15-5 5/8" 15.05 3 55 40 2.10 0.35 1.75 0.30 1.49 0.25 2.07 1.01 2.07 0.46 2.02 1.44 1.55 0.27
0 1.62 0.25 1.03 0.16 1.11 0.18 1.61 0.41 1.60 0.18 1.57 0.65 1.16 0.20
-20 1.40 0.21 0.73 0.11 0.95 0.15 1.39 0.25 1.39 0.11 1.36 0.42 0.98 0.16
PA3060-15-6 3/4" 15.05 3 54 40 2.30 0.35 1.92 0.30 1.63 0.25 2.27 1.01 2.27 0.46 2.22 1.44 1.70 0.27
0 1.77 0.25 1.12 0.16 1.22 0.18 1.76 0.41 1.75 0.18 1.72 0.65 1.27 0.20
-20 1.53 0.21 0.80 0.11 1.04 0.15 1.52 0.25 1.52 0.11 1.49 0.42 1.07 0.16
PA4065-9-5C 5/8" 9.62 4 60 40 2.96 0.35 2.47 0.30 2.10 0.25 2.92 1.01 2.92 0.46 2.85 1.44 2.19 0.27
0 2.28 0.25 1.44 0.16 1.57 0.18 2.27 0.41 2.26 0.18 2.21 0.65 1.63 0.20
-20 1.98 0.21 1.03 0.11 1.34 0.15 1.97 0.25 1.96 0.11 1.93 0.42 1.39 0.16
PA4065-9-6C 3/4" 9 5/8" 4 58 40 3.00 0.35 2.53 0.30 2.10 0.25 2.96 1.01 2.96 0.46 2.89 1.44 2.20 0.28
0 2.30 0.25 1.48 0.16 1.60 0.18 2.29 0.41 2.28 0.18 2.23 0.65 1.70 0.20
-20 2.00 0.21 1.05 0.11 1.40 0.15 1.99 0.25 1.98 0.11 1.95 0.42 1.40 0.16
PA5083-9-6C 3/4" 9.62 5 89 40 3.82 0.57 3.19 0.49 2.71 0.41 3.76 1.51 3.77 0.69 3.68 2.16 2.82 0.46
0 2.95 0.41 1.86 0.27 2.03 0.30 2.94 0.61 2.92 0.27 2.86 0.98 2.10 0.33
-20 2.55 0.35 1.32 0.18 1.73 0.24 2.53 0.37 2.53 0.16 2.48 0.63 1.79 0.27
PA5083-9-7C 7/8" 9.63 5 86 40 3.90 0.57 3.21 0.49 2.70 0.41 3.84 1.51 3.85 0.69 3.76 2.16 2.80 0.46
0 3.00 0.41 1.88 0.27 2.00 0.30 2.98 0.61 2.97 0.27 2.91 0.98 2.10 0.33
-20 2.60 0.35 1.33 0.18 1.70 0.24 2.58 0.37 2.58 0.16 2.53 0.63 1.80 0.27
PA5083-12-7C 7/8" 12.88 5 125 40 5.41 0.88 4.51 0.75 3.83 0.64 5.33 2.12 5.34 0.96 5.21 3.03 4.00 0.70
0 4.17 0.64 2.64 0.42 2.87 0.45 4.15 0.86 4.13 0.38 4.05 1.37 2.98 0.51
-20 3.61 0.54 1.87 0.28 2.45 0.37 3.59 0.52 3.58 0.22 3.52 0.88 2.53 0.41
PA5083-11-7C 7/8" 11.33 5 108 40 4.38 0.57 3.21 0.43 3.10 0.41 4.32 1.51 4.32 0.69 4.22 2.16 3.23 0.46
0 3.37 0.41 1.88 0.24 2.32 0.30 3.35 0.61 3.34 0.27 3.27 0.98 2.41 0.33
-20 2.92 0.35 1.33 0.16 1.98 0.24 2.90 0.57 2.89 0.16 2.84 0.63 2.04 0.27
PA5083-11-6C 3/4" 11.33 5 111 40 3.85 0.57 3.21 0.49 2.72 0.41 3.79 1.51 3.80 0.69 3.71 2.16 2.84 0.46
0 2.97 0.41 1.88 0.27 2.04 0.30 2.96 0.61 2.94 0.27 2.88 0.98 2.12 0.33
-20 2.56 0.35 1.33 0.18 1.74 0.24 2.54 0.57 2.54 0.16 2.49 0.63 1.80 0.27
PA5083-15-7C 7/8" 15.34 5 156 40 6.20 0.88 5.17 0.75 4.39 0.64 6.11 2.12 6.12 0.96 5.97 3.03 4.58 0.70
0 4.78 0.64 3.03 0.42 3.29 0.45 4.76 0.86 4.73 0.38 4.64 1.37 3.41 0.51
-20 4.13 0.54 2.15 0.28 2.80 0.37 4.10 0.52 4.09 0.22 4.02 0.88 2.90 0.41
PA5083-17-7C 7/8" 17.25 5 179 40 6.20 0.88 5.17 0.75 4.39 0.64 6.11 2.12 6.12 0.96 5.97 3.03 4.58 0.70
0 4.78 0.64 3.03 0.42 3.27 0.45 4.76 0.86 4.73 0.38 4.64 1.37 3.41 0.51
-20 4.13 0.54 2.15 0.28 2.80 0.37 4.10 0.52 4.09 0.22 4.02 0.88 2.90 0.41
PA6125-15-9C 1 1/8" 15.00 6 211 40 9.00 3.00 8.83 1.97 6.10 1.90 8.87 3.45 8.88 1.57 8.67 4.93 7.30 3.00
0 5.60 2.00 5.62 0.82 3.70 1.20 5.57 1.40 5.55 0.62 5.44 2.23 4.50 2.00
-20 4.30 0.80 4.31 0.50 2.80 0.05 4.27 0.85 4.26 0.36 4.19 1.43 3.40 0.80
PA6125-15-11C 1 3/8" 15.25 6 214 40 12.00 3.00 12.05 1.97 6.20 1.90 11.82 3.45 11.85 1.57 11.56 4.93 9.80 3.00
0 7.50 2.00 7.52 0.82 5.00 1.20 7.46 1.40 7.43 0.62 7.28 2.23 6.00 2.00
-20 5.80 0.80 5.82 0.50 3.60 0.05 5.76 0.85 5.75 0.36 5.65 1.43 4.60 0.80
PA6125-18-9C 1 1/8" 18.00 6 264 40 8.80 3.00 8.84 1.97 6.00 1.90 8.67 3.45 8.69 1.57 8.48 4.93 7.20 3.00
0 5.50 2.00 5.52 0.82 3.70 1.20 5.47 1.40 5.45 0.62 5.34 2.23 4.40 2.00
-20 4.30 0.80 4.31 0.50 2.80 0.05 4.27 0.85 4.26 0.36 4.19 1.43 3.40 0.80
PA6125-18-11C 1 3/8 18.00 6 267 40 11.00 3.00 11.05 1.97 7.50 1.90 10.84 3.45 10.86 1.57 10.59 4.93 9.10 3.00
0 7.00 2.00 7.02 0.82 4.60 1.20 6.96 1.40 6.93 0.62 6.80 2.23 5.50 2.00
-20 5.40 0.80 5.42 0.50 3.50 0.05 5.37 0.85 5.35 0.36 5.26 1.43 4.20 0.80
PA6125-20-11C 1 3/8" 20.25 6 302 40 11.00 3.00 11.05 1.97 7.50 1.90 10.84 3.45 10.86 1.57 10.59 4.93 9.10 3.00
0 7.00 2.00 7.02 0.82 4.60 1.20 6.96 1.40 6.93 0.62 6.80 2.23 5.50 2.00
-20 5.40 0.80 5.42 0.50 3.50 0.05 5.37 0.85 5.35 0.36 5.26 1.43 4.20 0.80
1
Holding capacity of R-22 at 40°F. Divide by .7 to obtain recommended maximum system charge on fixed orifice systems. Consult Parker for availability.
Dimensions
Receivers, Tanks
Accum'tors,
& Mufflers
D I.D.
Part No. Model No. A B C Inlet Outlet Orifice (2x's) Volume
070332-00 P3060-11-6C 2.25 11.00 3.00 3/4 3/4 0.060 typ. 41.5 in 3
070333-00 P3060-13-7C 2.25 13.00 3.00 7/8 7/8 0.060 typ. 50.0 in 3
070342-00 P3060-13-7C 2.25 13.00 3.00 7/8 7/8 0.035 typ. 50.0 in 3
Application
• Low temperature refrigeration and heat-pump
applications.
• Some residential air conditioning systems.
Receivers, Tanks
Accum'tors,
Design Working Standard Nominal Sizes (Inches) Overall Length Internal Volume
& Mufflers
Part No. Pressure PSIG Inlet (A) Outlet (B) Inches (C) (Cu. In.)
056238-01 400 5/16 1/4 4 6.54
056689-02 400 3/8 3/8 4 6.54
057337-00 400 1/2 1/2 5 8.40
057302-00 400 5/16 5/16 5.13 8.65
057203-00 400 1/2 5/8 6 10.27
057995-00 500 3/8 3/8 5.5 2.61
056326-02 400 1/4 1/4 7 12.14
056472-01 400 3/8 3/8 8 14.00
056463-01 400 1/2 1/2 10 17.74
056463-02 400 3/8 3/8 10 17.74
B
2-1/4" Copper Accumulator
Parker Design Working Standard Nominal Sizes (Inches) Overall Length Internal Volume
Part No. Pressure PSIG Inlet (A) Outlet (B) Inches (C) (Cu. In.)
032237-00 325 5/8 5/8 7.81 7.41
Design Working Standard Nominal Sizes (Inches) Overall Length Internal Volume
Part No. Pressure PSIG Inlet (A) Outlet (B) Inches (C) (Cu. In.)
071442-00 325 3/8 3/8 10.2 14.98
Design Working Standard Nominal Sizes (Inches) Overall Length Internal Volume
Part No. Pressure PSIG Inlet (A) Outlet (B) Inches (C) (Cu. In.)
032236-00 325 1/2 0.616 8.19 14.87
Steel Receivers
Features and Benefits
• Designed for refrigerant storage during normal operation and
system pump down.
• Allows the system to adjust to varying system conditions and
loads.
• Available in 4", 5" and 6" diameters (2 1/2" and 3" diameter
vertical receivers and horizontal receiver models available.
Consult Parker).
• Available up to 36" in length.
• Integral 430° F fuse plug.
• Available options: sight glasses, moisture indicators, float
balls, valves, mounting brackets, belly bands, relief valve
ports.
• Valve is shipped unassembled.
• PTFE gasket seal for valve.
• UL file number SA5195 and CSA file number LR46423.
Dimensions
Receivers, Tanks
Accum'tors,
& Mufflers
C
Diameter A B Overall Length Holding
Model Number (Inches) Inlet Outlet (Inches) Capacity
PR4095-10-2 4 1/4 SAE 1/4 SAE 10 4 LBS.
PR5109-10-2 5 1/4 SAE 1/4 SAE 10 6 LBS.
PR5109-10-3 5 3/8 SAE 3/8 SAE 10 6 LBS.
PR6125-12-3 6 3/8 SAE 3/8 SAE 12 10 LBS.
PR6125-18-4 6 1/2 SAE 1/2 SAE 18 16 LBS.
Holding Capacity calculated at 90% system charge at 90° F for R-22 & R134a. For R- 404A & R-507 multiply by 0.9.
Compensator Tanks
A compensator tank is a mode dependent
receiver that can be used in a heat pump
system. As the heating mode does not require
as much refrigerant as the cooling mode, the
compensator tank stores the excess refrigerant.
Compensator Tank
Refrigerant Holding Capacities
Copper Mufflers
Parker's Copper Mufflers are used in refrigeration and air
conditioning systems to provide noise attentuation associ-
ated with pressure pulses from the compressor. The muffler
is usually mounted vertically and flowing downward in the
compressor discharge line for efficient oil movement. Internal
baffles can be provided for additional dissipation of pressure
pulsing.
Application
• Refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Receivers, Tanks
Design
Accum'tors,
& Mufflers
Part Working Baffle Inlet Outlet Overall
No. Pressure (PSIG) Material Inches Inches Length
054801-01 500 2 C.R.S. 3/8 3/8 4.00
054801-02 500 2 C.R.S. 1/2 1/2 4.00
031798-00 500 None 3/8 3/8 4.38
031780-00 500 None 1/2 1/2 4.38
031686-01 500 None 3/8 3/8 8.00
422801* 500 None various 4.3 - 5.3
*5/16", 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", and 5/8" outlet and inlet options with
one hole are available.
Steel Mufflers
Parker steel mufflers are designed to assist with today's
and future compressor related difficulties such as noise
reduction due to compressor pulsation and/or turbulent
gas flow or vibration through the discharge line.
Features and Benefits
• UL/CSA listed for 500 psig design pressure.
(Selected models listed at 600 psig — consult
Parker for details.)
• 100% pure copper sweat fitting.
• Extended end fittings available.
• Fully welded construction.
• Bi-directional flow.
• Powder coated paint gives maximum corrosion
resistance of 500 hour salt spray protection.
• Various fitting combinations and lengths available
upon request.
• U.L. listed SA5918.
Dimensions
A C D
Connections B System Overall
Model Number Inlet (in.) Outlet (in.) Diameter (in.) Cutout Length Length (in.)
PM25049-3-3C 3/8 3/8 2 1/2 3.36 4.36
PM25049-3-4C 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 3.26 4.50
PM25049-3-4C 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 5.08 6.08
PR25083-X-YC 1/4 5/8 2 1/2 3.09 min - 11.0 max 3.09 min - 11.0 max
PR25083-2-3C 3/8 3/8 2 1/2 1.86 2.96
PR25083-3-2C 1/4 1/4 2 1/2 3.32 4.32
PR25083-3-3C 3/8 3/8 2 1/2 3.36 4.36
PR25083-2-4C 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 2.66 3.09
PR25083-3-4C 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 3.26 4.5
PR25083-3-4C 1/2 1/2 2 1/2 5.08 6.08
PR3083-X-YC 3/8 7/8 3 3.09 min - 11.0 max 3.09 min - 11.0 max
PR3083-4-3C 1/2 1/2 3 3.95 4.95
PR3083-5-4C 1/2 1/2 3 8.13 9.13
PM3083-5-4C 1/2 1/2 3 8.13 9.13
PR3083-8-6C 7/8 7/8 3 8.94 10.32
PR35083-5-7C 7/8 7/8 3 1/2 4.90 6.45
PR35083-8-9C 1 1/8 1 1/8 3 1/2 8.44 10.87
* B dimension does not include weld bead measurement, which is nominal.
Sight Glass
Indicators
Moisture
Sight Glass
Indicators
• UL listed.
Moisture
PSG-9S 1 1/8" Sweat 6.25 4.45
PSG-11S 1 3/8" Sweat 7.97 6.03
PSG-13S 1 5/8" Sweat 7.97 5.79
PSG-17S 2 1/8" Sweat 7.97 5.47
Couplings
Table of Contents
System Couplings
Process Couplings
Couplings
Coupling Assembly
Specifications
Minimum Uncoupled Uncoupled
Operating Burst Air Maximum Static Without With Rated
Dash Part Pressure Pressure Inclusion Fluid Loss Connect Coupled Cap/Plug Cap/Plug Vacuum Flow
Size Description (psi) (psi) CC/Connect CC/Disconnect (psig) (oz./yr) (oz./yr) (oz./yr) (in. Hg.) (gpm)
-4 Male half 2500 7500 0.1 0.05 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-4 Female half 500 1500 0.1 0.05 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-4 Whole coupling 3000 9000 0.1 0.05 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 28 14
-8 Male half 1750 5200 0.1 0.1 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-8 Female half 400 1200 0.1 0.1 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-8 Whole coupling 1750 5200 0.1 0.1 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 28 14
-12 Male half 800 2100 0.3 0.1 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-12 Female half 400 1200 0.3 0.1 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-12 Whole coupling 700 2100 0.3 0.1 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 28 35
-16 Male half 700 2100 0.05 0.2 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-16 Female half 300 900 0.05 0.2 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 - -
-16 Whole coupling 700 2100 0.05 0.2 150 < 0.25 < 0.5 < 0.25 28 75
Liquid Line
Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow
Refrigerant R22
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Kg/Hr)
41 82 122 163 204 245 286 327 368 408
Press Drop Versus Flow
4.5 31.0 50
45
40
4.0 27.6 35
30
25
3.5 24.1
20
3.0 20.7 15
1.0 3.9 3
5400-6-8
0.5 3.4 2
5400-8-8
0
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720 810 900
1
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 80 100
5400-6-4 — 3/8" Coupling Body (-06) with 1/4" (-04) Copper Connection, R22 Gallons Per Minute Flow
5400-6-8 — 3/8" Coupling Body (-06) with 1/2" (-08) Copper Connection, R22 (Test Fluid MIL-H-5606 Hydraulic Oil at 100° F)
5400-8-8 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/2" (-08) Copper Connection, R22
Suction Line
Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow
Refrigerant R22
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Kg/Hr)
41 82 122 163 204 245 286 327 368 408
14 97.8
12 83.8
5400-8-8
Pressure Drop (kPa)
Pressure Drop (PSI)
10 69.9
8 55.9
6 41.9
4 27.6
Couplings
5400-12-12
2 13.3
0
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720 810 900
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr)
5400-8-8 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with ½" (-08) Copper Connection, R22
5400-12-12 — 3/4" Coupling Body (-12) with 3/4" (-12 Copper Connection, R22
5400-S2 A 5400-S5 A
5401-S14 A 5401-S17 A
H1 Hex
H1 H3 H2
Hex Hex Hex
A
5401
Complete Coupling
Braze Tubing Adapter
H1 H1
H2
Hex Hex
Hex
5410-S17-No-No T2 A
Thread
Male Half
SAE 37° (JIC)
T1
H2 H1 Thread
Hex Hex
Part Number Coupling T1 H1 H2 T2
Neoprene Size Thread A Hex Hex Thread
5410-S17-4-4 4-4 5/8 - 18UNF 1.88 0.75 0.63 7/16 - 20UNF
5410-S17-6-4 6-4 5/8 - 18UNF 1.89 0.75 0.63 9/16 - 18UNF
5410-S17-6-8 6-8 1 - 20UNEF 2.18 1.13 1.00 9/16 - 18UNF
5410-S17-8-8 8-8 1 - 20UNEF 2.28 1.13 1.00 3/4 - 16UNF
5410-S17-10-12 10-12 1-7/16 - 16UN 2.75 1.63 1.38 7/8 - 14UNF
5410-S17-12-12 12-12 1-7/16 - 16UN 2.86 1.63 1.38 1-1/16 - 12UN
5410-S17-16-16 16-16 1-3/4 - 16UN 2.99 1.88 1.75 1-5/16 - 12UN
A
5410-S14-No-No T2
Thread
Female Half
SAE 37° (JIC)
T1
Thread
H2 H3
H1
Part Number Coupling T1 H1 H2 H3 T2 Hex Hex Hex
Neoprene Size Thread A Hex Hex Hex Thread
5410-S14-4-4 4-4 5/8 - 18UNF 1.13 0.75 0.63 0.63 7/16 - 20UNF
5410-S14-6-4 6-4 5/8 - 18UNF 1.13 0.75 0.63 0.63 9/16 - 18UNF
5410-S14-6-8 6-8 1 - 20UNEF 1.63 1.19 1.00 1.00 9/16 - 18UNF
5410-S14-8-8 8-8 1 - 20UNEF 1.63 1.19 1.00 1.00 3/4 - 16UNF
5410-S14-10-12 10-12 1-7/16 - 16UN 2.15 1.63 1.38 1.38 7/8 - 14UNF
5410-S14-12-12 12-12 1-7/16 - 16UN 2.15 1.63 1.38 1.38 1-1/16 - 12UN
5410-S14-16-16 16-16 1-3/4 - 16UN 2.37 2.00 1.75 1.75 1-5/16 - 12UN
5410-No-No (No “ S” ) A
Complete Coupling
SAE 37° (JIC)
T1 H1 T1
H1
Thread Thread
Part Number Coupling T1 H1 Hex Hex Couplings
Neoprene Size Thread A Hex
5410-4-4 4-4 7/16 - 20UNF 3.54 0.63
5410-6-4 6-4 9/16 - 18UNF 3.56 0.63
5410-6-8 6-8 9/16 - 18UNF 4.23 1.00
5410-8-8 8-8 3/4 - 16UNF 4.44 1.00
5410-10-12 10-12 7/8 - 14UNF 5.33 1.38
5410-12-12 12-12 1-1/16 - 12UN 5.54 1.38
5410-16-16 16-16 1-5/16 - 12UN 5.89 1.75
Typical Male Coupling Half (S2) Typical Female Coupling Half (S5)
Assembly Instructions
Step 1 After tubing or hose has been connected to Step 5 Coupling connection.
adapters (1) and (12), install adapter O-rings (2) and (11)* A. Generously lubricate the gasket seal (5) on the
on adapters. Be sure O-rings are not twisted. 5400-S2 male coupling half with the system lubricant.
Step 2 Generously lubricate adapter O-rings (2) and (11) B. Thread the union nut (8) onto the S2 male coupling
with the system lubricant to prevent them from scuffing and half. Tighten union nut to torque values shown in the
tearing when coupling body is threaded on adapter. “Torque Values” table.
Step 3 Adapter to S2 male coupling half connection. IMPORTANT - DO NOT rotate the S5 female
coupling half body during connection.
A. Lubricate poppet face with system lubricant. Insert
poppet valve assembly (3) into body (4). Tighten C. After the coupling halves are seated, keep the
body (4) on adapter (1). bodies of the S2 male coupling half (4) and that of
the S5 female coupling half (8) from rotating and
B. After body and adapter make metal-to-metal contact,
tighten the union nut to the torque values shown in
tighten by rotating body (4) 1/8" with respect to
the “Torque Values” table.
adapter (1) or torque to the value shown in the
“Torque Values” table. IMPORTANT - DO NOT rotate the S2 or S5 coupling
half body during connection.
Step 4 Adapter to S5 female coupling half connection.
Bulkhead Mounting — S2 Half
A. Lubricate O-ring (9) liberally with system lubricant.
Insert valve and sleeve assembly (10) into body (8). Step 1 Install lock washer (6) on S2 half, insert S2 male
Tighten body (8) on adapter (12). coupling half through bulkhead, and tighten jam-nut (7) so
that lock-washer teeth are fully compressed.
B. After body and adapter make metal-to-metal contact,
tighten by rotating body (8) 1/8" with respect to Note: Lock washer (6) must be between hex of S2
adapter (12) or torque to the value shown in the male half and bulkhead.
“Torque Values” table.
*IMPORTANT: Generous lubrication is required for all gaskets and O-rings. Lubrication should match system oil and be compatible
with refrigerant system
Accessories
Dust Cap and Dust Plug Adapter — Braze
Dust Dust
Cap Plug
O-Ring Required
Part Numbers Thread Tube
Coupling Dust Cap Dust Plug Coupling Part Numbers Size O.D.
Size with Gasket with Gasket Size O-Ring Brass P Size
-4 5400-S6-4 5400-S8-4 -4 22546-12 202208-4-4B 1/2-20 1/4
-8 5400-S6-8 5400-S8-8 -8 22546-17 202208-8-8B 7/8-20 1/8
-12 5400-S6-12 5400-S8-12 -12 22546-23 202208-10-12B 1-1/4 - 18 5/8
-16 5400-S6-16 5400-S8-16 -16 22546-28 202208-14-16B 1-9/32 - 20 5/8
O-Ring Required
Thread Tube
Coupling Part Numbers Size O.D.
Size O-Ring Brass Steel P Size
-4 22546-12 202220-4-4B 202220-4-4S 7/16 - 20 1/4
-4 22546-12 202220-6-4B 202220-6-4S 9/16 - 18 3/8
-8 22546-17 202220-6-8B 202220-6-8S 9/16 - 18 3/8
-8 22546-17 202220-8-8B 202220-8-8S 3/4 -16 1/2
-12 22546-23 202220-10-12B 202220-10-12S 7/8 - 14 5/8
-12 22546-23 202220-10-12B 202220-10-12S 1-1/16 - 12 3/4
-16 22546-28 202220-16-16B 202220-16-16S 1-3/16 - 12 1
Efficient
Full flow/low pressure Simplified Installation
drop design helps improve Copper sweat connections simplify the
equipment efficiencies. Easy to Connect/ factory installation process (eliminating
Disconnect the need for flux and flux residue clean
Thread-together design up), saving you time and money.
Corrosion Resistant allows easy connection and
Brass body and copper disconnection while under
connections make corrosion- system pressure.
related problems almost non-
existent.
Reliable
Low Air Inclusion Stringent design standards, backed
and Refrigerant Loss by years of experience, a wide range
Superior Sealing of existing coupling applications, and
Valving is designed for low air Unique self-sealing valving prevents
inclusion and minimal refrigerant loss extensive testing under extreme
refrigerant loss when disconnected. operating conditions, provide you
during connection and disconnection. Metal-to-metal final seal virtually with the assurance that the product
eliminates refrigerant loss when will perform as specified.
connected.
How it Operates
Disconnected
When disconnected, spring-loaded valve assemblies Female Coupling Half Male Coupling Half
in the male and female coupling halves are sealed to
prevent refrigerant loss and the inclusion of air or
foreign materials. A spring in the male coupling half
presses the bonded poppet against sealing surface “A”
of the coupling body. Likewise, a spring in the female
coupling half presses the sleeve against sealing Sealing Surface “ B” Sealing Surface “ A”
surface “B” of the stem valve head. An O-ring on the
female sleeve prevents leakage between the sleeve
and coupling body.
Partially Connected
As the two coupling halves are threaded together, seal- Female Coupling Half Male Coupling Half
ing surface “C” of the male coupling body contacts the
bonded seal of the female coupling’s sleeve assembly.
At the same time, the stem valve head in the female
coupling assembly contacts the male coupling’s bonded
poppet, forcing air out of the coupling. During this Sealing Surface “ C”
stage, both coupling halves are sealed, preventing
leakage of refrigerant.
Fully Connected
Continued tightening of the union nut (female coupling) Female Coupling Half Male Coupling Half
draws the couplings together, and opens the fluid
passage by forcing the male coupling’s poppet assem-
bly and the female coupling’s sleeve assembly open.
When fully coupled a metal ring located in the front of
the male coupling, forms a leak-tight seal between the
two coupling halves. Metal Sealing Ring
Couplings
Specifications
PRODUCT 5500 Series Self-Sealing Brass Couplings
Operating Temperature Range -40°F to 250°F (-40°C to +121°C)
Operating Pressure Range, Connected
Male & Female Coupling
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes Vacuum to 750 psi (52 bar)
Operating Pressure Range, Disconnected
Male Coupling Half
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes Vacuum to 750 psi (52 bar)
Female Coupling Half
-06 & -08 Body Sizes Vacuum to 600 psi (41 bar)
-12 Body Size Vacuum to 550 psi (40 bar)
-16 Body Size Vacuum to 333 psi (23 bar)
Minimum Burst Pressure, Connected
Male & Female Coupling
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes 2,700 psi (186 bar)
Minimum Burst Pressure, Disconnected
Male Coupling Half
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes 2,700 psi (186 bar)
Female Coupling Half
-06 & -08 Body Size 1,800 psi (124 bar)
-12 Body Size 1,650 psi (114 bar)
-16 Body Size 1,000 psi (70 bar)
Maximum Air Inclusion (During Connection)
Male & Female Coupling Halves
-06 Body Size 0.15 cc per connection
-08 Body Size 0.10 cc per connection
-12 Body Size 0.20 cc per connection
-16 Body Size 0.40 cc per connection
Maximum Fluid Loss (During Disconnection)
Male & Female Coupling Halves
-06 & -08 Body Sizes 0.10 cc per disconnection
-12 Body Size 0.30 cc per disconnection
-16 Body Size 0.20 cc per disconnection
MATERIALS
Coupling Body Brass Bar per ASTM-B16, Alloy C3600
Connections Refrigeration Grade Copper, per ASTM-B75, Alloy C12200
Valve Stem Assembly (Female Coupling) Chromate Plated Steel
Bonded Poppet (Male Coupling) Neoprene™
Bonded Sleeve (Female Coupling) Neoprene™
+
MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY
All components, bonded poppet and sleeve, and valve stem O-Ring seal are compatible with these refrigerants and refrigerant oils:
R22 & mineral oil, alkylbenzene oil, or polyolester oil
R134a, R404a, R407c, R410a, or R507 & polyolester oil
Vibration Resistance Complies with UL 109
External Leak Rate, Connected < 0.1 ounce (2.96 ml) of R22 refrigerant per year at
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes Operating Pressure Range
External Leak Rate, Disconnected
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes < 0.50 ounce (14.79 ml) of R22 refrigerant per year
Without Protective Metal Cap or Plug Installed
-08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes < 0.25 ounce (7.39 ml) of R22 refrigerant per year
With Protective Metal Cap or Plug Installed*
* Protective metal cap/plug not available for -06 Coupling Body Size
+ Due to the numerous manufacturers of refrigerant oils and continuous changes of additives, compatibility cannot be guaran-
teed. Contact Parker for compatibility of refrigerant oils not listed.
Flow Data
Liquid Line Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow
Refrigerant R22 and R410a
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Kg/Hr)
41 82 122 163 204 245 286 327 368 408
4.5 31.0
4.0 ) 27.6
0a
41
(R
8
3.5 4-0 ) 24.1
0 -0 22
50 (R
5 8
-0
3.0 04 20.7
00-
55
2.5 17.2
2.0 13.8
1.5 10.3
1.0 3.9
410a)
6-06 (R
5500-0
06 (R22a)
0.5 5500-06- 3.4
410a)
5500-08-08 (R
5500-08-08 (R22)
0
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720 810 900
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr)
5500-04-08 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/4" (-04) Copper Connection, R22 5500-04-08 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/4" (-04) Copper Connection, R410a
5500-06-06 — 3/8" Coupling Body (-06) with 3/8" (-06) Copper Connection, R22 5500-06-06 — 3/8" Coupling Body (-06) with 3/8" (-06) Copper Connection, R410a
5500-08-08 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/2" (-08) Copper Connection, R22 5500-08-08 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/2" (-08) Copper Connection, R410a
)
12 22
(R
-08
08
0 0-
55
)
22
10
(R
Pressure Drop (PSI)
-06
-06
00
8 a)
10
55
( R4
-08
-08
)
0a
00
55
41
Couplings
6
(R
06
6-
-0
00
55
2
(R22) (R410a)
5500-12-12 5500-12-12
5500-16-16 (R22)
0 5500-16-16 (R410a)
0 90 180 270 360 450 540 630 720 810 900
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr)
5500-06-06 — 3/8" Coupling Body (-06) with 3/8" (-06) Copper Connection, R22 5500-06-06 — 3/8" Coupling Body (-06) with 3/8" (-06) Copper Connection, R410a
5500-08-08 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/2" (-08) Copper Connection, R22 5500-08-08 — 1/2" Coupling Body (-08) with 1/2" (-08) Copper Connection, R410a
5500-12-12 — 3/4" Coupling Body (-12) with 3/4" (-12) Copper Connection, R22 5500-12-12 — 3/4" Coupling Body (-12) with 3/4" (-12) Copper Connection, R410a
5500-16-16 — 1" Coupling Body (-16) with 1" (16) Copper Connection, R22 5500-16-16 — 1" Coupling Body (-16) with 1" (16) Copper Connection, R410a
Coupling Assembly
Coupling Body Size Dimensions Weight Coupling Body Size Dimensions Weight
(Dash Part Length Diameter Ounces (Dash Part Length Diameter Ounces
Size*) mm Number A B (Grams) Size*) mm Number A B (Grams)
Plastic Plastic
3/8 0.72 1.04 0.09 3/8 0.55 0.93 0.04
9.5 5410-06-BULK 9.5 5409-06-BULK
(-06) (18.3) (26.4) (2.68) (-06) (14.0) (23.6) (1.12)
1/2 0.04 1.20 0.07 1/2 0.50 1.01 0.06
12.7 5410-08-BULK 12.7 5409-08-BULK
(-08) (9.9) (30.5) (1.90) (-08) (12.7) (25.7) (1.70)
Steel Steel
1/2 0.72 1.00 1.48 1/2 0.56 1.13 1.08
12.7 5400-S8-08-BULK 12.7 5400-S6-08-BULK
(-08) (18.3) (25.4) (41.92) (-08) (14.2) (28.7) (30.58)
3/4 1.13 1.44 4.84 3/4 0.56 1.63 2.38
19.1 5400-S8-12-BULK 19.1 5400-S6-12-BULK
(-12) (28.7) (36.6) (137.34) (-12) (14.2) (41.4) (67.48)
1 1.25 1.75 7.93 1 0.75 2.00 4.98
25.4 5400-S8-16-BULK 25.4 5400-S6-16-BULK
(-16) (31.8) (44.5) (224.76) (-16) (19.1) (50.8) (141.20)
How to Order
5502 04 B 06
Coupling Copper Cap Coupling
Type Connection Size Requirements Body Size
Specifications
PRODUCT: 5700 Series One Shot™ Brass Coupling
Operating Temperature Range -40° F to 250° F (-40° C to +121° C)
Operating Pressure Range, Connected
Male & Female Coupling
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes Vacuum to 750 psi (52 bar)
Operating Pressure Range, Disconnected Application
Male Coupling Half
• Split air conditioning systems
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes Vacuum to 750 psi (52 bar)
Female Coupling Half • Split heat pumps
-06 & -08 Body Sizes Vacuum to 600 psi (41 bar) • Manufactured homes
-12 Body Size Vacuum to 550 psi (40 bar)
-16 Body Size Vacuum to 333 psi (23 bar) Base Product Part Number
Minimum Burst Pressure, Connected 5780 Female coupling half without charge
Male & Female Coupling port
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes 2,700 psi (186 bar) 5781 Female coupling half with charge port
Minimum Burst Pressure, Disconnected
5782 Male coupling half without charge port
Male Coupling Half
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes 2,700 psi (186 bar) 5783 Male coupling half with charge port
Female Coupling Half
-06 & -08 Body Size 1,800 psi (124 bar)
Features and Benefits
-12 Body Size 1,650 psi (114 bar) • Single-use coupling contains a
-16 Body Size 1,000 psi (70 bar) diaphragm that is pierced upon
Maximum Air Inclusion (During Connection) connection and folded back into the
Male & Female Coupling Halves coupling to provide a high flow path
-06 Body Size 0.15 cc per connection
and low pressure drop.
-08 Body Size 0.10 cc per connection
-12 Body Size 0.20 cc per connection • Final metal-to-metal seal keeps air
-16 Body Size 0.40 cc per connection inclusion to a minimum.
Maximum Fluid Loss (During Disconnection) • Brass coupling provides corrosion
Male & Female Coupling Halves resistance.
-06 & -08 Body Sizes 0.10 cc per disconnection
-12 Body Size 0.30 cc per disconnection
• Copper-sweat connections provide basic
-16 Body Size 0.20 cc per disconnection ends for brazing and eliminate the need
MATERIALS for flux, simplifying the installation
Coupling Body Brass Bar per ASTM-B16, Alloy C3600 process.
Refrigeration Grade Copper, • Brass sweat connections and panel-
Connections per ASTM-B75, Alloy C12200
Valve Stem Assembly (Female Coupling) Chromate Plated Steel
mounting options are available for the
Bonded Poppet (Male Coupling) Neoprene™ unique needs of a unit. Couplings
Bonded Sleeve (Female Coupling) Neoprene™ • Male/female charge ports can be
+ included for easy system diagnostics.
MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY
All components, bonded poppet and sleeve, and valve stem O-Ring seal are compatible with • Stub kits (FD57) are also available with
these refrigerants and refrigerant oils: copper connections.
R22 & mineral oil, alkylbenzene oil, or polyolester oil
R134a, R404a, R407c, R410a, or R507 & polyolester oil Agency Approvals
Vibration Resistance Complies with UL 109
UL listed; File No: SA2709
External Leak Rate, Connected
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes < 0.1 ounce (2.96 ml) of R22 refrigerant Specifications Notes:
per year at Operating Pressure Range
External Leak Rate, Disconnected * Protective metal cap/plug not available for -06 Coupling
-06, -08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes Body Size
< 0.50 ounce (14.79 ml) of R22 +
Without Protective Metal Cap or Plug Installed refrigerant per year Due to the numerous manufacturers of refrigerant oils and
continuous changes of additives, compatibility cannot be
-08, -12 & -16 Body Sizes < 0.25 ounce (7.39 ml) of R22 guaranteed. Contact Parker for compatibility of refrigerant
With Protective Metal Cap or Plug Installed* refrigerant per year oils not listed.
Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow
-8 Suction Line, Refrigerant -22 -10 Suction Line, Refrigerant -22
5.0 5.0
Key: Key:
-8 Straight Copper Tube -10 Straight Copper Tube
4.0 -8 Typical Base Valve 4.0 -10 Typical Base Valve
Parker 5781-8-8 Coupling Parker 5781-10-11 Coupling
3.0 3.0
2.0 2.0
1.0 1.0
0.0 0.0
160 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 160 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr) Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr)
Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow Pressure Drop vs. Mass Flow
-12 Suction Line, Refrigerant -22 -14 Suction Line, Refrigerant -22
5.0 5.0
Key: Key:
-12 Straight Copper Tube -14 Straight Copper Tube
4.0 -12 Typical Base Valve 4.0 -14 Typical Base Valve
Parker 5781-12-11 Coupling Parker 5781-14-12 Coupling
Pressure Drop (psi)
3.0 3.0
2.0 2.0
1.0 1.0
0.0 0.0
160 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 160 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr) Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr)
100% connected
5780-Size Female Half without Charge Port 5781-Size Female Half with Charge Port
5782-Size Male Half without Charge Port 5783-Size Male Half with Charge Port
Step 1 Sparingly apply paste flux to Step 2 Immerse the coupling Step 3 Use a double tip torch to
the copper tube. (diaphragm end) into a flowing cool promote even heating and reduce
Note: Liquid flux or excessive flux water bath. braze time.
can run inside the coupling and • 5780 and 57781 female halves:
cause corrosion. Water level should be halfway up the
nut and the nut hex fully immersed.
• 5782 and 5783 male halves: Water
level should fully cover the threads.
Step 4 After the alloy solidifies, Step 5 The couplings can be Step 6 Protector caps and plugs
quench the tubing and coupling to subjected to unit test pressures up to should be installed finger tight. Over-
reduce the temperature below 400° F. 300 psig. If pressures in excess of 300 tightening can damage the diaphragm.
Make sure the water does not enter psig are used, the protector caps and The diaphragm and O-ring can be
the open charge port in the 5781 or plugs should be installed lubricated with refrigerant oil prior to
5783 half. installing the protector caps or plugs as
added assurance of proper lubrication
when connected at unit installation.
Recommended
Coupling Coupling Sheet Metal Flange Mounting Bolt Screw Hole
Part Number Hex Size Opening Part Number Circle Diameter
5782-Size-6 3/4" 0.656 5700-22-6 1.44 0.201
5782-Size-6 3/4" 0.656 5700-22-6 1.44 0.153
5782-Size-8 15/16" 0.969 FD67-1008-10 1.69 0.153
5782-Size-10 1-1/16" 1.094 FD67-1110-10 1.69 0.201
5782-Size-10 1-1/16" 1.094 FD67-1008-12 1.69 0.153
5782-Size-11 1-1/8" 1.156 150-22-8 1.69 0.201
5782-Size-11 1-1/8" 1.156 5700-22-10 1.69 0.153
5782-Size-12 1-7/16" 1.469 FD57-1110-12 2.12 0.201
5782-Size-12 1-7/16" 1.469 FD57-1111-12 2.12 0.153
All dimensions in inches.
Installation Instructions
Step 1 Braze coupling to clean copper tubing. Step 6 Evacuate and charge the line set per the
manufacturer's instructions. Retighten the charge port cap.
Step 2 Install plastic dust plug.
Step 7 Tighten all four coupling connections with a
Step 3 Apply refrigeration oil to the diaphragm and threads wrench until seated or a definite resistance is felt. Mark a line
of the couplings on the indoor unit. on the swivel nut and unit. Using the line as a guide, tighten
an additional 1/4 turn.
Step 4 Connect the line set couplings finger tight. Do not
use a wrench. The O-ring will seal. Step 8 Leak check the braze and coupling joints. Follow
the manufacturer's instructions for start up.
Step 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 on the outdoor unit.
Reconnection Instructions
Note: The O-ring is only an intermediate seal during the initial connection of a precharged unit/line set combination. The O-ring
is only used for sealing between the time the diaphragm is pierced and the final metal-to-metal seal is made.
The final leak-proof seal is a metal-to-metal connection made between the male and female coupling bodies.
Step 1 Upon disconnection, remove O-ring. Step 6 Lubricate male half diaphragm and synthetic
rubber seal with system-compatible refrigerant oil. Thread
Step 2 If O-ring is missing from groove, insure O-ring is coupling halves together by hand to insure proper mating of
not lodged inside coupling halves and reconnect without threads. Use proper size wrenches (on coupling body hex
O-ring. and on union nut) and tighten until coupling bodies sea" or
a definite resistance is felt.
Step 3 Route the suction line and liquid line between the
indoor and outdoor unit. Step 7 Using a marker, mark a line lengthwise from
the coupling union nut to the bulkhead. Then tighten an
Step 4 Remove protector caps and plugs. additional 1/4 turn; the misalignment of the line will show
the amount the coupling has been tightened. This final 1/4
Step 5 Carefully wipe coupling seats and threaded turn is necessary to insure the formation of a leakproof joint.
surfaces with a clean cloth, to prevent the inclusion of dirt
or any foreign material in the system. If a torque wrench is used, the following torque values are
recommended:
Coupling
Size Ft/Lbs
-6 10-12
-10 35-45
-11 35-45
-12 55-65
Order Options
Charging
Port Cap Mounting
Flange
Male
Female Coupling Half
Coupling Half
Couplings
How it Works
A
A – Liquid Line (High Pressure) —
D
Liquid or capillary lines.
E B – Vapor Line (Low Pressure) —
Flexible, stainless steel line
B withcopper tube end for easy
factory installation.
C – Cover — Flexible protective
sleeve.
D – Condensate — Flexible
C condensate line for water
drainage.
C E – Electrical — Wiring harnesses
custom-made to your exact
specifications.
Dimension Data
Installation Instructions
To Connect: To Disconnect:
Step 1 Ensure that the handle on the female coupling is in Step 1 Shut down the A/C unit and unplug the electrical
a reclined position away from the mating male coupling power cord from the wall outlet.
Step 2 Retract the “Release Sleeve” on Female Coupling Step 2 Wait five minutes for the line pressure between
and insert the mating male coupling, located on the outside the indoor compressor unit and outdoor condensing unit to
unit. equalize.
Step 3 Release the “Release Sleeve” to the lock the male Step 3 Pull the female coupling handle up and toward the
coupling into places female coupling to the “full back” position.
Step 4 Fold the female coupling handle towards the Step 4 Retract the “Release Sleeve” on the Female
male coupling half and push until the handle seals behind the Coupling to release the male coupling half from the female
“Release Sleeve” and flat against the entire coupling half.
assembly.
Couplings
Step 5 Disconnect the auxiliary electrical and condenser
Step 5 Connect the auxiliary electrical and condenser lines.
lines.
Step 6 The indoor compressor unit can now be moved to
Step 6 Connect the electrical power cord from the A/C another location.
unit into the appropriate electrical wall outlet and start the
A/C unit.
Male Half — Protective Cap for Male Half Female Half — Protective Plug for Female Half
Micron Level
Parker Service Port
unless connected to service port. 1500 Process with Core
Coupling
• Brass coupling, with or without plating, provides 1000
corrosion resistance.
• Red anodized knob on the high side and blue 500
= Flow Path
Couplings
1.23 Ref.
1.23 Ref.
Finish Side Port System Side Part Number Finish Side Port System Side Part Number
Brass 14 mm Female Low Side RC01C-021
Plated 14 mm Female Low Side RC01C-002
Brass 14 mm Female High Side RC01C-022
Plated 14 mm Female High Side RC01C-003 Brass 7/16" - 20 Male Low Side RC01C-023
Plated 5/8" - 18 Male Low Side RC01C-006 Brass 7/16" - 20 Male High Side RC01C-024
Plated 5/8" - 18 Male High Side RC01C-007
Plated 7/16" - 20 Male Low Side RC01C-011
Plated 7/16" - 20 Male High Side RC01C-012
RC05C-01-04-04A or B
Agency Approvals
Patent pending.
Adapter
Process 10mm Service Port
Cap
Port Valve Core Adapter with Couplings
Coupling Plunger
Installed
Application
• Factory precharged heat pump and split-type air
conditioning systems.
Agency Approvals
UL Recognized; File No. SDTW 2.SA2709
FD57-1083
5700 Series Coupling to Copper Tube
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1083-05-06 5/8-18 7.17 0.81 0.75 0.32 0.62
FD57-1083-06-06 3/4-18 7.17 0.81 0.75 0.38 0.62
FD57-1083-10-10 1-1/16-12 7.61 1.31 0.75 0.63 1.00
FD57-1083-12-10 1-1/16-12 7.67 1.31 0.75 0.76 1.00
FD57-1083-14-12 1-7/16-16 8.05 1.69 0.75 0.88 1.38
FD57-1083-12-11 1-1/8-12 7.71 1.31 0.75 0.76 1.00
FD57-1127
Commercial (Residential) Freon with Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1127-04-06 5/8-18 4.09 0.81 0.31 0.25 0.62
FD57-1127-05-06 5/8-18 4.09 0.81 0.31 0.31 0.62
FD57-1127-06-06 5/8-18 4.09 0.81 0.31 0.38 0.62
FD57-1127-08-10 1-1/16-12 5.28 1.31 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1127-08-11 1-1/8-12 5.32 1.31 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1127-10-10 1-1/16-12 5.73 1.31 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1127-10-11 1-1/8-12 5.77 1.31 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1127-12-10 1-1/16-12 5.79 1.31 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1127-12-11 1-1/8-12 5.83 1.31 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1127-12-12 1-1/16-12 6.13 1.69 0.62 0.75 1.38
FD57-1128
90° Commercial (Residential) Freon with
Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E F
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1128-04-06 5/8-18 1.92 0.81 2.37 0.31 0.25 0.62
FD57-1128-05-06 5/8-18 2.30 0.81 2.16 0.31 0.31 0.62
FD57-1128-06-06 5/8-18 2.30 0.81 2.16 0.31 0.38 0.62
FD57-1128-08-10 1-1/16-12 2.81 1.31 2.94 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1128-08-11 1-1/8-12 2.85 1.31 2.94 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1128-10-10 1-1/16-12 2.86 1.31 3.34 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1128-10-11 1-1/8-12 2.90 1.31 3.34 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1128-12-10 1-1/16-12 2.92 1.31 3.34 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1128-12-11 1-1/8-12 2.96 1.31 3.34 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1128-12-12 1-1/16-12 3.26 1.69 3.34 0.62 0.75 1.38
FD57-1128-14-11 1-1/8-12 3.56 1.31 2.97 0.75 0.88 1.00
FD57-1128-14-12 1-1/16-12 3.86 1.69 2.97 0.75 0.88 1.38
FD57-1084
5700 Series Coupling Half with Charge Port to "
Copper Tube
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1084-05-06 5/8-18 7.42 0.81 0.75 0.312 0.62
FD57-1084-06-06 5/8-18 7.42 0.81 0.75 0.375 0.62
FD57-1084-10-10 1-1/16-12 7.86 1.31 0.75 0.625 1.00
FD57-1084-12-10 1-1/16-12 7.92 1.31 0.75 0.750 1.00
FD57-1084-14-12 1-7/16-16 8.30 1.69 0.75 0.875 1.38
FD57-1084-14-11 1-1/8-12 8.00 1.31 0.75 0.875 1.00
FD57-1084-12-11 1-1/8-12 7.96 1.31 0.75 0.750 1.00
FD57-1084-10-11 1-1/8-12 7.90 1.31 0.75 0.625 1.00
FD57-1129
Commercial (Residential) Freon with "
Charge Port and Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E
Couplings
FD57-1147
Commercial (Residential) Freon with "
Charge Port and Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1147-06-06 5/8-18 4.34 0.81 0.31 0.38 0.62
FD57-1147-06-11 1-1/8-12 4.50 1.31 0.31 0.38 1.00
FD57-1147-08-10 1-1/16-12 5.53 1.31 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1147-08-12 1-7/16-12 5.89 1.69 0.38 0.50 1.38
FD57-1147-10-12 1-7/16-12 6.31 1.69 0.38 0.62 1.38
FD57-1157
Commercial (Residential) Freon with "
Charge Port and Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1157-05-06 5/8-18 5.55 0.81 0.31 5/16 0.62
FD57-1157-06-06 5/8-18 5.55 0.81 0.31 3/8 0.62
FD57-1130
90° Commercial (Residential) Freon with "
Thread A B C D E F
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1130-04-06 5/8-18 2.18 0.81 2.37 0.31 0.25 0.62
FD57-1130-05-06 5/8-18 2.55 0.81 2.16 0.31 0.31 0.62
FD57-1130-06-06 5/8-18 2.55 0.81 2.16 0.31 0.38 0.62
FD57-1130-08-10 1-1/16-12 3.06 1.31 2.94 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1130-08-11 1-1/8-12 3.10 1.31 2.94 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1130-10-10 1-1/16-12 3.11 1.31 3.34 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1130-10-11 1-1/8-12 3.15 1.31 3.34 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1130-12-10 1-1/16-12 3.17 1.31 3.34 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1130-12-11 1-1/8-12 3.21 1.31 3.34 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1130-12-12 1-1/16-12 3.51 1.69 3.34 0.62 0.75 1.38
FD57-1130-14-11 1-1/8-12 3.81 1.31 2.97 0.75 0.88 1.00
FD57-1130-14-12 1-1/16-12 4.11 1.69 2.97 0.75 0.88 1.38
FD57-1130-18-11 1-1/8-12 3.81 1.31 3.45 0.91 1.12 1.00
FD57-1148
"
90° Commercial (Residential) Freon with
Charge Port and Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E F
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1148-06-06 3/4-18 2.55 0.81 2.16 0.31 0.38 0.62
FD57-1148-06-11 1-1/8-12 2.85 1.31 2.06 0.31 0.38 1.00
FD57-1148-08-10 1-1/16-12 3.06 1.31 2.94 0.38 0.50 1.00
FD57-1148-08-12 1-1/16-16 3.64 1.69 2.72 0.38 0.50 1.38
FD57-1148-10-12 1-1/16-16 3.51 1.69 3.32 0.50 0.62 1.38
FD57-1115
5700 Series Coupling Half to Copper Tube
Thread A B C D
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1115-05-06 5/8-18 7.08 0.75 0.75 0.312
FD57-1115-06-06 5/8-18 7.08 0.75 0.75 0.375
FD57-1115-10-11 1-1/8-12 7.54 1.12 0.75 0.625
FD57-1115-12-11 1-1/8-12 7.63 1.12 0.75 0.750
FD57-1115-14-11 1-1/8-12 7.63 1.12 0.75 0.875
FD57-1115-14-12 1-1/16-16 7.80 1.44 0.75 0.875
FD57-1115-10-10 1-1/16-12 7.43 1.06 0.75 0.625
FD57-1131
5700 Series Coupling Half with Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1131-04-06 5/8-18 4.00 0.75 0.31 0.25
FD57-1131-05-06 5/8-18 4.00 0.75 0.31 0.31
FD57-1131-06-06 5/8-18 4.00 0.75 0.31 0.38
Couplings
FD57-1146
5700 Series Coupling Half with Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1146-06-06 3/4-18 3.14 0.87 0.38 0.75
FD57-1146-06-11 1-1/8-12 3.30 1.30 0.38 1.12
FD57-1146-08-10 1-1/16-12 3.22 1.23 0.50 1.06
FD57-1146-08-12 1-1/16-16 3.53 1.66 0.50 1.44
FD57-1146-10-12 1-1/16-16 3.65 1.66 0.62 1.44
FD57-1132
90° 5700 Series Coupling Half with Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1132-04-06 5/8-18 1.84 0.75 2.37 0.31 0.25
FD57-1132-05-06 5/8-18 2.21 0.75 2.16 0.31 0.31
FD57-1132-06-06 5/8-18 2.21 0.75 2.16 0.31 0.38
FD57-1132-08-10 1-1/16-12 2.62 1.06 2.94 0.38 0.50
FD57-1132-08-11 1-1/8-12 2.73 1.12 2.94 0.38 0.50
FD57-1132-10-10 1-1/16-12 2.68 1.06 3.34 0.50 0.62
FD57-1132-10-11 1-1/8-12 2.79 1.12 3.34 0.50 0.62
FD57-1132-12-10 1-1/16-12 2.77 1.06 3.34 0.62 0.75
FD57-1132-12-11 1-1/8-12 2.88 1.12 3.34 0.62 0.75
FD57-1132-12-12 1-1/16-12 3.03 1.44 3.34 0.62 0.75
FD57-1132-14-11 1-1/8-12 3.45 1.12 2.97 0.75 0.88
FD57-1132-14-12 1-1/16-12 3.62 1.44 2.97 0.75 0.88
FD57-1121
5700 Series Coupling Half with Charge Port "
to Copper Tube
Thread A B C D
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1121-05-06 5/8-18 7.33 0.62 0.75 0.312
FD57-1121-06-06 5/8-18 7.33 0.62 0.75 0.375
FD57-1121-10-11 1-1/8-12 7.84 1.12 0.75 0.625
FD57-1121-12-11 1-1/8-12 7.84 1.12 0.75 0.750
FD57-1121-14-11 1-1/8-12 7.85 1.12 0.75 0.875
FD57-1133
5700 Series Coupling Half with Charge Port and "
Thread A B C D
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1133-05-06 5/8-18 4.25 0.62 0.31 0.31
FD57-1133-06-06 5/8-18 4.25 0.62 0.31 0.38
FD57-1133-10-11 1-1/8-12 5.96 1.12 0.5 0.62
FD57-1133-12-11 1-1/8-12 5.96 1.12 0.62 0.75
FD57-1133-14-11 1-1/8-12 5.94 1.12 0.75 0.88
FD57-1158
5700 Series Coupling Half with Charge Port and "
Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1158-05-06 5/8-18 5.46 0.62 0.31 5/16
FD57-1158-06-06 5/8-18 5.46 0.62 0.31 3/8
FD57-1144
Commercial (Residential) Freon with Charge Port "
and Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1144-05-06 5/8-18 4.34 0.81 0.31 0.31 0.62
FD57-1144-12-11 1-1/8-18 6.08 1.31 0.62 0.75 1.00
"
Couplings
FD57-1145
90° Commercial (Residential) Freon with Charge
Port and Copper Tube Stub
Thread A B C D E F
Part Number T Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref. Ref.
FD57-1145-10-11 1-1/8-12 3.15 1.31 3.34 0.50 0.62 1.00
FD57-1145-12-11 1-1/8-12 4.71 1.31 4.50 0.62 0.75 1.00
FD57-1145-14-11 1-1/8-12 3.81 1.31 2.97 0.75 0.88 1.00
FD57-1145-18-11 1-1/8-12 3.81 1.31 3.45 0.91 1.12 1.00
Service Valves
Check Valves
Check Valves
Service and
Frontseating Valves
Parker’s Frontseating Valves are used as service valves
in split air-conditioning and heat-pump systems. The
valves isolate sections of a system for servicing and
provide a means for charging refrigerant into a unit.
Application
• Residential split-system air conditioners and heat
pumps
Agency Approvals
U.L. recognized; File No: SA5188
CSA approval; File No. LR86182-2
Specifications
PRODUCT Frontseating Valves Features and Benefits
Operating Temperature Range+ -40°F to +250°F (-40°C to +121°C)
• The simplest of service valves providing basic
Operating Pressure Range Vacuum to 750 psi
Minimum Burst Pressure 3,000 psi (207 bar) shut-off, charging, and evacuating capabilities.
MATERIALS • Captivated stem-design eliminates the traditional
Valve Body Brass* retaining ring, reducing the potential for injury.
Valve Stem Brass*
Valve Stem Cap Brass* • Multiple end-configurations are available, along
Gauge Port Cap Brass* or Plastic with assemblies, to meet the unique needs and
CONNECTION TYPES AND MATERIALS flow patterns of a unit.
Sweat Wrought Copper per ASTM-B75, Alloy
C12200
• Use of a standard Allen wrench provides
SAE 45° Flare Brass* actuation of the valve.
MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY** • Brass body and copper-connection tubes virtually
All components, including valve stem seal packaging and O-Rings are eliminate corrosion-related problems.
compatible with these refrigerants and refrigerant oils:
R22 & mineral oil, alkylbenzene oil or polyolester oil • Copper-sweat connections provide basic ends
R134a, R404a, R407c, R-410a or R507 & polyolester oil for brazing and eliminate the need for flux,
Vibration Resistance Complies with UL 109 simplifying the installation process.
Corrosion Resistance Complies with ASTM B117
External Leak Rate < 0.1 ounce of R22 refrigerant per year at
• Flare connections also available as an alternative
Operating Pressure Range to sweat connections.
* Brass Bar per ASTM-B16, Alloy C36000.
** Due to the numerous manufacturers of refrigerant oils and
continuous changes of additives, compatibility can not be
guaranteed. Please contact Parker for compatibility of
refrigerants and refrigerant oils not listed.
Check Valves
Service and
Factory Installation
Step 1 Attach the valve Step 2 Flux the copper Step 3 After brazing, Step 4 Install a valve
using the mounting proce- tubing and insert into the quench the joint with a wet core (part #222034-4) and a
dure that best suits the stub. Flux is not required if a rag to cool the joint and valve cap (part #221014-4B)
application. Clean the tubing low to zero-silver braze alloy remove any flux residue. on the charge port.
to be brazed to the Parker is used. Braze the joint. Due
frontseating valve. to the extended copper stub
the valve does not need to
be immersed in water or
otherwise cooled during
brazing.
Field Installation
Install the outdoor and indoor units per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Route the copper lines between the
units.
Step 1 The tubing should Step 2 Wrap a wet rag Step 3 Flux the copper Step 4 After brazing —
be cut square, so it is round around the copper stub tubing and insert into the quench the joint with a wet
and free of burrs at the con- before brazing. stub. (Flux is not required if a rag to cool the joint and re-
necting ends. Clean the tub- low to zero-silver braze alloy move any flux residue.
ing to prevent contaminants is used.) Braze the joint.
from entering the system.
Step 5 This is not a backseating valve. To open the valve Step 6 Replace the valve cap finger tight then tighten an
remove the valve cap with an adjustable wrench. Insert a additional 1/12 turn or 1/2 hex flat. A metal-to-metal seal is
3/16" or 5/16" hex wrench into the stem. Back out counter- now complete. Complete normal factory recommended
clockwise until the valve stem incurs resistance. procedures.
Simple On/Off
One quarter-turn, low-torque actuation
allows the valve to be fully open or closed
providing simple and easy servicing.
Reliable
Corrosion Resistant A unique copper forming process is used to
Brass body and copper connection captivate the valve ball, seals and spring,
tubes virtually eliminate corrosion eliminating potential leak paths and
related problems. providing consistent and superior sealing.
Valves can also be supplied as fully tested Copper sweat connections simplify the
subassemblies, complete with custom bent copper Efficient installation process (eliminating the need
tubing and other required system components. This Full-flow design provides low- for flux and flux-residue cleanup), saving
translates to fewer braze joints, simplified assembly, pressure drop for maximum time and money. Pad and post mounting
and a lower installed cost. system performance is available if added support is needed.
0.00
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800
Refrigerant Mass Flow (Lbs/Hr)
Key:
5/8" Body, 5/8" Copper Sweat Connections
5/8" Body, 3/4" Copper Sweat Connections
7/8" Body, 7/8" (Factory) and 1-1/8" (Field) Copper Sweat Connections
7/8" Body, 7/8" Copper Sweat Connections
7/8" Body, 3/4" Copper Sweat Connections
1-1/8" Body, 1-1/8" or 1-3/8" (Factory) and 1-3/8" (Field) Copper Sweat Connections
1-1/8" Body, 1-1/8" Copper Sweat Connections
Pad Mount
RB01-031, RB01-032, RB01-033
Field Factory
Connection Connection
1 5
Post Mount
RB01-034, RB01-035, RB01-036
Field Factory
Connection Connection
1 5
No Mount
RB01-019
Field Factory
Connection Connection
Connection Dimensions
Nominal U W
Body (Across (Across
Factory Field Part Numbers Size A B D F G H J M N S Flats) V Flats)
5/8" 5/8" 5/8 5.86 2.53 0.63 0.62 0.50 0.50 0.63 1.50 2.81 1.55 0.75 2.30 1.31
RB01-019-101010
ODS ODS (15.9) (148.8) (64.3) (16.0) (15.7) (12.7) (12.7) (16.0) (38.1) (71.4) (39.4) (19.0) (58.4) (33.3)
3/4" 3/4" 5/8 5.86 2.53 0.75 0.75 0.62 0.62 0.75 1.50 2.81 1.55 0.75 2.30 1.31
RB01-019-121012
ODS ODS (15.9) (148.8) (64.3) (19.0) (19.0) (15.7) (15.7) (19.0) (38.1) (71.4) (39.4) (19.0) (58.4) (33.3)
3/4" 3/4" 7/8 5.85 2.52 0.75 0.75 0.62 0.62 0.75 1.37 2.79 1.69 0.75 2.67 1.68
RB01-019-121412
ODS ODS (22.2) (148.6) (64.0) (19.0) (19.0) (15.7) (15.7) (19.0) (34.8) (70.9) (42.9) (19.0) (67.8) (42.7)
7/8" 7/8" 7/8 5.85 2.52 0.88 0.88 0.62 0.75 0.88 1.37 2.79 1.69 0.75 2.67 1.68
RB01-019-141414
ODS ODS (22.2) (148.6) (64.0) (22.4) (22.4) (15.7) (19.0) (22.4) (34.8) (70.9) (42.9) (19.0) (67.8) (42.7)
7/8" 1-1/8" 7/8 5.85 2.52 1.13 0.88 0.62 0.75 0.88 1.37 2.79 1.69 0.75 2.67 1.68
RB01-019-141418
ODS ODS (22.2) (148.6) (64.0) (28.7) (22.4) (15.7) (19.0) (22.4) (34.8) (70.9) (42.9) (19.0) (67.8) (42.7)
1-1/8" 1-1/8" 7/8 5.40 2.52 1.13 0.88 0.62 0.62 1.13 1.37 2.34 1.69 0.75 2.67 1.68
RB01-019-181418
ODS ODS (22.2) (137.2) (64.0) (28.7) (22.4) (15.7) (15.7) (28.7) (34.8) (59.4) (42.9) (19.0) (67.8) (42.7)
1-1/8" 1-1/8" 1-1/8 8.00 3.56 1.13 1.12 0.75 0.75 1.13 2.19 3.60 2.21 0.94 3.17 2.00
RB01-019-181818
ODS ODS (28.6) (203.2) (90.4) (28.7) (28.4) (19.0) (19.0) (28.7) (55.6) (91.4) (56.1) (23.9) -80.5 (50.8)
1-1/8" 1-3/8" 1-1/8 8.00 3.56 1.38 1.12 0.75 0.75 1.13 2.19 3.60 2.21 2.21 3.17 2.00
RB01-019-181822
ODS ODS (28.6) (203.2) (90.4) (35.1) (28.4) (19.0) (19.0) (28.7) (55.6) (91.4) (56.1) (23.9) (80.5) (50.8)
1-3/8" 1-3/8" 1-1/8 7.92 3.56 1.38 1.12 0.75 0.75 1.38 2.19 3.52 2.21 2.21 3.17 2.00
RB01-019-221822
ODS ODS (28.6) (201.2) (90.4) (35.1) (28.4) (19.0) (19.0) (35.1) (55.6) (89.4) (56.1) (23.9) (80.5) (50.8)
How to Order
RB01 019 12 10 12
Product Unique Factory Body Size Field
Series Features Connection Connection
Backseating Valves
Parker’s Backseating Valves are used as service valves
in air-conditioning and heat-pump systems. The valves
isolate sections of a system for servicing and provide a
means for charging refrigerant into a unit.
Application
• Residential split-system air conditioners and heat
pumps
Check Valves
Check valves are designed to allow flow in one direction only. They are used to prevent backwards flow
through dryers and other devices that are designed for directional flow.
Application
• Refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Dimensions
Female System
Sweat Overall Cutout Body
UL Connect Length Length Dia. Flow-tons* @ 1 psi pressure drop
Model No. Model in. in. in. in. 12 22 134a 401A/B 401C 402A 402B 404A 407A 407B 407C 410A 502 507A
CV4-6FS-6FS 3/8F 3/8 3.75 3.00 1/2 2.6 3.5 3.2 3.6 3.2 2.4 2.8 2.3 3.1 2.5 3.4 3.4 2.3 2.3
CV5-8FS-8FS 1/2F 1/2 3.75 2.88 5/8 4.8 6.4 5.8 6.6 5.8 4.3 5.0 4.2 5.6 4.5 6.2 6.3 4.2 4.2
CV7-10FS-10FS 5/8F 5/8 4.5 3.50 7/8 9.0 12.0 10.9 12.3 11.0 8.1 9.5 7.8 10.5 8.4 11.6 11.8 7.8 7.8
CV9-14FS-14FS 7/8F 7/8 4.5 3.50 1.13 18.6 24.8 22.5 25.4 22.6 16.7 19.5 16.1 21.6 17.4 23.9 24.3 16.1 16.1
CV11-18FS-18FS 1 1/8F 1.125 5 4.00 1.38 48.8 65.0 59.1 66.7 59.3 43.9 51.2 42.2 56.8 45.6 62.9 64.0 42.4 42.3
* Rated at 86°F liquid/5°F evaporator
Application
• Refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Dimensions
Female System
Sweat Overall Cutout Body
UL Connect Length Length Dia. Flow
Part No. Model in. in. in. in. tons @ 1 psi pressure drop
274243-00 PCV525 5/16 3.5 2.81 0.525
274243-01 PCV525 3/8 3.5 2.81 0.525 TBD
274243-03 PCV525 1/2 3.5 3.10 0.525
Check Valves
Service and
Check Valves
Service and
& Check
B5 Series ................................................................................................................ page 149
Service
Valves
Pressure Temperature Chart ................................................................................. page 151
Capacity Tables ...................................................................................................... page 152
Applications ........................................................................................................... page 158
General Information ............................................................................................... page 158
Balanced Port Valves ............................................................................................. page 165
Valve Selection Procedure .................................................................................... page 166
Understanding Superheat .................................................................................... page 168
Constant Pressure (Automatic) Expansion Valves ................................................... page 170
104A Series ............................................................................................................ page 170
104F Series ............................................................................................................. page 170
139 Series EPR ....................................................................................................... page 171
A Series Valves ...................................................................................................... page 172
U.S. Capacity Tables ......................................................................................... page 174
Metric Capacity Tables ..................................................................................... page 176
Technical Information ....................................................................................... page 178
Applications ...................................................................................................... page 179
625 Series Thermal Electric Valve ........................................................................ page 181
Applications ...................................................................................................... page 182
Operation ........................................................................................................... page 185
Installation ......................................................................................................... page 186
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................ page 188
Ratings .............................................................................................................. page 190
131 Parker Hannifin Corporation
Climate & Industrial Controls Group
Cleveland, OH
Catalog CIC-2003-1/US Thermostatic and Constant Pressure (Automatic) Expansion Valves
Visual Table of Contents TXVs and AXVs
S Series TXV - (page 136) I Series TXV - (page 137) EG Series TXV - (page 138)
Applications: Air Conditioning, Heat Applications: Slush Machines, Salad Applications: Supermarket Cases,
Pumps, Dehumidifiers Bars, Vending Machines Walk-in Freezers, Ice Machines
EGC Series TXV - (page 139) RE Series TXV - (page 140) H Series TXV - (page 142)
Applications: Supermarket Cases with Applications: Air Conditioning, Applications: Air Conditioning, Heat
hot gas defrost, Walk-in Freezers, Industrial Chillers, Commercial Pumps, Bi-flow (Package Systems)
Refrigeration Refrigeration
HC Series TXV - (page 142) EC Series TXV - (page 144) ECC Series TXV - (page 145)
Applications: Air Conditioning, Heat Applications: Supermarket Cases, Applications: Heat Pump Units, Air
Pumps Transport Refrigeration, Walk-in Conditioning Units, Freezers, Walk-in
Coolers Boxes, Refrigerated Cases
G Series TXV - (page 146) N Series TXV - (page 147) C Series TXV - (page 148)
Applications: Refrigerated Cases, Applications: Low Profile Coolers, Ice Applications: Rail and Transport
Walk-in Freezers Machines, Beverage Dispensers Refrigeration, Supermarket Cases,
Walk-in Coolers
B5 Series TXV - (page 149) 104A Series AXV - (page 170) 104F Series AXV - (page 170)
Applications: Air Conditioning, Applications: Ice Cream/Slush Applications: Ice Cream/Slush
Refrigeration Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze
Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim, Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim,
Vending, Ice Machines Vending, Ice Machines
AS Series AXV - (page 172) A1 Series AXV - (page 172) A2 Series AXV - (page 173)
Applications: Ice Cream/Slush Applications: Ice Cream/Slush Applications: Ice Cream/Slush
Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze
Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim, Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim, Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim,
Vending, Ice Machines Vending, Ice Machines Vending, Ice Machines
& Check
Service
Valves
A3 Series AXV - (page 173) AE3 Series AXV - (page 173) A4 Series AXV - (page 173)
Applications: Ice Cream/Slush Applications: Ice Cream/Slush Applications: Ice Cream/Slush
Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze Machines, Hot Gas Bypass, Freeze
Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim, Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim, Protection, Refrigerant Reclaim,
Vending, Ice Machines Vending, Ice Machines Vending, Ice Machines
S (E) 5 V
EXTERNAL EQUALIZER
MODEL OPTIONAL CAPACITY REFRIGERANT
I H(C)(A)
C = internal check valve
A = adjustable
Capacity
Parker's expansion valves offer a
range of capacities from 1/8 ton to
70 tons depending on valve series.
See pages 152-157 for capacity
tables.
RE EC
Rainbow Charge™
Refrigerant Designation
J R-134a, R-401A (MP39), R-401B (MP66)
V R-407C (AC9000), R-22
R-125, R-404A (HP62), R-402A (HP80), R402B
S
(HP81), R-507 (AZ50)
Z R-410A
C B5
X 100 B 20
BLEED BLEED
Bleed Capacity
Calculated based on nominal
capacity of valve specified by
manufacturer or Parker.
Typically 30% or less.
Calculated by:
Desired Bypass Capacity x 100%
Rated Valve Capacity
Bleed
Denoted by “B”.
Not available on all TXVs.
See bleed capacity.
Used for equalizing system
during off cycle (compressor
unloading). Consult Parker.
See page 164.
& Check
Service
M.O.P.
Valves
Maximum Operating Pressure
Charge Operating Temperature Range
Charge Type
“W” (all-purpose) liquid charge maintains nearly “flat” superheat
control over a -40F° to +60F° (-40C° to +15C°) evaporator tem-
perature range.
“Z” (low temperature) charge provides fast pulldown benefits like
a gas charge with the non-migrating benefits of a liquid charge;
usable over a -40F° to 0F° (-40C° to -20C°) evaporator tempera-
ture range.
“X” (damped response) gas charge provides a pressure limiting
(MOP) charge with anti-hunt characteristics over a -40F° to
+60F° (-40C° to +15C°) evaporator temperature range.
Notes: M.O.P. not available on "W" or "Z" charge.
*May not be used on systems in which bulb temperature will exceed 130° F
(i.e. defrost). Contact Parker for pressure and temperature.
S Series
Parker’s S series is well suited for new or replacement installations
on a variety of small to medium tonnage air-conditioning, heat pump,
and refrigeration systems. A brass body with standard ODF solder
connections and balanced port construction lends itself to installation
on systems requiring stability and control under low load and other
varying conditions.
Applications Features and Benefits
• Air Conditioning • 60" capillary tube with shock loop
• Heat Pumps • Optional external equalizer
• Commerical Refrigeration • Stainless steel power element
• Transport Refrigeration • Weight: .7 lbs. (.32 kg)
• Beverage Dispensers • Optional bleed
• Dehumidifiers • Field adjustable superheat
• Ice Machines
Specifications
Internally Externally Outlet Equalizer
Refrigerant Equalized Equalized Rainbow Inlet Connection Connection Connection
Refrigerant Designation Capacity Range Tons Models Models Charges™ ODF (Optional) ODF (Optional) (Optional)
R-12 1/8 - 1/2 S 1/2J SE 1/2J 1/4 (3/8) 1/2 (3/8)
R-134a 1/4 - 1 S 1J SE 1J 3/8 (1/4) 1/2 (3/8)
1/4" ODF
R-401A J 1 -2 S 2J SE 2J W, X60 1/2 5/8 (7/8)
(1/4" SAE)
R-401B 1 1/2 - 3 S 3J SE 3J 1/2 7/8 (5/8)
3 1/2 - 5 S 5J SE 5J 5/8 7/8
R- 402B 1/8 - 1/2 S 1/2S SE 1/2S 1/4 (3/8) 1/2 (3/8)
R- 404A 1/4 - 1 S 1S SE 1S W, Z, X110 3/8 (1/4) 3/8
1/4" ODF
R-402A S 1 -2 S 2S SE 2S X35 1/2 5/8 (7/8)
(1/4" SAE)
R- 502 1 1/2 - 4 S 4S SE 4S 1/2 7/8 (5/8)
R- 507 4 1/2 - 6 S 6S SE 6S 5/8 7/8
1/5 - 3/4 S 3/4V S 3/4V 1/4 (3/8) 1/2 (3/8)
1/2 - 1 1/2 S 1-1/2V SE 1-1/2V 3/8 (1/4) 1/2 (3/8)
R-22 1 1/2 - 3 S 3V SE 3V W, Z, X100 1/2 5/8 (7/8) 1/4" ODF
V
R-407C 3 1/2- 5 S 5V SE 5V X35 1/2 7/8 (5/8) (1/4" SAE)
5 1/2 - 7 1/2 S 7 1/2 SE 7-1/2V 5/8 7/8
8 - 10 S 10 SE 10V 5/8 7/8
1/2 - 1 1/2 S 1 1/2K SE 1 1/2K 3/8 1/2
1 1/2 - 3 S 3K SE 3K 3/8 1/2
1/4" ODF
R-410A K 3 1/2 - 5 S 5K SE 5K KX200 1/2 5/8
(1/4" SAE)
5 1/2 - 7 1/2 S 7K SE 7K 1/2 5/8
7 1/2 - 9 S 9K SE 9K 5/8 7/8
Notes:
1. U.L. recognized for maximum operational pressure of 650 psig (45 bars).
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
Dimensions
Inlet Outlet
Fitting A B
1/4 ODF 1.46 -
3/8 ODF 1.69 1.69
1/2 ODF 1.46 1.46
5/8 ODF 1.57 1.57
7/8 ODF - 2.07
* VX100, KX200 only
I Series
The right angle I Series with pure copper connections is an ideal
compact size brass valve where landscape and precise control is of
greatest concern (as in fractional horsepower refrigeration systems).
Specifications
Refrigerant Nominal Capacity Model No. Rainbow Inlet Outlet
Refrigerant Designation Capacity Range Internally Equalized Charges™ Connection Connection
R-12
R134a
R-401A J 1/2 1/4 - 1/2 I 1/2J W 1/4" ODF 3/8" ODF
R-401B 1 3/4 - 1 I 1J W
R-402A
R-402B
& Check
Service
Valves
R-404A S 1/2 1/4 - 1/2 I 1/2S W, Z 1/4" ODF 3/8" ODF
R-502 1 3/4 - 1 I 1S W, Z
R-507
R-22 1 1/2 - 1 I 1V W, Z
V 1/4" ODF 3/8" ODF
R-407C 2 1 1/2 - 2 I 2V W, Z
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C).
Dimensions
EG Series
The EG series refrigeration right angle brass body expansion valve
incorporates a new shock loop, stainless steel power element, and a
removable inlet strainer, making it an ideal choice for commerical
refrigeration and supermarket applications. New Rainbow Charges™
are noted below for use on medium temperature (“W” charges), low
temperature (“Z” charges) or MOP (“X” charges). See details on page 135.
Applications Features and Benefits
• Supermarket Cases • Stainless steel power element
• Self-contained Cases • 30" capillary tube with shock loop
• Walk-in Coolers/Freezers • Removable inlet strainer
• Ice Machines • Field adjustable superheat
• Salad Bars • 1/4" ODF external equalizer
• Transport Refrigeration • W, Z or MOP (X) charges available
• Weight: 1.0 lbs / 0.45 kg
Specifications
Refrigerant Nominal Internally Externally Inlet Outlet
Refrigerant Designation Capacity Equalized Equalized Rainbow Charges™ Connection Connection
1/8 EG 1/8 J EGE 1/8 J
R-12 1/4 EG 1/4 J EGE 1/4 J
R-134a 1/2 EG 1/2 J EGE 1/2 J
J W, X60 3/8" ODF 1/2" ODF
R-401A 1 EG 1 J EGE 1 J
R-401B 1 1/2 EG 1-1/2 J EGE 1-1/2 J
2 EG 2 J EGE 2 J
R-402B 1/8 EG 1/8 S EGE 1/8 S
R-404A 1/4 EG 1/4 S EGE 1/4 S
R-402A 1/2 EG 1/2 S EGE 1/2 S W, Z, X35,
S 3/8" ODF 1/2" ODF
R-502 1 EG 1 S EGE 1 S X110
R-507 1 1/2 EG 1-1/2 S EGE 1-1/2 S
2 EG 2 S EGE 2 S
1/4 EG 1/4 V EGE 1/4 V
1/2 EG 1/2 V EGE 1/2 V
1 EG 1 V EGE 1 V
R-22 W, Z, X35,
V 1 1/2 EG 1-1/2 V EGE 1-1/2 V 3/8" ODF 1/2" ODF
R-407C X100
2 EG 2 V EGE 2 V
2 1/2 EG 2 1/2V EGE 2 1/2 V
3 EG 3 V EGE 3 V
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
Dimensions
0.093 O.D. Capillary Tube
2.00 Serviceable Strainer for Sweat (ODF)
Removable,
Replaceable Screen
120 Mesh Screen
Outlet
2.20 1.83
2.50 1.50 Torque to 30 in. lbs.
Inlet Use Parker replacement
part numbers
1.44 1.46 020393-00
020411-00
0.50 O.D.
EGC Series
This valve is similar to the EG series except it incorporates an
internal check valve, providing reverse flow up to 2 tons for hot
or cool gas defrost applications. This eliminates the need for an
& Check
R-401B 1 1/2 EGC 1-1/2 J EGCE 1-1/2 J
Service
Valves
2 EGC 2 J EGCE 2 J
1/8 EGC 1/8 S EGCE 1/8 S
R-402B 1/4 EGC 1/4 S EGCE 1/4 S
R-404A 1/2 EGC 1/2 S EGCE 1/2 S
W, Z, X35, X110 3/8" ODF
R-402A S 1 EGC 1 S EGCE 1 S 1/2" ODF
R-502 1 1/2 EGC 1-1/2 S EGCE 1-1/2 S
R-507 2 EGC 2 S EGCE 2 S
1/4 EGC 1/4 V EGCE 1/4 V
1/2 EGC 1/2 V EGCE 1/2 V
R-22
1 EGC 1 V EGCE 1 V W, Z, X35, X100 3/8" ODF 1/2" ODF
R-407C
V 1 1/2 EGC 1-1/2 V EGCE 1-1/2 V
2 EGC 2 V EGCE 2 V
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C)
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
2.20 Outlet
1.83
Hot gas bypasses txv
2.50 Inlet orifice in defrost
1.44
CHECK VALVE SECTION
0.50 O.D.
RE Series
The Parker RE series valve utilizes balanced port construc-
tion to provide optimum operation on medium to large tonnage
air conditioning and refrigeration systems. Two brass body
styles with copper ODF connections and a removable
Rainbow Charged™ thermostatic power element provide
the stability and control required in a variety of applications,
especially where there are wide changes in load conditions.
Body Style 1 has an R-22 nominal capacity up to 30 tons,
while Body Style 2 extends the capacity range to 70 tons.
Applications
• Air Conditioning
• Process Chillers
• Industrial Refrigeration
• Transport Refrigeration
Features and Benefits
• Balanced port design
• Removable stainless steel power element
• Field adjustable superheat
• 1/4" sweat external equalizer
• Rainbow Charges™
• Weight: Body Style 1 - 1.7 lbs. / .77 kg
Body Style 2 - 2.5 lbs. / 1.13 kg
• Forward or reverse flow
• 60" capillary tube (120" optional)
Specifications
Refrigerant Nominal Body Externally Rainbow Inlet Connection Outlet
Refrigerant Designation Capacity Style Equalized Charges™ (Optional) Connection
6 1 RE 6 J 5/8" 7/8"
R-12 9 1 RE 9 J 7/8" 1-1/8"
R-134a 12 1 RE 12 J 7/8 (1-1/8") 1-3/8"
J W, X60
R-401A 16 1 RE 16 J 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
R-401B 23 2 RE 23 J 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
40 2 RE 40 J 1-1/8" 1-5/8"
6 1 RE 6 S 5/8" 7/8"
R-402B 9 1 RE 9 S 7/8" 1-1/8"
R-404A 12 1 RE 12 S W, Z, X110, 7/8 (1-1/8") 1-3/8"
S
R-402A 21 1 RE 21 S X35 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
R-502 30 2 RE 30 S 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
R-507 45 2 RE 45 S 1-1/8" 1-5/8"
10 1 RE 10 V 5/8" 7/8"
15 1 RE 15 V 7/8" 1-1/8"
R-22 20 1 RE 20 V W, Z, X100, 7/8 (1-1/8") 1-3/8"
V
R-407C 30 1 RE 30 V X35 1 -1/8" 1-3/8"
40 2 RE 40 V 1-1/8" 1-3/8"
70 2 RE 70 V 1-1/8" 1-5/8"
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C)
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
Dimensions
RE Body Size 1
& Check
1 1/8 2.3 2.3 .93 Min. .93 Min. 1.45 2.56 2.06
Service
Valves
1 3/8 – 2.68 – .93 Min. 1.45 2.56 2.06
RE Body Size 2
Specifications
Bleed for
Regfrigerant Capacity Nominal Internal Exterior Rainbow Off Cycle Inlet Outlet
Refrigerant Designation Range Capacity Equalized Equalized Charges Operation Connections Connections
1/2 - 1 1/2 1 - 1/2 HA 1-1/2V HAE 1 1/2V B
1 1/2 - 3 3 HA 3V HAE 3V B 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 3/8,1/2,5/8
3 1/2 - 5 5 HA 5V HAE 5V X-100A, X100 B & 5/8" ODF & 7/8" ODF
5 1/2 - 7 1/2 7 1/2 - HAE 7 1/2V B flo-rater flo-rater
V 8 - 10 10 - HAE 10V B
R-407C models with internal check valves - "C" designation
1/2 - 1 1/2 1 1/2V HCA1-1/2V HCAE 1 1/2V B 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 3/8,1/2,5/8
1 1/2 - 3 3 HCA 3V HCAE 3V X100A, X100 B & 5/8" ODF & 7/8" ODF
3 1/2 - 5 5 HCA 5V HCAE 5V B flo-rater flo-rater
1/2 - 1 1/2 1 1/2V HA 1-1/2K HAE 1 1/2K B
1 1/2 - 3 3 HA 3K HAE 3K B 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 3/8,1/2,5/8
3 1/2 - 5 5 HA 5K HAE 5K X200 B & 5/8" ODF & 7/8" ODF
5 1/2 - 7 7 - HAE 7K B flo-rater flo-rater
7 1/2 - 9 9 - HAE 9K B
R-410A K specific models with internal check valves - "C" designation
1/2 - 1 1/2 1 1/2 HCA1-1/2K HCAE 1 1/2K B 1/4, 3/8, 1/2 3/8,1/2,5/8
1 -2 2 HCA 2K HCAE 2K B & 5/8" ODF & 7/8" ODF
X200
1 1/2 - 3 3 HCA 3K HCAE 3K B flo-rater flo-rater
3 1/2 - 5 5 HCA 5K HCAE 5K B
Notes:
1. U.L. recognized for maximum operational pressure of 650 psig (45 bars).
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
Dimensions
H and& HC Series
Dimensions (inches)
Connections (ODF)
& Check
Service
Valves
H and HC Series
Connections - flo-rater
Inlet - 3/4" - 20
Outlet - 3/4" - 20
EC Series
The EC series features extended ODF solder connections,
brass body, and balanced port design. The new stainless steel
power element makes it suited for both refrigeration and air
conditioning applications. Rainbow Charges™ are indicated in
the chart below for medium temperature “W” charges, low tem-
perature “Z” charges or MOP “X” charge for those applications.
Applications Features and Benefits
• Small Chillers • Extended ODF connections
• Heat Pump Units • Balanced port design
• Air Conditioning Units • 30" capillary tube with shock
• Freezers loop
• Walk-in Boxes • Stainless steel power element
• Refrigerated Cases • Field adjustable superheat
• Mobile Refrigeration • 1/4" ODF external equalizer
• Rainbow charges available
• Weight: 1.0 lbs / 0.45 kg
Specifications
Outlet
Refrigerant Orifice Capacity Internally Externally Rainbow Inlet Connect Equalizer
Refrigerant Designation Designation Range Equalized Equalized Charges™ Connection (Optional) Connection
R-12 AA 1/8 - 1/2 EC-AA-J ECE-AA-J
R-134a A 1/4 - 1 EC-A-J ECE-A-J 1/2" ODF
W, X60 3/8" ODF 1/4" ODF
R-401A J B 1 -2 EC-B-J ECE-B-J (5/8" ODF)
R-401B C 1 1/2 - 3 EC-C-J ECE-C-J
R-402A AA
R-402B A 1/8 - 1/2 EC-AA-S ECE-AA-S
W, Z, X110 1/2" ODF
R-404A S B 1/4 - 1 EC-A-S ECE-A-S 3/8" ODF 1/4" ODF
X35 (5/8" ODF)
R-502 C 1 -2 EC-B-S ECE-B-S
R-507 1 1/2 - 4 EC-C-S ECE-C-S
AA 1/5 - 3/4 EC-AA-V ECE-AA-V
R-22 V A 1/2 - 1 1/2 EC-A-V ECE-A-V W, Z, X100 3/8" ODF 1/2" ODF 1/4" ODF
R-407C B 1 1/2 - 3 EC-B-V ECE-B-V X35 (5/8" ODF)
C 3 1/2 - 5 EC-C-V ECE-C-V
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C) .
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
Dimensions
ECC Series
The ECC series is similar to the EC series except it incorporates an
internal check valve, providing reverse flow of up to 2 tons for hot or
cool gas defrost applications. This eliminates the need for an exter-
& Check
Service
R-402A AA
Valves
R-402B A 1/8 - 1/2 ECC-AA-S ECCE-AA-S 1/2" ODF
W, Z, X110
R-404A S B 1/4 - 1 ECC-A-S ECCE-A-S 3/8" ODF (5/8" ODF 1/4" ODF
X35
R-502 C 1 -2 ECC-B-S ECCE-B-S optional)
R-507 1 1/2 - 4 ECC-C-S ECCE-C-S
AA 1/5 - 3/4 ECC-AA-V ECCE-AA-V
1/2" ODF
R-22 V A 1/2 - 1 1/2 ECC-A-V ECCE-A-V W, Z, X100 3/8" ODF 1/4" ODF
(5/8" ODF
R-407C B 1 1/2 - 3 ECC-B-V ECCE-B-V X35
optional)
C 3 1/2 - 5 ECC-C-V ECCE-C-V
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
Dimensions
G Series
The G series features a brass body with SAE flare connections and is
available internally or externally equalized through a 1/4" SAE male fitting.
It provides accurate and stable control over changing loads, and is an ideal
selection for refrigeration and air conditioning systems. An array of Rainbow
Charges™ provide the necessary control and operation.
Applications Features and Benefits
• Small Refrigeration Machines • 30" capillary tube with shock loop
• Slush Machines • Stainless steel power element
• Air Conditioning Units • Field adjustable superheat
• Freezers • 1/4" SAE external equalizer
• Walk-in Boxes • Inlet strainer
• Refrigerated Cases • Rainbow Charges™ available
• Weight: 1.0 lbs / 0.45 kg
Specifications
Refrigerant Nominal Internally Externally Rainbow Inlet Connection Outlet Connection Equalizer
Refrigerant Designation Capacity Equalized Equalized Charges™ (Optional) (Optional) Connection
1/8 G 1/8 J GE 1/8 J
1/4 G 1/4 J GE 1/4 J
1/4" SAE & (3/8")
R-12 1/2 G 1/2 J GE 1/2 J
R-134a 1 G1J GE 1 J
1/2" SAE
R-401A J 1 1/2 G 1-1/2 J GE 1-1/2 J 1/4" SAE
W, X60 3/8" SAE
R-401B 2 G2J GE 2 J
2 1/2 G 2-1/2 J GE 2-1/2 J
3 G3J GE 3 J 3/8" SAE & (1/2") 1/2" SAE & (5/8")
5 G5J GE 5 J 1/2" SAE 5/8" SAE
1/8 G 1/8 S GE 1/8 S
1/4 G 1/4 S GE 1/4 S
1/4" SAE & (3/8")
1/2 G 1/2 S GE 1/2 S
R-402A 1 G1S GE 1 S 1/2" SAE
R-402B S 1-1/2 G 1-1/2 S GE 1-1/2 S (1/4" SAE)
1/4" SAE
R-404A 2 G2S GE 2 S W, Z, X110 X35 3/8" SAE
R-502 2-1/2 G 2-1/2 S GE 2-1/2 S
R-507 3 G3S GE 3 S
3/8" SAE 1/2" SAE
4 G 4S GE 4 S
6 G6S GE 6 S 1/2" SAE 5/8" SAE
1/4 G 1/4 V GE 1/4 V
1/4" SAE & (3/8")
1/2 G 1/2 V GE 1/2 V
1 G1V GE 1 V 1/2" SAE
R-22 V 1 1/2 G 1-1/2 V GE1-1/2 V 3/8" SAE & 1/4" SAE
W, Z, X100 X35 1/4" SAE
R-407C 2 1/2 G 2 1/2 V GE 2 1/2V
2 G2V GE 2 V 3/8" SAE & (1/2")
3/8" SAE & 1/2"
3 G3V GE 3 V 1/2" SAE & (5/8")
4 G4V GE 4 V
5 G5V GE 5 V 1/2" SAE 5/8" SAE
8 G8V GE 8 V
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side Dimensions
and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb
temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications
use type “X” MOP gas charge only.
N Series
This small flare brass valve series is ideally suited where space is at a
premium. Its stainless steel power element and compact body has always
made it the first choice for installation in commercial refrigeration systems.
Specifications
Refrigerant Nominal Capacity Internally Externally Rainbow Inlet Outlet
Refrigerant Designation Capacity Range Equalized Equalized Charges™ Connection Connection
R-12
R-134a 1/4 1/4 - 1/2 N 1/4 J 1/4 SAE
1/2 SAE
R-401A J 1/2 1/4 - 3/4 N 1/2 J W, X60 1/4 SAE
R-401B 2 1 -2 N2J NE 2 J 3/8 SAE
R-402A
R-402B 1/4 1/4 - 1/2 N 1/4 S 1/4 SAE
R-404A S 1/2 1/4 - 3/4 N 1/2 S W, Z, X110 1/4 & 3/8 SAE
& Check
Service
Valves
1/2 SAE
R-502 2 1 -2 N2S NE 2 S X35 3/8 SAE
R-507
Dimensions
C Series
The C series incorporates a brass body with SAE flare fittings using bal-
anced port construction, allowing operation over varying load conditions.
Designed for use on small refrigeration and or air conditioning systems, the
external equalized models are provided with a 1/4" SAE male connection.
The new stainless steel power element element and shock loop provides
added benefits to all installations. A variety of Rainbow Charges™ add
further flexibility for operation and selection.
Applications Features and Benefits
• Small Refrigeration Systems • Balanced port
• Slush Machines • Stainless steel power element
• Air Conditioning Units • Inlet strainer
• Freezers • 30" capillary tube with shock loop
• Walk-in Coolers • Field adjustable superheat
• Refrigerated Cases • 1/4" SAE external equalizer
• Rail & Transport Refrigeration • Weight: 1.0 lbs / 0.45 kg
Specifications
Refrigerant Orifice Capacity Internally Externally Rainbow Outlet Equalizer
Refrigerant Designation Designation Range Equalized Equalized Charges™ Inlet Connection Connection Connection
R-12 AA 1/8 - 1/2 C-AA-J CE-AA-J
1/4"SAE (3/8" optional)
R-134a A 1/4 - 1 C-A-J CE-A-J
1/2 SAE 1/4 SAE
R-401A J B 1 -2 C-B-J CE-B-J W, X60
3/8" SAE
R-401B C 1 1/2 - 3 C-C-J CE-C-J
R-402A AA 1/8 -1/2 C-AA-S CE-AA-S
1/4 SAE (3/8" optional)
R-402B A 1/4 - 1 C-A-S CE-A-S
R-404A S B 1 -2 C-B-S CE-B-S W, Z, X110 1/2 SAE 1/4 SAE
R-502 C 1 1/2 - 4 C-C-S CE-C-S X-35 3/8" SAE
R-507
AA 1/5 - 3/4 C-AA-V CE-AA-V 1/4 SAE (3/8" optional)
R-22 A 1/2 - 1 1/2 C-A-V CE-A-V W, Z, X100
V 1/2 SAE 1/2 SAE
R-407C B 1 1/2 - 3 C-B-V CE-B-V X-35 3/8 SAE
C 3 1/2- 5 C-C-V CE-C-V
Notes:
1. Maximum operational pressure 500 psig (35 bars) high side and 275 psig (19 bars) low side.
2. Maximum storage temperature 130°F (55°C).
3. Consult Parker for pressure and temperature exceptions.
4. Do not use “W” or “Z” liquid charges in applications where bulb temperatures can exceed 130°F (55°C). For these applications use type “X” MOP gas
charge only.
Dimensions
B5 Series
The new Parker B5 series is designed to work with
interchangeable orifice cartridges. This choice allows
the highest accuracy and the easiest way to select the
& Check
Service
Valves
Specifications and Dimensions
Dimensioned
External Drawing
Model Equalization Inlet Outlet Equalization (Below)
B5 Internal 3/8" SAE 1/2" SAE – 1 *Adapters for Brazing Models
BE5 External 3/8" SAE 1/2" SAE 1/4" SAE 1 Model Valve Body Copper Tube
B5/S Internal 3/8" SAE* 12 mm ODF – 2 A2S 3/8" SAE 6 mm ODF
B5/SP Internal 3/8" SAE* 1/2" ODF – 2 A2SP 3/8" SAE 1/4" ODF
BE5/S External 3/8" SAE* 12 mm ODF 6 mm ODF 2 A3S 3/8" SAE 10 mm ODF
BE5/SP External 3/8" SAE* 1/2" ODF 1/4" ODF 2 A3SP 3/8" SAE 3/8" ODF
*See adaptors list at right.
(1) (2)
Valves Cartridges/Models
Capillary and Nominal Capacities (kW)
Model Refrigerant May Be Used With Mop Tube Model R22 R134a R404A
V-NX100 R407C R22 100 1500 mm Cx 0.5 0.4 0.38
V-NW R407C R22 – 1500 mm C0 1.0 0.9 0.7
JX60 R134a R12, R401A, R401B 60 1500 mm C1 2.5 1.8 1.6
JW R134a R12, R401A, R401B – 1500 mm C2 3.5 2.6 2.1
SX110 R404a R125, R502, R402A, R402B, R507 110 1500 mm C3 5.2 4.6 4.2
SW R404a R125, R502, R402A, R402B, R507 1500 mm C4 8.0 6.7 6.0
C5 10.5 8.6 7.7
C6 15.5 10.5 9.1
Capacity Tables
R22 (kW) R134a (kW) R404A (kW)
Pressure Drop (bar) Pressure Drop (bar) Pressure Drop (bar)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Evaporator Temperature +10° C Evaporator Temp. +10° C Evaporator Temperature +10° C
CX 0.37 0.48 0.55 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.65 0.67 CX 0.34 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.51 CX 0.28 0.36 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44
C0 0.87 1.1 1.2 1.30 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 C0 0.71 0.86 0.93 0.97 0.98 C0 0.63 0.76 0.83 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.92
C1 2.2 2.8 3.2 3.40 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.8 C1 1.50 1.86 2.05 2.15 2.19 C1 1.35 1.71 1.88 1.98 2.04 2.06 2.07 2.08
C2 3.0 4.0 4.7 5.10 5.4 5.6 5.8 5.8 C2 2.03 2.63 2.96 3.14 3.23 C2 1.84 2.42 2.74 2.92 3.03 3.06 3.08 3.08
C3 5.4 7.2 8.3 9.10 9.7 10.0 10.2 10.3 C3 3.64 4.71 5.29 5.61 5.77 C3 3.29 4.31 4.89 5.22 5.40 5.47 5.52 5.52
C4 8.1 10.8 12.5 13.80 14.5 15.0 15.4 15.5 C4 5.40 6.98 7.84 8.32 8.55 C4 4.88 6.40 7.25 7.73 8.01 8.12 8.19 8.20
C5 10.2 13.6 15.7 17.20 18.3 18.9 19.3 19.5 C5 6.86 8.85 9.93 10.8 10.9 C5 6.21 8.12 9.18 9.77 10.12 10.25 10.32 10.33
C6 12.6 16.7 19.3 21.00 22.3 23.1 23.5 23.7 C6 8.42 10.8 12.1 12.8 13.2 C6 7.61 9.93 11.21 11.92 12.33 12.49 12.58 12.60
Evaporator Temperature 0° C Evaporator Temp. 0° C Evaporator Temperature 0° C
CX 0.37 0.48 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.65 0.66 0.66 CX 0.33 0.42 0.46 0.47 0.49 CX 0.27 0.35 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.42
C0 0.84 1.0 1.2 1.30 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 C0 0.65 0.78 0.86 0.89 0.91 C0 0.58 0.71 0.78 0.81 0.83 0.83 0.83 0.84
C1 1.9 2.4 2.7 3.00 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.3 C1 1.25 1.55 1.71 1.80 1.83 C1 1.13 1.43 1.61 1.68 1.72 1.72 1.72 1.72
C2 2.6 3.4 4.0 4.30 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.0 C2 1.69 2.17 2.43 2.58 2.64 C2 1.53 2.00 2.28 2.42 2.50 2.52 2.52 2.51
C3 4.6 6.1 7.1 7.80 8.2 8.5 8.7 8.8 C3 3.04 3.89 4.36 4.61 4.73 C3 2.75 3.59 4.08 4.34 4.47 4.49 4.49 4.48
C4 6.9 9.1 10.5 11.50 12.2 12.7 13.0 13.2 C4 4.47 5.72 6.42 6.80 6.97 C4 4.05 5.30 6.00 6.4 6.59 6.65 6.66 6.65
C5 8.8 11.6 13.3 14.60 15.5 16.1 16.4 16.6 C5 5.69 7.27 8.14 8.62 8.83 C5 5.17 6.73 7.62 8.11 8.35 8.40 8.43 8.40
C6 10.8 14.2 16.3 17.80 18.9 19.6 20.0 20.2 C6 6.98 8.89 9.95 10.5 10.8 C6 6.33 8.23 9.31 9.9 10.19 10.26 10.28 10.26
Evaporator Temperature -10° C Evaporator Temp. -10° C Evaporator Temperature -10° C
CX 0.37 0.47 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.64 0.64 CX 0.30 0.38 0.43 0.44 0.44 CX 0.26 0.33 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40
C0 0.79 0.96 1.1 1.20 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 C0 0.59 0.70 0.77 0.81 0.82 C0 0.53 0.66 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78
C1 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.50 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.8 C1 1.01 1.25 1.39 1.46 1.49 C1 0.96 1.21 1.37 1.44 1.47 1.47 1.46 1.45
C2 2.2 2.9 3.3 3.60 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.1 C2 1.38 1.75 1.95 2.06 2.11 C2 1.31 1.68 1.91 2.03 2.09 2.08 2.07 2.06
C3 3.9 5.1 5.9 6.40 6.8 7.1 7.3 7.3 C3 2.48 3.13 3.49 3.69 3.77 C3 2.33 3.03 3.42 3.64 3.74 3.74 3.72 3.68
C4 5.8 7.6 8.7 9.50 10.1 10.5 10.8 10.9 C4 3.63 4.59 5.12 5.42 5.55 C4 3.42 4.42 5.02 5.35 5.50 5.51 5.49 5.46
C5 7.4 9.6 11.0 12.00 12.8 13.3 13.6 13.8 C5 4.62 5.83 6.51 6.88 7.05 C5 4.36 5.63 6.37 6.79 6.98 6.99 6.96 6.93
C6 9.1 11.8 13.5 14.70 15.6 16.2 16.6 16.8 C6 5.66 7.12 7.95 8.40 8.61 C6 5.34 6.89 7.79 8.30 8.53 8.54 8.51 8.46
Evaporator Temperature -20° C Evaporator Temp. -20° C Evaporator Temperature -20° C
CX – 0.44 0.50 0.54 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.61 CX 0.28 0.35 0.39 0.41 0.42 CX – 0.31 0.35 0.37 0.38 0.37 0.38 0.38
C0 – 0.88 1.00 1.10 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 C0 0.53 0.62 0.69 0.72 0.73 C0 – 0.59 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.71
C1 – 1.7 1.9 2.00 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 C1 0.81 1.00 1.11 1.17 1.19 C1 – 0.99 1.11 1.18 1.22 1.22 1.21 1.19
C2 – 2.4 2.7 2.90 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.3 C2 1.11 1.39 1.54 1.62 1.65 C2 – 1.36 1.54 1.64 1.68 1.70 1.67 1.65
C3 – 4.2 4.8 5.20 5.5 5.8 5.9 6.0 C3 2.00 2.48 2.75 2.90 2.96 C3 – 2.44 2.75 2.96 3.03 3.04 3.01 2.96
C4 – 6.2 7.1 7.70 8.2 8.5 8.7 8.8 C4 2.90 3.62 4.02 4.25 4.35 C4 – 3.55 4.02 4.34 4.45 4.48 4.45 4.40
C5 – 7.9 9.0 9.80 10.3 10.8 11.0 11.2 C5 3.70 4.60 5.11 5.40 5.53 C5 – 4.52 5.12 5.51 5.66 5.70 5.65 5.59
C6 – 9.6 11.0 11.90 12.6 13.1 13.5 13.7 C6 5.52 5.62 6.24 6.60 6.76 C6 – 5.53 6.26 6.73 6.91 6.97 6.91 6.84
Evaporator Temperature -30° C Evaporator Temp. -30° C Evaporator Temperature -30° C
CX – 0.40 0.45 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.56 0.57 CX 0.25 0.32 0.35 0.37 0.38 CX – – 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.35 0.35 0.34
C0 – 0.79 0.90 0.96 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 C0 0.48 0.55 0.61 0.64 0.64 C0 – – 0.60 0.63 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64
C1 – 1.4 1.5 1.70 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9 C1 0.66 0.80 0.88 0.93 0.95 C1 – – 0.90 0.96 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.95
C2 – 1.9 2.2 2.70 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 C2 0.90 1.10 1.21 1.27 1.29 C2 – – 1.23 1.30 1.34 1.34 1.32 1.28
C3 – 3.4 3.9 4.20 4.4 4.6 4.7 4.8 C3 1.60 1.97 2.17 2.28 2.32 C3 – – 2.20 2.34 2.42 2.41 2.38 2.33
C4 – 5.0 5.7 6.20 6.5 6.8 7.0 7.1 C4 2.32 2.85 3.16 3.33 3.41 C4 – – 3.20 3.43 3.55 3.56 3.53 3.48
C5 – 6.4 7.2 7.80 8.3 8.6 8.8 9.0 C5 2.95 3.63 4.02 4.24 4.34 C5 – – 4.08 4.36 4.52 4.55 4.49 4.43
C6 – 7.8 8.8 9.60 10.1 10.5 10.8 11.0 C6 3.61 4.43 4.91 5.18 5.31 C6 – – 4.99 5.34 5.53 5.57 5.50 5.42
Evaporator Temperature -40° C Evaporator Temp. -40° C Evaporator Temperature -40° C
CX – – 0.42 0.45 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.53 CX 0.23 0.28 0.32 0.33 0.34 CX – – 0.29 0.31 0.32 0.31 0.32 0.31
C0 – – 0.80 0.86 0.92 0.95 0.98 0.99 C0 0.44 0.50 0.54 0.56 0.57 C0 – – 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.54
C1 – – 1.3 1.40 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 C1 0.54 0.65 0.72 0.76 0.77 C1 – – 0.71 0.76 0.78 0.77 0.76 0.74
C2 – – 1.7 1.90 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.1 C2 0.74 0.89 0.98 1.02 1.04 C2 – – 0.96 1.01 1.04 1.04 1.02 0.99
C3 – – 3.1 3.40 3.5 3.7 3.8 3.8 C3 1.32 1.60 1.75 1.84 1.86 C3 – – 1.72 1.83 1.88 1.88 1.84 1.79
C4 – – 4.6 4.90 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.7 C4 1.90 2.31 2.55 2.68 2.74 C4 – – 2.50 2.68 2.77 2.78 2.75 2.70
C5 – – 5.8 6.30 6.6 6.9 7.1 7.2 C5 2.42 2.94 3.24 3.42 3.49 C5 – – 3.19 3.41 3.54 3.55 3.50 3.44
C6 – – 7.1 7.70 8.1 8.4 8.7 8.8 C6 2.95 3.59 3.96 4.18 4.28 C6 – – 3.90 4.18 4.33 4.36 4.30 4.22
& Check
95 35.0 108.0 182.0 4.2 113.8 201.0 226.0 180.6 134.0 118.0 233.0 232.0 219.4 203.1 135.3 109.4 295.0
Service
Valves
100 37.8 117.0 196.0 6.1 124.1 216.2 244.0 196.7 145.0 128.0 251.0 249.0 235.9 218.7 146.0 119.2 317.0
105 40.6 127.0 211.0 8.1 134.9 232.0 252.0 213.9 156.0 139.0 269.0 267.0 253.4 235.0 157.2 129.6 341.0
110 43.3 136.0 226.4 10.3 146.3 247.9 281.0 231.8 169.0 151.0 288.0 286.0 271.7 252.1 169.0 140.6 365.0
115 46.1 147.0 243.0 12.6 158.4 265.0 301.0 251.0 181.0 163.0 308.0 305.0 290.9 270.2 181.4 152.3 391.0
120 48.9 158.0 260.0 15.1 171.1 282.7 322.0 271.1 195.0 176.0 238.0 326.0 311.1 289.1 194.4 164.7 418.0
125 51.7 169.0 278.4 17.7 184.5 301.0 344.0 292.5 209.0 189.0 350.0 347.0 332.3 308.9 208.0 177.8 446.0
130 54.4 181.0 296.8 20.6 198.7 320.8 368.0 314.9 224.0 203.0 372.0 370.0 354.5 329.7 222.3 191.6 476.0
135 57.2 193.0 317.0 23.6 213.6 341.0 393.0 338.8 239.0 218.0 396.0 393.0 377.8 351.5 237.2 206.3 507.0
140 60.0 207.0 337.3 26.8 229.3 362.6 419.0 363.5 255.0 234.0 420.0 418.0 402.2 374.3 252.9 221.8 539.0 Black figures = psig
145 62.8 220.0 359.0 30.2 245.7 385.0 446.0 390.2 272.0 250.0 446.0 443.0 427.7 398.1 269.3 238.2 573.0 Figures in italics =
150 65.6 235.0 381.0 33.8 263.0 408.4 475.0 417.4 299.0 267.0 472.0 470.0 454.4 423.0 293.0 286.4 608.0 inches Hg. Below 1 ATM
& Check
Service
Valves
Multiplier R-410A 1.09 1.06 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.89 0.84
& Check
EVAPORATOR TEMP. (° F) -20° C -30° C -40° C
Service
Valves
PRESSURE DROP (BAR) 9 10 12 14 16 17 9 10 12 14 16 17 9 10 12 14 16 17
Valve Nominal Capacity
Type Orifice Capacity (kW) Range* (kW)
G(E), EG(E) 1 0.82 0.86 0.94 1.02 1.09 1.12 0.60 0.64 0.70 0.75 0.81 0.83 0.40 0.42 0.47 0.50 0.54 0.55
G(E), EG(E) 2 1.63 1.72 1.88 2.03 2.18 2.24 1.21 1.27 1.40 1.51 1.61 1.66 0.81 0.85 0.93 1.00 1.07 1.11
C(E), EC(E) AA 3 3/4-3 2.45 2.58 2.83 3.05 3.26 3.36 1.81 1.91 2.09 2.26 2.42 2.49 1.21 1.27 1.40 1.51 1.61 1.66
S(E) 3 3/4-3 2.45 2.58 2.83 3.05 3.26 3.36 1.81 1.91 2.09 2.26 2.42 2.49 1.21 1.27 1.40 1.51 1.61 1.66
G(E), EG(E) 4 3.26 3.44 3.77 4.07 4.35 4.48 2.42 2.55 2.79 3.01 3.22 3.32 1.61 1.70 1.86 2.01 2.15 2.21
I, N 4 2-4 3.26 3.44 3.77 4.07 4.35 4.48 2.42 2.55 2.79 3.01 3.22 3.32 1.61 1.70 1.86 2.01 2.15 2.21
G(E), EG(E) 5 4.89 5.16 5.65 6.10 6.53 6.73 3.63 3.82 4.19 4.52 4.83 4.98 2.42 2.55 2.79 3.01 3.22 3.32
C(E), EC(E) A 5 2-5 4.89 5.16 5.65 6.10 6.53 6.73 3.63 3.82 4.19 4.52 4.83 4.98 2.42 2.55 2.79 3.01 3.22 3.32
S(E) 5 2-5 4.89 5.16 5.65 6.10 6.53 6.73 3.63 3.82 4.19 4.52 4.83 4.98 2.42 2.55 2.79 3.01 3.22 3.32
G(E), EG(E) 7 6.53 6.88 7.53 8.14 8.70 8.97 4.83 5.09 5.58 6.03 6.44 6.64 3.22 3.40 3.72 4.02 4.30 4.43
I 7 5-7 6.53 6.88 7.53 8.14 8.70 8.97 4.83 5.09 5.58 6.03 6.44 6.64 3.22 3.40 3.72 4.02 4.30 4.43
G(E), EG(E) 9 8.16 8.60 9.42 10.20 10.90 11.20 6.04 6.37 6.98 7.54 8.06 8.30 4.03 4.25 4.65 5.02 5.37 5.54
G(E), EG(E) 11 9.79 10.30 11.30 12.20 13.10 13.50 7.25 7.64 8.37 9.04 9.67 9.96 4.83 5.09 5.58 6.03 6.44 6.64
C(E), EC(E) B 11 5-11 9.79 10.30 11.30 12.20 13.10 13.50 7.25 7.64 8.37 9.04 9.67 9.96 4.83 5.09 5.58 6.03 6.44 6.64
S(E), N(E) 11 5-11 9.79 10.30 11.30 12.20 13.10 13.50 7.25 7.64 8.37 9.04 9.67 9.96 4.83 5.09 5.58 6.03 6.44 6.64
G(E) 14 13.1 13.8 15.1 16.3 17.4 17.9 9.67 10.20 11.20 12.10 12.90 13.30 6.44 6.79 7.44 8.04 8.59 8.86
G(E) 18 16.3 17.2 18.8 20.3 21.8 22.4 12.1 12.7 14.0 15.1 16.1 16.6 8.06 8.49 9.30 10.0 10.7 11.1
C(E), EC(E) C 18 12-18 16.3 17.2 18.8 20.3 21.8 22.4 12.1 12.7 14.0 15.1 16.1 16.6 8.06 8.49 9.30 10.0 10.7 11.1
S(E) 18 12-18 16.3 17.2 18.8 20.3 21.8 22.4 12.1 12.7 14.0 15.1 16.1 16.6 8.06 8.49 9.30 10.0 10.7 11.1
S(E) D 26 19-26 24.5 25.8 28.3 30.5 32.6 33.6 18.1 19.1 20.9 22.6 24.2 24.9 12.1 12.7 14.0 15.1 16.1 16.6
G(E) 28 26.1 27.5 30.1 32.6 34.8 35.9 19.3 20.4 22.3 24.1 25.8 26.6 12.9 13.6 14.9 16.1 17.2 17.7
S(E) 35 28-35 32.6 34.4 37.7 40.7 43.5 44.8 24.2 25.5 27.9 30.1 32.2 33.2 16.1 17.0 18.6 20.1 21.5 22.1
RE 35 32.6 34.4 37.7 40.7 43.5 44.8 24.2 25.5 27.9 30.1 32.2 33.2 16.1 17.0 18.6 20.1 21.5 22.1
RE 53 48.9 51.6 56.5 61.0 65.3 67.3 36.3 38.2 41.9 45.2 48.3 49.8 24.2 25.5 27.9 30.1 32.2 33.2
RE 70 65.3 68.8 75.3 81.4 87.0 89.7 48.3 50.9 55.8 60.3 64.4 66.4 32.2 34.0 37.2 40.2 43.0 44.3
RE 106 97.9 103.0 113.0 122.0 131.0 135.0 72.5 76.4 83.7 90.4 96.7 99.6 48.3 50.9 55.8 60.3 64.4 66.4
RE 141 131 138 151 163 174 179 97 102 112 121 129 133 64.4 67.9 74.4 80.4 85.9 88.6
RE 246 228 241 264 285 305 314 169 178 195 211 226 232 113 119 130 141 150 155
* See page 160. Shaded areas are standard conditions.
& Check
Service
EVAPORATOR TEMP. (° C) -20° C -30° C -40° C
Valves
PRESSURE DROP (BAR) 7 9 10 12 14 16 9 10 12 14 16 17 9 10 12 14 16 17
Valve Nominal Capacity
Type Orifice Capacity (kw) Range* (kW)
G(E), EG(E) 1/2 0.35 0.40 0.42 0.46 0.50 0.53 0.29 0.30 0.33 0.36 0.38 0.40 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.26
G(E), EG(E) 1 0.71 0.80 0.84 0.92 1.00 1.07 0.58 0.61 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.79 0.38 0.40 0.44 0.47 0.51 0.52
G(E), EG(E) 2 1.41 1.60 1.69 1.85 2.00 2.14 1.15 1.21 1.33 1.43 1.53 1.58 0.76 0.80 0.88 0.95 1.01 1.04
C(E), EC(E) AA 1/2-2 1.41 1.60 1.69 1.85 2.00 2.14 1.15 1.21 1.33 1.43 1.53 1.58 0.76 0.80 0.88 0.95 1.01 1.04
S(E) 2 1/2-2 1.41 1.60 1.69 1.85 2.00 2.14 1.15 1.21 1.33 1.43 1.53 1.58 0.76 0.80 0.88 0.95 1.01 1.04
I 2 1-2 1.41 1.60 1.69 1.85 2.00 2.14 1.15 1.21 1.33 1.43 1.53 1.58 0.76 0.80 0.88 0.95 1.01 1.04
N 3 1-3 2.12 2.40 2.53 2.77 3.00 3.20 1.73 1.82 1.99 2.15 2.30 2.37 1.14 1.20 1.32 1.42 1.52 1.57
G(E) ,EG(E) 4 2.83 3.20 3.38 3.70 4.00 4.27 2.30 2.42 2.66 2.87 3.07 3.16 1.52 1.60 1.75 1.90 2.03 2.09
C(E), EC(E) A 4 1-4 2.83 3.20 3.38 3.70 4.00 4.27 2.30 2.42 2.66 2.87 3.07 3.16 1.52 1.60 1.75 1.90 2.03 2.09
S(E) 4 1-4 2.83 3.20 3.38 3.70 4.00 4.27 2.30 2.42 2.66 2.87 3.07 3.16 1.52 1.60 1.75 1.90 2.03 2.09
I 4 3-4 2.83 3.20 3.38 3.70 4.00 4.27 2.30 2.42 2.66 2.87 3.07 3.16 1.52 1.60 1.75 1.90 2.03 2.09
G(E), EG(E) 5 4.24 4.81 5.07 5.55 5.99 6.41 3.45 3.64 3.98 4.30 4.60 4.74 2.28 2.40 2.63 2.84 3.04 3.13
G(E), EG(E) 7 5.65 6.41 6.75 7.40 7.99 8.54 4.60 4.85 5.31 5.74 6.13 6.32 3.04 3.20 3.51 3.79 4.05 4.18
C(E), EC(E) B 7 4-7 5.65 6.41 6.75 7.40 7.99 8.54 4.60 4.85 5.31 5.74 6.13 6.32 3.04 3.20 3.51 3.79 4.05 4.18
S(E), N(E) 7 4-7 5.65 6.41 6.75 7.40 7.99 8.54 4.60 4.85 5.31 5.74 6.13 6.32 3.04 3.20 3.51 3.79 4.05 4.18
G(E) 11 8.48 9.61 10.1 11.1 12.0 12.8 6.90 7.27 7.97 8.61 9.20 9.48 4.56 4.81 5.26 5.69 6.08 6.27
G(E) 14 11.3 12.8 13.5 14.8 16.0 17.1 9.2 9.7 10.6 11.5 12.3 12.6 6.08 6.41 7.02 7.58 8.11 8.36
C(E), EC(E) C 14 5-14 11.3 12.8 13.5 14.8 16.0 17.1 9.2 9.7 10.6 11.5 12.3 12.6 6.08 6.41 7.02 7.58 8.11 8.36
S(E) 14 5-14 11.3 12.8 13.5 14.8 16.0 17.1 9.2 9.7 10.6 11.5 12.3 12.6 6.08 6.41 7.02 7.58 8.11 8.36
G(E) 21 17.0 19.2 20.3 22.2 24.0 25.6 13.8 14.5 15.9 17.2 18.4 19.0 9.12 9.61 10.5 11.4 12.2 12.5
C(E) D 21 16-21 17.0 19.2 20.3 22.2 24.0 25.6 13.8 14.5 15.9 17.2 18.4 19.0 9.12 9.61 10.5 11.4 12.2 12.5
RE 21 17.0 19.2 20.3 22.2 24.0 25.6 13.8 14.5 15.9 17.2 18.4 19.0 9.12 9.61 10.5 11.4 12.2 12.5
RE 32 25.4 28.8 30.4 33.3 36.0 38.4 20.7 21.8 23.9 25.8 27.6 28.5 13.7 14.4 15.8 17.1 18.2 18.8
RE 42 33.9 38.4 40.5 44.4 48.0 51.3 27.6 29.1 31.9 34.4 36.8 37.9 18.2 19.2 21.1 22.7 24.3 25.1
RE 74 59.3 67.3 70.9 77.7 83.9 89.7 48.3 50.9 55.8 60.2 64.4 66.4 31.9 33.6 36.9 39.8 42.6 43.9
RE 106 84.8 96.1 101 111 120 128 69.0 72.7 79.7 86.1 92.0 94.8 45.6 48.1 52.6 56.9 60.8 62.7
RE 158 127 144 152 166 180 192 104 109 120 129 138 142 68 72 79 85 91 94
* See page 160. Shaded areas are standard conditions.
Applications
Bi-Directional Valves modes of operation. Only externally equalized valves
The conventional means of applying thermostatic can be used for this application.
expansion valves to a split system heat pump is shown When the bi-directional valve is used on a split system
in the schematic below. This system employs two ther- and installed on the condensing unit, it may be neces-
mostatic expansion valves and two check valves and sary to insulate the tubing between the expansion valve
could be simplified by using a single thermostatic ex- and the indoor heat exchanger. To decrease the
pansion valve as depicted in the schematic at the right pressure drop, it may also be necessary to increase
labelled “Bi-directional TXV.” the diameter of the insulated tubing. These system
The drawing at the bottom right is a schematic of a modifications are not necessary when the valve is
heat pump employing a single externally equalized applied to a single packaged heat pump.
bi-directional thermostatic expansion valve controlling Note: The schematics at the right show the air condi-
superheat in both the cooling and heating modes. The tioning systems in the cooling mode. By switching the
balanced port valve is ideally suited for this application 4-way valve, flow from the compressor will be directed
since its internal construction prevents liquid by-pass from the outdoor coil to the indoor coil changing the
through the external equalizer connection in both systems from cooling to heating.
General Information
Operation
The thermostatic expansion valve is a metering device
designed to regulate the flow of liquid to the vaporator,
at a rate equal to the evaporation of the liquid in the
evaporator. This is accomplished by maintaining a
predetermined superheat at the evaporator outlet
(suctionline) which ensures that all liquid refrigerant
vaporizes in the evaporator with only refrigerant gas
returning to thecompressor.
The thermostatic expansion valve (see the schematic
at the right) is installed in the liquid line at the evapora- Thermostatic Expansion Valve
tor inlet separating the high and low pressure side of
the system. The thermal bulb is connected to the outlet valve orifice will maintain a flow rate consistent with
of the evaporator, sensing the evaporator outlet the heat load and the valve superheat setting. If the
temperature. The expansion valve will remain in the temperature sensed by the thermal bulb increases, the
closed position until the preset superheat setting is flow rate will increase, maintaining the proper evapora-
reached. Subsequently, refrigerant flow through the tor outlet superheat. If the temperature decreases, the
valve will stroke in the closing direction in response to important since it provides the ability to compensate
the reduced heat load on the evaporator, again main- for occasional substantial increases in evaporator
taining the proper evaporator outlet superheat. load, intermittent flash gas, reduction in high side
pressure due to low ambient conditions, shortage of
The superheated suction gas flows to the compressor refrigerant, etc.
& Check
Service
Valves
“ W” Charge
The Parker “W” liquid cross charge can be used with
evaporator temperatures from -40° F to +60° F (-40° C to
+15° C). Unlike conventional cross charges, the “W”
charge maintains a nearly constant superheat through-
out this range of evaporator temperatures. A liquid
charged bulb maintains control even when the power
element is colder than the bulb.
“ Z” Charge
Determining Superheat
The Parker “Z” low temperature liquid cross charge
can be used with evaporator temperatures from -40° F
Superheat
to 0° F (-40° C to -20° C). The “Z” cross charge is de-
Superheat is the temperature of refrigerant gas above signed specifically for low temperature applications;
its saturated vapor (dewpoint) temperature. Superheat therefore, it can control the system so that the desired
as it relates to thermostatic expansion valves, can be
broken down into three categories:
• Static Superheat – The amount of superheat neces-
sary to overcome the superheat spring force biased
in a closed position. Any additional superheat (force)
would open the valve.
• Opening Superheat – The amount of superheat
necessary to open the valve to its rated capacity.
• Operating Superheat – The superheat at which the
valve operates at normal running conditions or
normal capacity. The operating superheat is the sum
of the static and opening superheat. The figure
at the right illustrates the three superheat catego-
ries. The reserve capacity, as shown in the graph, is Superheat Capacities
Use the following steps to determine the correct capacity valve for use with
one of the alternative refrigerants listed above:
1. Choose an expansion valve, using the capacity tables, which meets the
requirements of the application. For example, if applying an R-22 valve to
an R-407C system, choose an appropriate R-22 valve using the conditions
of the R-407C system (choose appropriate evaporator temperature and valve
pressure drop from R-22 capacity table).
2. Multiply the capacity found in the table by the appropriate factor below to
determine actual valve capacity with the new alternative.
From To Multiply by Special Considerations
R-134a R-12 0.80 Decrease superheat by approximately 5°
R-134a R-401A (MP-39) 1.05 Adjust superheat only if necessary
& Check
R-134a R-401B (MP-66) 1.05 Adjust superheat only if necessary
Service
Valves
R-22 R-407C (AC9000) 1.01 Increase superheat by approximately 5°
R-404A R-125 0.77 Decrease superheat by approximately 5° for -10° F evap or lower
R-404A R-502 1.02 Adjust superheat only if necessary
R-404A R-402A (HP-80) 1.00 Decrease superheat by approximately 5° for 20° F evap or lower
R-404A R-402B (HP-80) 1.10 Adjust superheat only if necessary
R-404A R-507 (AZ50) 0.98 Decrease superheat by approximately 5°
3. Correct the capacity determined in the previous step for liquid line temperature.
Degrees F
Refrigerant 0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100° 110° 120° 130° 140°
R-134a 1.66 1.60 1.54 1.47 1.40 1.33 1.27 1.21 1.11 1.07 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.81 0.71
R-401A (MP-39) 1.57 1.51 1.43 1.37 1.35 1.28 1.23 1.17 1.11 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.75
R-401B (MP-66) 1.58 1.52 1.47 1.41 1.37 1.30 1.24 1.18 1.12 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.81 0.75
R-407C (AC9000) 1.60 1.56 1.49 1.43 1.37 1.32 1.25 1.18 1.12 1.07 1.00 0.94 0.85 0.78 0.71
R-125 2.14 2.00 1.91 1.79 1.71 1.58 1.47 1.38 1.26 1.12 1.00 0.88 0.73 0.57 0.40
R-404A (HP62) 1.91 1.83 1.74 1.64 1.56 1.48 1.39 1.30 1.19 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.67 0.56
R-402A (HP-80) 1.92 1.84 1.75 1.65 1.59 1.49 1.39 1.29 1.19 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.79 0.69 0.58
R-402B (HP-81) 1.76 1.69 1.61 1.54 1.47 1.39 1.31 1.24 1.16 1.08 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.73 0.64
R-507 (AZ50) 1.96 1.86 1.77 1.68 1.58 1.48 1.39 1.29 1.19 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.67 0.54
Anti-Hunt Ballast Bulb (“X” Charge) superheat rises rapidly. As the suction line temperature
The power element sensing bulb for an “X” charge contains increases, the bulb pressure will slowly increase and
an internal ballast material and the entire assembly is the operating superheat will decrease slowly to the
gas cross charged. predetermined level. This results in a sawtooth wave
form which minimizes the system floodback. After
The combination of the cross charge and internal bal- several cycles of continuous dampened amplitude, the
last results in a variable rate time constant dampening system will operate at the predetermined superheat
that reduces or entirely eliminates undesirable system with minimum suction line fluctuations (anti-hunt).
hunt or instability caused by overfeeding or underfeed-
ing the evaporator. The bottom graph illustrates the operation of a non-
ballast bulb charge. Since it will respond quickly in an
The top two graphs at the right illustrate the thermal opening and closing manner, the valve may overfeed
ballast time delay characteristics. The top graph shows and underfeed causing undesirable system fluctuation
the bulb response to temperature change. The thermal referred to as hunt.
bulb pressure will decrease rapidly when the tempera-
ture is decreased from point A to B causing the valve to
modulate toward a lower flow position. As the tempera-
Bulb Response to Temperature Change
ture is increased back to point A, considerably more
time is required to increase the thermal bulb pressure
A
Bulb Temperature
The second graph is an illustration characterizing the
operating superheat variation of a typical refrigeration
system. When the system load decreases, the suction
line temperature and flow decrease and the operating
B
Ballast Bulb
14
12
10
(Superheat °F)
Time
Operating Superheat Variation of a Typical Refrigeration
System
Non-Ballast Bulb
14
(Superheat ° F)
12
10
8
6
Gas condenses
4
on pore surface of block. 2
BALLAST BLOCK
COLDER THAN BULB. Operation of a Non-Ballast Bulb Charge
& Check
Service
Valves
64 psig while the corresponding saturation temperature
is 37° F.
The superheat at the outlet of the evaporator is 9° F
(37° F-28° F). The use of a valve with an external
equalizer has decreased the superheat from 16° F to
9° F and restored the superheat to the original value of
9° F with the same spring force of 12 psig.
Installation of Traps
do not mount
bulb on bottom 5/8" & larger
of line suction line
& Check
square inch, the change in evaporator pressure would
Service
Valves
Force 2 — Evaporator pressure times the diaphragm be 4.0psig. If this example is applied to high side varia-
effective area. This force acts on the under- tions of 100 to 200 psi, and all common refrigerants
side of the diaphragm. It tends to close are considered at evaporator temperatures from -20° F
the valve. This force is transmitted to the to +40° F, it is possible that the superheat change could
diaphragm through the valve body with vary 3.5° F to 22° F. This superheat change (not inher-
internally equalized valves and through the ent in balanced valves) is in variations in load conditions.
external connection on externally equalized
valves. Parker thermostatic expansion valves incorporate the
Force 3 — Superheat spring force which assists in power piston (balanced port), which has been used
closing the valve. successfully for over 30 years. The balanced port
Force 4 — High and low side pressure differential power element assembly incorporates heavy duty dia-
times the port area. This differential pres- phragm housings and a high strength stainless steel
sure force tends to open the valve. flat diaphragm to withstand severe high pressures. The
assembly also includes a “buffer” ring for additional
Balanced port valves respond to forces (F-1), (F-2) and support and subsequent additional endurance. The flat
(F-3) in a manner similar to conventional valves; how- steel diaphragm provides a smooth stroke without
ever, they take a unique approach to the (F-4) force “snap.” The rugged stainless steel piston assembly
created by high and low side pressure differentials across uses a proven Parker “O” Ring packing compound for
the ball and valve orifice. (See figure A.) The area of refrigerant use. The element is protected from any sys-
the Parker Power Piston® is equal to the area of the tem contaminants by virtue of the piston seal on the
port diameter. This force is cancelled out as the piston Parker Power Piston. Additionally, this seal prevents
force and the force across the port are equal and opposite. any leakage from the high to low side of the valve.
As inlet pressure changes, the (F-4) force changes but In the manufacturing process, secondary operations
always remain equal and opposite and is cancelled out, are made on Parker valves that places the diaphragm
therefore, variations in valve system pressures do not have at a specific position relative to neutral (weld point).
any effect on the static superheat setting of the valve. This important manufacturing process insures uniform
diaphragm sensitivity. Through this unique manufactur-
The change in operation superheat is only affected by
ing process, Parker valves essentially minimize the varia-
operating changes in load requirements. In contrast,
tion in superheat change to attain a specific capacity.
unbalanced (conventional) valves will also change
Selection of charge • Select a model which best suits the needs of the
• Refer to pages 159 and 160 for a full explanation application based on fitting type, size, and orienta-
of charge selection. tion. Consider physical size and type of adjustment
• Select a charge which is best suited for the available for each model.
application. Type “W” charges are good all-purpose • Determine whether an external equalizer is
& Check
Service
Total pressure drop 197 psig
Valves
straints. The example application is an R-22 freezer
which operates continuously at a temperature of 15° F. Subtract losses
Liquid line - 4 psi
The evaporator is rated at a 10° TD, therefore the Distributor - 15 psi
evaporator temperature is approximately 5° F. There are Evaporator - 6 psi
no special pressure constraints on the compressor. Net pressure drop 172 psi
• System refrigerant R-22 • Find correct pressure Refer to 175 psi pressure drop
• System capacity 13,600 BTU/hr (1.13 tons) drop column column
• Evaporator temperature 5° F • Find a capacity selection Find that there is a G(E)1
Evaporator pressure 28 psig valve rated at 1.16 tons
• Evaporator pressure losses • Correct table capacity Refer to the liquid temperature
Distributor pressure drop 15 psi (estimated) for liquid temperature table for R-22 and find a factor
Evaporator pressure drop 6 psi (estimated) correction of 1.08
• Condenser pressure 225 psig
1.16 tons x 1.08 = 1.23 tons
Liquid line pressure losses 4 psi (estimated)
This valve will be operating at
Liquid temperature 90° F
92% capacity
• Connections required 3/8" SAE liquid line con.
1/2" SAE evaporator con. Selection of charge
• Valve adjustment • Select appropriate charge From evaporator temperature
requirements Adjustable range on page 135, choose VW
charge
• Bypass bleed requirements None
3. Choose the valve configuration that's best for
2. Determine the required nominal capacity and
the application
charge for the valve.
• Select valve model Choose the G(E)1 for this
Selection of nominal capacity example.
• Find the correct capacity • Determine if there is an Pressure drop after the expan-
table Correct R-22 table on p. 154 external eqaulizer sion valve is 11 psi (5 psi + 6
psi). It is necessary for the valve
• Find the correct evaporator Refer to 0° evaporator
to be externally equalized,
section (closest to 5° F
therefore the model number for
design temp.)
the valve will include the “E”.
• Determine the full model number; put the information together:
GE 1 VW 3/8"R SAE X 1/2" SAE X 1/4" SAE
no longer represents an average condition. The suction all of the circuits upstream of the suction manifold
temperature where the bulb is mounted will be lower and compare this average temperature to the actual
than the “true” average of the circuits if they were all temperature of the suction manifold close to where the
properly superheated. bulb is mounted. If the average value of the circuit exit
temperatures exceeds the actual suction temperature
& Check
Service
Valves
• If possible, examine and correct any problems with
• Poor heat exchanger design – In this case, each
air flow, coil circuitry, and distribution such that the
circuit is not of equal length and loading.
circuits are more evenly fed and loaded. The goal
• Poor refrigerant distribution – This problem
is a more consistent circuit exit temperature on all
occurs due to the wrong choice of distributor or
circuits. One lightly loaded circuit may be tolerable if
feeder tubes, partially blocked passageways of
there are, for example, eight circuits. However, this is
feeder tubes, unequal feeder tube lengths, and/or
probably not the case if there are only three.
kinked feeder tubes.
• Adjust the superheat of the valve to a slightly higher
• Uneven air flow – Air flow across the evaporator
value. Attempting to control an evaporator near to
is reduced in some areas while increased in other
or lower than 5° F operating superheat can exceed
areas. Dirty coils or damaged coil fins can have a
the sensing capability of most expansion valves
similar effect on air flow.
and result in hunting and subsequent intermittent
Diagnosing a Hunting Problem: flooding.
Is It the Heat Exchanger? • If practical, move the bulb farther downstream on
Diagnosing a hunting problem due to an imbalanced the suction line. Better mixing of the refrigerant prior
heat exchanger requires measuring the exit tempera- to the bulb can “smooth” out the valve response
ture of each circuit upstream of the suction manifold. although capacity and efficiency may not improve
To perform this process, average the temperatures of significantly.
104A
Capacities (BTU/hr) Model 104A Dimensions
Nominal Capacity (.120" Orifice)
Model No. Device No. R-12 R-134a R-22 R-407C
Model 104A
104A 104-505 14,000 24,000
104F
Capacities (BTU/hr) Model 104A Dimensions
Orifice Size
Refrigerant .093" .120"
R-12 R-134a 12,000 15,000
R-407C R-22 18,000 24,000
& Check
Service
Valves
Model A7 Model AS
Model AT Model A1
Model A2 Model A3
& Check
Service
Valves
& Check
Service
Valves
Liquid Refrigerant Correction Factors
R-12 Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-12 Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-12 Multiplier 1.30 1.24 1.18 1.12 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.76 Multiplier R-12 1.30 1.21 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.77
R-404A Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-22 Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-404A Multiplier 1.48 1.39 1.30 1.19 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.67 0.56 Multiplier R-22 1.30 1.21 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.78
R-134a Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-404A Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-134a Multiplier 1.33 1.27 1.21 1.11 1.07 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.81 0.71 Multiplier R-404A 1.48 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.76 0.56
R-22 Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-134a Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-22 Multiplier 1.30 1.24 1.18 1.12 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.77 Multiplier R-134a 1.33 1.21 1.09 1.00 0.85 0.71
R-502 Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-502 Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-502 Multiplier 1.43 1.33 1.24 1.17 1.08 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.73 0.64 Multiplier R-502 1.43 1.31 1.17 1.00 0.84 0.67
& Check
Service
Valves
Liquid Refrigerant Correction Factors
R-12 Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-12 Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-12 Multiplier 1.30 1.24 1.18 1.12 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.76 Multiplier R-12 1.30 1.21 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.77
R-404A Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-22 Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-404A Multiplier 1.48 1.39 1.30 1.19 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.78 0.67 0.56 Multiplier R-22 1.30 1.21 1.10 1.00 0.89 0.78
R-134a Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-404A Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-134a Multiplier 1.33 1.27 1.21 1.11 1.07 1.00 0.93 0.87 0.81 0.71 Multiplier R-404A 1.48 1.33 1.14 1.00 0.76 0.56
R-22 Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-134a Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-22 Multiplier 1.30 1.24 1.18 1.12 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.77 Multiplier R-134a 1.33 1.21 1.09 1.00 0.85 0.71
R-502 Liquid Line Temp 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F 110°F 120°F 130°F 140°F R-502 Liquid Line Temp 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C 50°C 60°C
R-502 Multiplier 1.43 1.33 1.24 1.17 1.08 1.00 0.91 0.83 0.73 0.64 Multiplier R-502 1.43 1.31 1.17 1.00 0.84 0.67
Freeze Protection
Parker constant pressure expansion valves can be
used to prevent evaporator freezing, which may occur
at low loads on small air conditioning applications. The
valve is installed in parallel with the system expansion
device to maintain a minimum evaporator pressure
& Check
Service
Valves
when flow through the main expansion device is insuffi-
cient. An accumulator to protect the compressor from
liquid is recommended.
External Equalizer
The Parker Model AE3 is available with an external
equalizer. External equalizer models are recom-
mended in applications where the pressure drop
through the distributor and/or evaporator exceeds 5 psi.
The outlet pressure of the evaporator is communicated
to the underside of the diaphragm through the external
equalizer line.
& Check
Service
Valves
• Dielectric Strength – 500 RMS volts minimum (1 lead to ground).
• Resistance – See device chart.
• Leads – 22 gauge, 221° F (105° C) appliance wire pigtails.
• Fitting material – Brass.
• Net weight – 3/4 ounce.
Thermistor
Resistance Bonnet color Part
Typical Applications (77° F) Size and length Number
Air Conditioners
Heat Pumps
Meat Cases
Chillers
Ice Makers Green 6"
50 ohms 1/4 mpt 040930-150
Low Temp Display Cases Leads
Ice Cream Freezers
Cascade Systems
Low Temp Blower
Coils
Special applications with Red
100 ohms 1/4 mpt 040930-519
extremely high load changes 6" Leads
Compressor
Outdoor Indoor
Coil 625 Electric Valve Coil
Cooling
Heating
Compressor
Condenser
625
Electric
& Check
Service
Valves
Valve
Thermistor
Evaporator
625
Electric
Thermistor Valve
Evaporator
Compressor
Condenser
Thermistor
Evaporator
625
Electric
Valve
Receiver
Compressor Condenser
Chillers 24 Volts
625
Electric
Chiller Valve
Compressor
Condenser
Receiver
Compressor Condenser
& Check
Service
the greater the valve opening.
Valves
The thermistor’s resistance increases and less voltage
Because system pressure or temperature doesn't affect is sent to the valve. The valve moves toward closing.
it, one valve will work for all applications from low tem-
perature freezers to unitary air conditioners. Ambient Effect
The electric valve is calibrated to close in a 70° F
A special device, called a liquid (21° C) ambient when no voltage is applied. Above
sensing thermistor (shown here), 70° F (21° C) the valve opens and bleeds off refrigerant.
regulates voltage to the electric The valve has a normal tendency to lose capacity at a
valve. The thermistor is installed in lower ambient temperature. The thermistor, however,
the suction line at the exact point compensates for these changes automatically.
where complete change of refriger-
ant from liquid to gas is desired. Bleed Connections
Here, the thermistor reacts to the In many cases, the electric valve is manufactured with
amount of liquid present in the re- a third connection that bleeds off small quantities of
frigerant as it leaves the evaporator. liquid refrigerant that may collect in the head of the
valve where the bimetal heater is located, which limits
The schematic at the top of the right Liquid Sensing capacity. With the bleed connection, full capacity of the
column illustrates the operation of Thermistor valve is available at all conditions. The bleed tube is
the thermistor and the electric valve always connected to the system suction line.
when they are wired in series. When voltage is applied,
the thermistor acts like a small heater. An increase in Easy Servicing
evaporator load causes superheat to increase. This The electric valve makes system analysis trouble
means the refrigerant changes to superheated gas at shooting fast and easy. Service personnel need only
the thermistor location. Because the gas is super- attach a voltmeter to the electric valve and thermistor.
heated, there is no liquid present and the thermistor The readings obtained from the voltmeter will tell how
has nothing to cool it. When exposed to dry refrigerant the valve is operating at a glance. A simple check of
gas in this manner, the thermistor is heated to a high system conditions will indicate thermistor function and
temperature by the voltage applied to it and the resis- identify problems elsewhere in the system.
tance drops. This causes an increase in voltage across
(Continued on the following page.) Correct and Incorrect Locations for Thermistor
Assembly
& Check
Service
Valves
almost no effect on the valve. It will operate properly in
all ambients from -40° F (-40° C) to +150° F (+66° C).
The valve has a normal tendency to lose capacity at
lower ambients and gain capacity at high ambients.
The thermistor, however, generally compensates for
these changes automatically.
Effect of Ambient During Off-Cycle Periods – During Best Thermistor Sensing Positions on Horizontal
off-cycle periods, the valve will bleed off refrigerant if Suction Lines
exposed to ambients above 70° F (21° C) and will close
off relatively tight if exposed to ambients of less than Note: Do not install in vertical lines.
70° F. In short, the valve is simply calibrated to close at
70° F with no electrical energy applied.
Off-Cycle System Unloading – The valve can be left
energized 100% of the time, in which case it will com-
pletely and rapidly unload the system during off-cycle
periods.
The valve can be de-energized during off-cycle periods
with the compressor, in which case it will partially
unload the system, depending upon the amount of
charge and the ambient. (See Effect of Ambient
During Off-Cycle Periods above).
Troubleshooting
Testing For Proper Operation Service Gauge Manifold Tests
The valve and thermistor should be wired in series as If no problem is found during the volt-ohmmeter tests,
shown in the illustration below. All wiring should be reconnect the power supply and connect a service
made in accordance with U.L. low voltage class 2 gauge manifold to the system. Then observe high and
codes. low side pressures during the following tests:
1. To see if the valve is closing:
Some Precautions
Remove voltage to the valve by disconnecting any
1. Never apply more than the output of a 24 volt trans- wire in the circuit.
former to the valve circuit.
With the circuit open, low side pressure should
2. Don't apply 24 volts directly across the thermistor
begin to drop. Wait three or four minutes, if the
leads. It will short out the valve and damage the
pressure does drop the valve is closing freely and
thermistor if both terminals of the electric valve are
is not clogged or sticking.
touched with one volt-ohmmeter lead.
2. To see if the valve is opening:
Initial Electrical Checkout Remove the thermistor from the circuit by placing a
If the electric valve and/or thermistor are suspected to jumper wire across the two thermistor leads. This
be inoperative, check the following: will send 24 volts directly to the valve.
1. Are the electrical connections to the valve and ther- With 24 volts at the valve as the valve opens, low
mistor tight and correctly wired? side pressure should begin to increase. If low side
If the connections are okay, continue to step 2. pressure does increase, the valve is opening prop-
2. With the transformer disconnected, make a simple erly and is okay. Note that this kind of testing cannot
electrical continuity check of the valve and ther- be done with a capillary tube system.
mistor using the volt-ohmmeter. With a thermostatic expansion valve system, the
thermal bulb has to be removed from the suction line
and heated to see if the valve is opening properly.
Receiver
& Check
Service
Valves
Compressor
Valve Ratings
The following ratings are based on 100° F (38° C) vapor-free liquid refrigerant entering the valve.
Refrigerant R-134a/R-12/R-401A, B
Tons of Refrigeration — Evaporator Temperatures ° F/C
+40°F (+4°C) +20°F (-7°C) -10°F (-23°C) -40°F (-40°C)
Part Orifice PRESSURE DROP ACROSS VALVE (PSIG)
Number Size 40 60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120 140 80 100 120 140 160 100 120 140 160 180
040925-023 .040 .274 .335 .387 .433 .476 .318 .368 .411 .450 .486 .335 .374 .410 .442 .473 .332 .364 .393 .420 .446
040925-014 .047 .530 .650 .750 .840 .923 .618 .715 .798 .875 .945 .648 .725 .794 .857 .917 .642 .703 .760 .812 .862
040925-013 .062 .735 .900 1.04 1.07 1.28 .860 .995 1.11 1.22 1.31 .905 1.01 1.11 1.20 1.28 .895 .980 1.06 1.13 1.20
040925-025 .070 .875 1.07 1.24 1.39 1.52 1.00 1.16 1.30 1.42 1.53 1.04 1.16 1.27 1.37 1.46 1.00 1.09 1.18 1.26 1.34
040925-002 .078 1.36 1.66 1.92 2.15 2.36 1.58 1.82 2.04 2.23 2.41 1.65 1.85 2.02 2.19 2.34 1.64 1.79 1.94 2.07 2.20
040925-003 .093 1.87 2.29 2.65 2.96 3.26 2.15 2.49 2.78 3.04 3.29 2.26 2.53 2.77 2.99 3.20 2.21 2.42 2.61 2.79 2.96
040925-004 .109 2.29 2.80 3.24 3.63 3.98 2.64 3.05 3.41 3.73 4.04 2.74 3.07 3.36 3.63 3.88 2.65 2.90 3.14 3.35 3.55
040925-001 .125 2.65 3.25 3.75 4.20 4.61 3.05 3.53 3.94 4.31 4.66 3.14 3.51 3.84 4.15 4.44 3.03 3.32 3.58 3.83 4.06
040925-005 .140 3.01 3.68 4.25 4.75 5.23 3.42 3.78 4.42 4.84 5.23 3.52 3.93 4.30 4.65 4.96 3.40 3.72 4.03 4.30 4.56
040925-028 .187 4.42 5.41 6.25 7.00 7.68 5.04 5.83 6.51 7.13 7.70 5.17 5.78 6.33 6.84 7.32 5.00 5.47 5.92 6.32 6.71
Liquid Refrigerant Temp Entering Valve Multiplier Factor Liquid Refrigerant Temp Entering Valve Multiplier Factor
80°F (27°C) 1.11 110°F (43°C) 0.93
90°F (32°C) 1.07 120°F (49°C) 0.87
100°F (38°C) 1.00 130°F (54°C) 0.81
140°F (60°C) 0.71
To determine valve ratings for other liquid refrigerant temperatures entering the valve, multiply the capacities listed above by the proper multiplier
factor listed.
Refrigerant R-404a/R-502/R-507C/R-402A,B/R-125
Tons of Refrigeration — Evaporator Temperatures ° F/C
+40°F (+4°C) +20°F (+4°C) -10°F (-23°C) -40°F (-40°C)
Part Orifice PRESSURE DROP ACROSS VALVE (PSIG)
Number Size 75 100 125 150 175 100 125 150 175 200 125 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225 250
040925-023 .040 .325 .374 .419 .461 .494 .355 .395 .435 .470 .502 .352 .386 .417 .446 .473 .334 .360 .386 .409 .431
040925-014 .047 .629 .725 .811 .892 .956 .685 .765 .840 .907 .970 .681 .747 .807 .864 9.15 .647 .699 .747 .793 .836
040925-013 .062 .876 1.01 1.13 1.24 1.33 .955 1.07 1.17 1.26 1.35 .948 1.04 1.12 1.20 1.27 .900 .973 1.04 1.10 1.16
040925-025 .070 1.04 1.20 1.34 1.47 1.58 1.12 1.25 1.38 1.49 1.59 1.12 1.23 1.32 1.41 1.50 1.06 1.14 1.22 1.29 1.37
040925-002 .078 1.61 1.86 2.08 2.29 2.45 1.75 1.96 2.15 2.32 2.48 1.75 1.92 2.07 2.22 2.35 1.66 1.79 1.92 2.03 2.14
040925-003 .093 2.22 2.56 2.87 3.16 3.38 2.40 2.69 2.95 3.18 3.40 2.39 2.62 2.83 3.03 3.20 2.24 2.42 2.59 2.74 2.89
040925-004 .109 2.71 3.13 3.50 3.85 4.13 2.93 3.27 3.59 3.87 4.14 2.88 3.16 3.41 3.65 3.86 2.67 2.88 3.08 3.27 3.45
040925-001 .125 3.16 3.64 4.07 4.48 4.80 3.41 3.81 4.18 4.52 4.83 3.32 3.64 3.93 4.20 4.45 3.07 3.31 3.54 3.76 3.96
040925-005 .140 3.56 4.11 4.60 5.06 5.42 3.81 4.26 4.67 5.05 5.39 3.70 4.06 4.38 4.69 4.96 3.43 3.70 3.96 4.20 4.42
040925-028 .187 5.23 6.04 6.75 7.43 7.47 5.60 6.26 6.86 7.40 7.93 5.44 5.97 6.45 6.90 7.30 5.05 5.45 5.83 6.17 6.52
Liquid Refrigerant Temperature Entering Valve Multiplier Factor Liquid Refrigerant Temperature Entering Valve Multiplier Factor
80°F ( 27°C) 1.17 110°F (43°C) 0.91
90°F (32°C) 1.08 120°F (49°C) 0.88
100°F (38°C) 1.00 130°F (54°C) 0.82
140°F (60°C) 0.77
Refrigerant R-22/R-407C
Tons of Refrigeration — Evaporator Temperatures ° F/C
+40°F (+4°C) +20°F (-7°C) -10° F (-23° C) -40°F (-40°C)
Part Orifice PRESSURE DROP ACROSS VALVE (PSIG)
Number Size 75 100 125 150 175 100 125 150 175 200 125 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225 250
040925-023 .040 .486 .560 .626 .689 .740 .540 .604 .662 .715 .765 .556 .610 .659 .704 .746 .554 .598 .640 .678 .715
040925-014 .047 .938 1.08 1.21 1.33 1.43 1.04 1.17 1.28 1.38 1.48 1.08 1.18 1.28 1.36 1.45 1.07 1.16 1.24 1.31 1.38
040925-013 .062 1.31 1.51 1.69 1.86 2.00 1.46 1.63 1.79 1.93 2.07 1.50 1.65 1.78 1.91 2.02 1.50 1.62 1.73 1.84 1.94
040925-025 .070 1.56 1.79 2.01 2.21 2.37 1.69 1.88 2.07 2.23 2.38 1.68 1.84 1.99 2.12 2.24 1.60 1.73 1.84 1.95 2.06
040925-002 .078 2.39 2.75 3.08 3.39 3.63 2.66 2.97 3.26 3.52 3.76 2.73 3.00 3.24 3.46 3.67 2.72 2.94 3.14 3.33 3.51
040925-003 .093 3.29 3.80 4.25 4.67 5.02 3.63 4.06 4.45 4.81 5.14 3.73 4.09 4.42 4.72 5.01 3.66 3.95 4.23 4.48 4.73
040925-004 .109 4.05 4.67 5.23 5.76 6.17 4.47 5.00 5.48 5.93 6.34 4.55 5.00 5.40 5.77 6.12 4.42 4.77 5.11 5.41 5.71
040925-001 .125 4.70 5.42 6.06 6.66 7.15 5.16 5.77 6.33 6.83 7.32 5.22 5.72 6.18 6.61 7.00 5.06 5.46 5.84 6.19 6.53
040925-005 .140 5.34 6.16 6.89 7.58 8.12 5.82 6.51 7.14 7.71 8.25 5.87 6.44 6.95 7.44 7.88 5.69 6.15 6.57 6.97 7.34
040925-028 .187 7.84 9.04 10.1 11.1 11.9 8.50 9.49 10.4 11.2 12.0 8.62 9.43 10.2 10.9 11.5 8.34 9.00 9.63 10.2 10.7
Liquid Refrigerant Temp Entering Valve Multiplier Factor Liquid Refrigerant Temp Entering Valve Multiplier Factor
80°F (27°C) 1.12 110°F (43°C) 0.94
90°F (32°C) 1.06 120°F (49°C) 0.88
100°F (38°C) 1.00 130°F (54°C) 0.82
140°F ( 60°C) 0.77
Distributors &
Flow Controls
Heat Pump & Hot Gas Defrost Distributors ............................................................... page 199
Parker Plus: Value-Added Components & Custom Brazing ..................................... page 209
& Check
Service
Valves
Flo-Rater Style FD20 .................................................................................................... page 212
Selecting the Right Orifice for Your Flow Control ..................................................... page 218
Refrigerant Distributors
Refrigerant distributors are of two basic designs, each The Venturi (low pressure drop) distributor has a
having certain merits that the design engineer may machined, contoured throat on the approach side with
regard as best for the application. Parker produces both diverging circuit holes beyond the smallest section of
basic types with the largest range of sizes, variations the throat. There is no separate nozzle; therefore the
and specials of any manufacturer. (Distributors are pressure drop is less than the sharp-edged orifice
made of brass unless aluminum is specified.) distributor. The throat size is determined by the number
and size of the circuits and cannot be altered.
The nozzle type distributor has a permanent or
replaceable sharp-edged orifice to mix the two-phase Nozzles for orifice type distributors for various suction
fluid before it enters the coil circuit passageways. By temperatures in °F and refrigerants are listed in the
changing nozzles with different orifice sizes, one body tables starting on page 195. These numbers determine
Distributors &
Flow Controls
type may be used for various refrigerants, loads, and the hole size.
also for different numbers of circuit sizes.
& Check
Service
Valves
Venturi Nozzle Type
Distributors &
*Correction Factors for Other Liquid Temperatures for Nozzle and Tubes
Flow Controls
Liquid Temperature °F 50° 60° 70° 80° 90° 100° 110° 120°
Correction factor 2.10 1.83 1.59 1.37 1.17 1.00 0.85 0.72
**Correction factors for Other Distributor Tube Lengths
Tube Length - Inches 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
Correction Factor 1.36 1.16 1.07 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.86 0.82 0.79 0.76 0.73
*100° liquid entering thermostatic expansion valve.
**For tubing length of 30"
& Check
Service
Valves
50 4 3 7 3
60 6 4 10 4
70 8 5 13 5
80 10 6 16 6
90 12 8 20 8
100 15 10 25 10
110 18 12 30 12
120 20 14 35 14
130 22 16 38 16
140 24 18 40 18
150 27 21 43 21
160 29 23 46 24
170 31 25 49 27
180 33 27 52 30
190 36 29 54 32
200 38 31 57 34
Distributors &
1.750 2.437 1.125
Flow Controls
1/4 14
Largest 50 1.125 +/- .015
5/16 9
1116 3/8 7
TYPE 140 3/16 18
1/4 14 C 1.373 .375
1.750 2.562 1.250 11 °
5/16 9 Largest 50 1.375 +/- .015
1117 3/8 7
TYPE 160 3/16 24
1/4 18 C 1.373 .375
2.313 2.812 1.125 17 °
5/16 15 Largest 50 1.375 +/- .015
1126 3/8 12
TYPE 175 3/16 28
1/4 24 A 1.623 .375
3.000 3.062 1.375 25 °
5/16 20 Largest 50 1.625 +/- .015
1125 3/8 16
TYPE 170 C 1.373 .375
SAME AS 175 3.000 3.062 1.375 25 °
1128 Largest 50 1.375 +/- .015
TYPE 120
Chart A
& Check
Service
Valves
TYPE 190 3/16 40
1/4 34 A 1.623 .375
35 °
120 — 6 — 1/4 — 5 1143
5/16
3/8
30
24
Largest 50
4.000 3.670
1.625
1.438
+/- .015
3/16 15
TYPE 209 J .623 .187
Body Number Size Nozzle 1/4 10 1.500 2.000 .625 35 °
Largest 10 .625 .250
Style of Holes of Holes Size D-209 5/16 8
5/32 7 .125
TYPE 23 L .625
3/16 6 .812 1.187 .625 .187 14 °
8 .623
1/4 4 .187
5/32 10 .125
TYPE 24
3/16 8 L .625 .187
1.000 1.625 .625 14°
1/4 6 8 .623 .187
5/16 4 .275
5/32 14 .125
TYPE 25
3/16 12 L .187
.625
1/4 8 8 1.156 1.753 .625 .187 14°
.623
5/16 6 .275
3/8 4 .312
TYPE 60 3/16 16
G
1.625 2.125 .872 .906 .187 23 °
1/4 12
Largest 50
D-147 5/16 9
TYPE 21 5/32 7 .125
J .623
3/16 6 .812 1.187 .625 .187 14 °
Largest 10 .625
1620 1/4 4 .187
TYPE 22 5/32 10 .125
3/16 8 J .623 .187
1.000 1.625 .625 14 °
1/4 6 Largest 10 .625 .187
1622 5/16 4 .275
TYPE 105 5/32 6 .125
Chart B 3/16 4
PERMANENT
.812 1.175
.498
.500 .187 15 °
6# .500
1613 1/4 4 .187
TYPE 20 5/32 10 PERMANENT .125
3/16 8 1.000 1.550 .498 .500 .187 14 °
6 #
1616 1/4 6 .500 .187
Maximum No. of Circuits Nozzle A B C D E F
TYPE 107 5/32 7 .125
Chart B
.430
3/16 6 Largest 6 .812 1.000 .328 .187 15 °
.428
1604 1/4 4 .187
TYPE 251 5/32 10 .125
3/16 8 .430 .187
6 1.000 1.375 .330 15 °
1/4 6 .428 .187
TYPE 107 1607 5/16 4 .275
Nomenclature
120 — X — X— X — E-60
Body Number of Size of Nozzle Various Inlet
Style Circuits Circuits Size Adapter
Distributors &
Flow Controls
1653 Largest 50
40-X-X-X-X 5/32-20
Type 100 - 5 - 3/16 - 1/2 3/16-18 3/8 1.123
1/4-12 E 1 or 2 3 1/4 1 5/8 1 15/32 1 1/6
5/16-9 1/2 1.125
3/8-7 5/8
1655 Largest 50
55-X-X-X-X 5/32-30
3/16-26 1/2 1.373
1/4-18 C 1 or 2 4 1/4 2 1/4 1 7/8 1 5/16
5/16-14 5/8 1.375
3/8-11 7/8
1657 Largest 50
57-X-X-X-X 1/4-15 7/8 1.623
Side Connections Circuits 5/16-18 A 1 or 2 4 7/8 2 3/4 2 5/16 1 5/8
Available 3/8-14 1 1/8 1.626
& Check
Service
Valves
1659 Largest 50
Nomenclature
Distributors &
Flow Controls
*5-2.5-5
*4-2.5-6
6 1.8 1.2 0.79 0.5 0.36 2.64 1.8 1.2 0.78 0.54 1.35 0.92 0.59 0.37 0.27
*5-2.5-6
*4-2.5-7
7 2.1 1.4 0.92 0.59 0.42 3.08 2.1 1.4 0.91 0.63 1.57 1.07 0.69 0.43 0.31
*5-2.5-7
*4-2.5-8
8 2.4 1.6 1.1 0.67 0.48 3.52 2.4 1.6 1.04 0.72 1.8 1.22 0.79 0.5 0.36
*5-2.5-8
*4-2.5-9
9 2.7 1.8 1.2 0.76 0.54 3.96 2.7 1.8 1.17 0.81 2.03 1.38 0.89 0.56 0.4
*5-2.5-9
*4-2.5-10
*5-2.5-10 10 3.0 2.0 1.3 .84 .60 4.40 3.00 2.00 1.30 .90 2.25 1.53 .99 .63 .45
7-2.5-10
7-2.5-11 11 3.3 2.3 1.5 .92 .66 4.84 3.30 2.20 1.43 .99 2.47 1.68 1.08 .69 .49
& Check
Service
F5-2.5-12
Valves
12 3.6 2.4 1.6 1 0.72 5.28 3.6 2.4 1.56 1.08 2.7 1.84 1.18 0.75 0.54
7-2.5-12
F5-2.5-13
13 3.9 2.7 1.7 1.1 0.78 5.72 3.9 2.6 1.69 1.17 2.93 1.99 1.28 0.81 0.58
7-2.5-13
F5-2.5-14
14 4.2 2.9 1.8 1.2 0.84 6.16 4.2 2.8 1.82 1.26 3.15 2.24 1.38 0.88 0.63
7-2.5-14
F5-2.5-15
15 4.5 3.1 2 1.3 0.9 6.6 4.5 3 1.95 1.35 3.37 2.36 1.48 0.94 0.67
7-2.5-15
7-2.5-16 16 4.8 3.3 2.1 1.3 .96 7.04 4.80 3.20 2.08 1.44 3.60 2.49 1.58 1.00 .72
7-2.5-17 17 5.1 3.5 2.2 1.4 1.0 7.48 5.10 3.50 2.21 1.54 3.82 2.61 1.68 1.06 .76
7-2.5-18 18 5.4 3.7 2.4 1.5 1.1 7.92 5.40 3.60 2.34 1.62 4.05 2.75 1.78 1.13 .81
7-2.5-19 19 5.7 3.9 2.5 1.6 1.1 8.36 5.70 3.80 2.47 1.71 4.27 2.90 1.83 1.19 .85
7-2.5-20 20 6.0 4.1 2.6 1.7 1.2 8.80 6.00 4.00 2.60 1.80 4.50 3.06 1.98 1.26 .90
7-2.5-21 21 6.3 4.3 2.8 1.8 1.3 9.25 6.30 4.20 2.73 1.89 4.72 3.21 2.07 1.32 .94
7-2.5-22 22 6.6 4.5 2.9 1.9 1.3 9.70 6.60 4.40 2.86 1.98 4.95 3.36 2.17 1.38 .99
7-2.5-23 23 6.9 4.7 3.0 1.9 1.4 10.15 6.90 4.60 2.99 2.07 5.17 3.51 2.27 1.44 1.03
7-2.5-24 24 7.2 4.9 3.2 2.0 1.4 10.6 7.20 4.80 3.12 2.16 5.40 3.67 2.37 1.51 1.08
Distributors &
Flow Controls
7-4-5
*4-4-6
*5-4-6
6 7.2 4.9 3.2 2.2 1.6 10.5 7.1 4.7 3.2 2.2 5.4 3.7 2.4 1.6 1.2
7-4-6
9-4-6
7-4-7 7 8.4 5.8 3.8 2.5 1.8 10.5 7.1 4.7 3.2 2.2 5.4 3.7 2.4 1.6 1.2
9-4-7
5-4-8
7-4-8 8 9.6 6.5 4.3 2.9 2.0 14.0 9.5 6.3 4.2 2.9 7.2 4.9 3.2 2.2 1.5
9-4-8
5-4-9
7-4-9
9 10.8 7.3 4.9 3.2 2.3 15.8 10.7 7.1 4.7 3.3 8.1 5.5 3.7 2.4 1.7
9-4-9
11-4-9
7-4-10
9-4-10 10 12.0 8.2 5.4 3.6 2.5 17.5 11.9 7.9 5.3 3.7 9.0 6.1 4.1 2.7 1.9
11-4-10
7-4-11
& Check
Service
11 13.2 9.0 6.0 4.0 2.8 19.3 13.1 8.7 5.8 4.1 9.9 6.8 4.5 3.0 2.1
Valves
11-4-11
7-4-12
9-4-12 12 14.4 9.8 6.5 4.3 3.0 21.0 14.3 9.5 6.3 4.4 10.8 7.4 4.9 3.2 2.3
11-4-12
7-4-13
9-4-13 13 15.6 10.6 7.1 4.7 3.2 22.8 15.5 10.2 6.8 4.8 11.7 7.9 5.3 3.5 2.4
11-4-13
7-4-14
9-4-14 14 16.8 11.4 7.6 5.0 3.5 24.5 16.7 11.0 7.4 5.2 12.6 8.6 5.7 3.8 2.6
11-4-14
7-4-15
9-4-15 15 18.0 12.2 8.0 5.4 3.8 26.3 17.9 11.8 7.9 5.5 13.5 9.2 6.0 4.1 2.9
11-4-15
7-4-16
9-4-16 16 19.2 13.1 8.7 5.8 4.1 28.0 19.0 12.6 8.4 5.9 14.4 9.8 6.5 4.3 3.1
11-4-16
7-4-17
17 20.4 13.9 9.2 6.1 4.3 29.8 20.2 13.4 8.9 6.3 15.3 10.4 6.9 4.6 3.2
11-4-17
7-4-18
18 21.6 14.6 9.7 6.5 4.6 31.5 21.4 14.2 9.5 6.6 16.2 11.0 7.3 4.9 3.4
11-4-18
7-4-19
19 22.8 15.5 10.3 6.8 4.8 33.3 22.6 15.0 10.0 7.0 17.1 11.6 7.7 5.1 3.6
11-4-19
7-4-20
20 24.0 16.3 10.8 7.2 5.0 35.0 23.8 15.8 10.5 7.4 18.0 12.2 8.1 5.4 3.8
11-4-20
7-4-21
21 25.2 17.2 11.4 7.6 5.3 36.8 25.0 16.6 11.1 7.7 18.9 12.9 8.6 5.7 4.0
11-4-21
7-4-22
22 26.4 18.0 11.9 7.9 5.5 38.5 26.2 17.3 11.6 8.1 19.8 13.5 8.9 5.9 4.1
11-4-22
7-4-23
23 27.6 18.7 12.5 8.3 5.8 40.3 27.4 18.1 12.1 8.5 20.7 14.0 9.4 6.2 4.3
11-4-23
7-4-24
24 28.8 19.6 13.0 8.6 6.0 42.0 28.6 18.9 12.6 8.8 21.6 14.7 9.7 6.5 4.5
11-4-24
*Available with flare nut or ODM inlet connections.
**For R-500 capacities, multiply R-12 capacities by 1.2.
“F” available with flare nut only.
Distributors &
Flow Controls
11-6-5
9-6-6 6 25.2 17.2 11.4 7.6 5.3 36.8 25.0 16.6 11.1 7.7 18.9 12.9 8.6 5.7 4.0
11-6-6
11-6-7 7 29.4 20.0 13.2 8.9 6.1 42.9 29.2 19.4 12.9 9.0 22.0 15.0 9.9 6.7 4.6
11-6-8 8 33.6 22.8 15.1 10.1 7.1 49.0 33.3 22.2 14.7 10.3 25.2 17.1 11.3 7.6 5.3
11-6-9 9 37.8 25.7 17.0 11.3 7.9 55.1 37.5 25.0 16.5 11.6 28.3 19.2 12.7 8.5 6.0
11-6-10 10 42.0 28.6 19.0 12.6 8.9 61.3 41.7 27.7 18.4 12.9 31.5 21.4 14.2 9.5 6.7
11-6-11 11 46.2 31.4 20.8 13.8 9.7 67.4 45.8 30.4 20.2 14.2 34.3 23.5 15.6 10.4 7.2
11-6-12 12 50.4 34.3 22.7 15.1 10.6 73.5 50.0 33.2 22.1 15.5 37.8 25.7 17.0 11.3 7.9
13-6-17 17 68.2 46.3 30.7 20.5 14.4 99.4 67.6 44.8 29.9 21.0 51.1 34.7 23.0 15.4 10.8
13-6-18 18 74.4 50.6 33.6 22.4 14.9 108.5 73.9 49.0 32.7 21.7 55.8 37.9 25.2 16.8 11.2
*Available with flare nut or ODM inlet connections.
“F” available with flare nut only.
& Check
Service
Valves
1/2" ODF Distributors
Part # of Tons - R134a Tons - R22 Tons - R404A/R507
Number Outlets 40° 20° 0° -20° -40° 40° 20° 0° -20° -40° 40° 20° 0° -20° -40°
11-8-2 2 12.0 8.2 5.4 3.6 2.5 17.5 11.9 7.9 5.3 3.8 9.0 6.1 4.1 2.7 1.9
11-8-3 3 18.0 12.2 8.2 5.4 4.2 26.3 17.9 11.8 7.9 5.5 13.5 9.2 6.1 4.1 3.2
11-8-4 4 24.0 16.3 10.8 7.2 5.0 35.0 23.8 15.8 10.5 7.6 18.0 12.2 8.1 5.4 3.8
11-8-5 5 30.0 20.4 13.6 9.0 6.4 43.8 29.8 19.7 13.2 9.2 22.5 15.3 10.2 6.8 4.8
11-8-6 6 36.0 24.5 16.2 10.8 7.6 52.5 35.7 23.6 15.8 11.0 27.0 18.4 12.2 8.1 5.7
11-8-7 7 42.0 28.6 19.0 12.6 8.9 61.3 41.7 27.6 18.4 12.9 31.5 21.4 14.2 9.5 6.7
13-8-8 8 48.0 32.6 21.7 14.4 10.2 70.0 47.7 31.5 21.1 14.7 36.0 24.5 16.3 10.8 7.7
13-8-9 9 54.0 36.7 24.4 16.2 11.4 78.7 53.7 31.9 23.7 16.5 40.5 27.5 18.3 12.1 8.6
13-8-10 10 60.0 40.8 27.1 18.0 12.7 87.5 59.6 39.4 26.3 18.4 45.0 30.6 20.3 13.5 9.5
13-8-11 11 66.0 44.9 30.0 19.8 14.0 96.3 65.6 43.3 28.9 20.3 49.5 33.7 22.4 14.8 10.5
13-8-12 12 72.0 49.0 32.6 21.6 15.4 105.2 71.5 47.2 31.5 22.1 54.0 36.8 24.5 16.2 11.4
13-8-13 13 78.0 53.0 35.3 23.4 16.6 113.8 77.5 51.2 34.2 24.0 58.5 39.8 26.5 17.6 12.4
*Available with flare nut or ODM inlet connections.
“F” available with flare nut only.
NOTE: Capacity shown is the total distributor capacity for the indicated number of outlets with 36" tubes. Ratings
are based on average condensing temperature, 15 psi drop across the distributor, and 1 degree F subcooled
liquid entering the expansion valve.
Distributors &
Flow Controls
1.161
7-4-19 11-4-14 1.183 2.995
2.313 3.378
7-4-20 .875 11-4-15 1.875 3.119
7-4-21 .873 11-4-16 1.988 3.296 .234
7-4-22 11-4-17
2.705 3.813 2.180 3.582 1.156
7-4-23 11-4-18
7-4-24 11-4-19
2.313 4.015
7-5-2 .894 1.290 .875 11-4-20
7-5-3 11-4-21 1.375
1.063 1.543 1.161
7-5-4 .297 11-4-22 1.373
2.705 4.138
7-5-5 11-4-23
1.250 1.930
7-5-6 .880 11-4-24
7-6-2 11-5-6
7-6-3 1.250 1.930 .312 11-5-7 1.484 2.218 1.156
7-6-4 11-5-8
& Check
Service
Valves
9-3-8 11-5-9
1.188 2.050
9-3-9 11-5-10
1.938 3.033 .247 1.161
9-3-10 11-5-11
9-3-11 1.240 2.101 11-5-12
9-3-12 11-5-13
9-3-13 11-5-14 2.313 3.649
9-3-14 11-5-15
9-3-15 11-6-6 1.484 2.239
1.680 2.875
9-3-16 1.71 1.036 11-6-7
1.890 2.671
9-3-17 11-6-8 .359
9-3-18 11-6-10
2.296 3.239
9-3-19 11-6-12
1.375
9-3-20 11-8-3 1.468 2.156
9-3-21 11-8-4
2.115 3.684 1.062 2.687 1.156
9-3-22 1.125 11-8-5 .484
1.123
9-3-23 11-8-6
2.0625 2.705
9-3-24 11-8-7
9-4-6 – 1.878 – 13-5-16
2.750 4.500
9-4-7 13-5-17
1.285 1.935
9-4-8 13-5-18
1.625
9-4-9 1.285 2.075 13-5-19 2.835 4.859 .297
1.036 1.623
9-4-10 1.375 2.206 13-5-20
9-4-11 .234 13-5-21
1.567 2.505 3.000 4.281
9-4-12 13-5-22
9-4-13 2.000 1.031 13-6-13 2.046 5.781 .359
9-4-14 3.210 13-8-8 2.250 3.140 .359 1.280
9-4-15 1.980 13-8-10 2.593 3.765 .484
9-4-16 1.036 13-8-13 3.125 4.750 .484
9-5-5
1.250 1.777 .297
9-5-6
Distributors &
Flow Controls
Flo-Rater Designs
Style F Flo-Raters
• Most versatile and cost effective body style.
• Accepts 5 fluted, 3 fluted and
double-headed piston styles.
• Accepts TVXs — no brazing
needed.
• 3 Sub-models for full range of
circuit quantities.
• Flange mount available.
• Full range of circuit sizes and quantities.
• Easy field repliceable restrictor — no brazing
& Check
Service
Valves
required.
• Full line of inlet styles.
• See page 210.
Style A Flo-Raters
• Cost effective.
• 3 sub-models for full range
of circuit quantities and sizes.
• PTFE seal on body.
• PTFE or neoprene seal on piston.
• See page 211.
Style M Flo-Raters
• Heavy duty quality.
• Preferred by OEM users.
• PTFE or neoprene seal on
piston.
• See page 213.
Flo-Rater Style F
Application
Meter refrigerant and distribute
two-phase refrigerant to a coil.
Replaces capillary tubes, TXVs
and check valves as a means of Features and Benefits
metering refrigerant flow through
• Most versatile and cost effective body style.
air conditioning and heat pump
• Accepts 5 fluted, 3 fluted and double-headed piston styles.
systems.
• Accepts TVXs — no brazing required.
Agency Approvals • Flange mount available.
UL Recognized; File No: 7511 • Full range of circuit sizes and quantities.
US Patent No. 5,894,741 • Easy field replaceable restrictor — no brazing required.
• Full line of inlet styles.
Nomenclature
No. 8713602-17-1080 (Example)
87F — 1 — 3 — 6 — 02— 17
— —1 80
Body Style Screen Size of Number Inlet Length Piston Piston Size in
75 = 3/4" hex 0 = no screen Circuits of Style of Circuit Style Thousandths
87 = 7/8" hex 1 = with screen Dia. in Circuits See inlet Tubes See piston See piston
100 = 1" hex 1/16ths style chart. in Inches style size chart.
chart.
Orifice Sizing
See graphs on page 218.
75F Body 87F Body 100F Body
Flo-Rater Style A
Application
Meter refrigerant and distribute
two-phase refrigerant to a coil.
Replaces capillary tubes, TXVs
and check valves as a means of Features and Benefits
metering refrigerant flow through • Cost effective.
air conditioning and heat pump • Full range of circuit sizes and quantities.
systems. • Easy field replaceable restrictor — no brazing required.
• Accepts TXVs — no brazing required.
Agency Approvals • Accepts 5 and 3 fluted piston styles.
Distributors &
Flow Controls
UL Recognized; File No: 7511 • Flange mount available.
• Full line of inlet styles.
Nomenclature
No. 8713602-17-1080 (Example)
87 — 1 — 3 — 6 — 02— 17
— —1 80
Body Style Screen Size of Number Inlet Length Piston Piston Size in
75 = 3/4" hex 0 = no screen Circuits of Style of Circuit Style Thousandths
87 = 7/8" hex 1 = with screen Dia. in Circuits See inlet Tubes See piston See piston
100 = 1" hex 1/16ths style chart. in Inches style size chart.
chart.
& Check
Service
Valves
Circuit Capacity List
75 = 0-1/4, 5-3/16, 7-1/8
87 = 5-1/4, 7-3/16, 8-1/8
100 = 6-1/4, 9-3/16, 12-1/8
Orifice Sizing
See graphs on page 218.
75 Body 87 Body 100 Body
Circuit Capacity
• 2-10 circuits
Orifice Sizing
See graphs on page
218. 75B Body (Style B) 87B Body (Style B) 100B Body (Style B)
Piston Type
• “ B” style bullet nose
Pistons Available
Chamfered
Flo-Rater Style M
Application
Meter refrigerant and distribute
two-phase refrigerant to a coil.
Replaces capillary tubes, TXVs
and check valves as a means of Features and Benefits
metering refrigerant flow through • Heavy duty design.
air conditioning and heat pump • Full range of circuit sizes and quantities.
systems. • Easy field replaceable restrictor.
• Accepts 5 and 3 fluted piston styles.
Agency Approvals • Full line of inlet styles.
Distributors &
Flow Controls
UL Recognized; File No: 115500
Nomenclature
No. 43412-17-3080 (Style M Example)
4 — 3 — 4 — 12 — 17— 3— 080
Body Style Size of Number End Piece Length Piston Style Piston Size in
4L = 7/8" hex body Circuits of Style of Circuit See piston Thousandths
w/ 1/2-20-2B thds Dia. in Circuits Tubes style chart. See piston
4 = 7/8" hex body 1/16ths in Inches size chart.
w/1/2-24-2B thds
5 = 15/16" hex body
& Check
Service
Valves
6 = 15/16" hex
body (short)
7 = 1-1/4" hex body
Orifice Sizing
See graphs on page 218. 4 MDB Body 7 MDB Body
Distributors &
Flow Controls
US Patent No. 5,265,438 • Minimum burst pressure: 3750 psi
• Operating temperature: +140° F to +250° F
Features and Benefits
(-40° C to +121° C)
• Cost effective alternative to capillary tubes.
• Mass flow rates from 50 lb./hr. to 1200 lb./hr.
• One piece design.
• Restrictor sized from .020" to .105" (in .001"
• Bi-directional flow with filter screen combination.
increments)
• Custom end configurations.
• Complete range of orifice sizes. Orifice Sizing
See graphs on page 218.
& Check
Service
Valves
Manifolds
Application
Meter refrigerant and distribute
two-phase refrigerant to a coil.
Replaces capillary tubes, TXVs
and check valves as a means of
metering refrigerant flow through
air conditioning and heat pump
systems.
Features and Benefits
• Custom manifolds are available for optimizing evaporator and condensor coil performance. Individual
feeder legs can be equipped with fixed restrictors for air conditioning only or floating restrictors for heat
pump applications.
5OP — 059 — 0
Distributors &
Flow Controls
Orifice
Diameter in
Thousandths
OP — 059 — 0
Orifice
& Check
Service
Valves
Diameter in
Thousandths
99OP — 059 — 0
Orifice
Diameter in
Thousandths
FF1913 — 09 — 059
Orifice Pistons Available
Diameter in Chamfered
Thousandths
Dimensions
Distributors &
Flow Controls
Size O.D. O-Ring
Part Dash Brazed Tube A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S Dash T
No. Size End Size ±.010 ±.010 ±.015 ±.010 ±.005 ±.003 ±.010 ±.010 ±.003 ±.005 ±.003 ±.005 ±.003 ±.003 ±.005 ±.005 ±.015 Size Thread
BJ-1 8-10 .500 .625 1.59 .375 .758 .688 .446 .506 1.09 1.13 .089 .103 .122 .020 .539 .522 .767 .082 .266 14 7/8 - 14
BJ-2 10-10 .625 .625 1.59 .375 .758 .688 .446 .632 1.09 1.13 .089 .103 .122 .020 .539 .522 .767 .082 .266 14 7/8 - 14
BJ-3 12-10 .750 .625 1.59 .375 .758 .688 .446 .757 1.09 1.13 .089 .103 .132 .020 .539 .522 .767 .089 .266 14 7/8 - 14
BJ-4 14-10 .875 .625 1.59 .375 .758 .688 .446 .882 1.09 1.13 .089 .103 .132 .020 .539 .522 .767 .089 .266 14 7/8 - 14
BJ-5 10-12 .625 .750 1.10 .438 .864 .812 .575 .632 1.19 1.250 .089 .103 .134 .020 .664 .664 .930 .094 .315 16 1-1/16-12
& Check
Service
Valves
BJ-6 14-12 .875 .750 1.10 .438 .864 .812 .609 .882 1.19 1.250 .089 .103 .134 .020 .664 .664 .930 .094 .315 16 1-1/16-12
BJ-7 12-16 .750 1.000 2.03 .500 .911 .875 .695 .757 1.34 1.375 .089 .103 .134 .020 .913 .913 1.19 .094 .315 20 1-5/16-12
BJ-8 16-14 .875 1.000 2.03 .500 .911 .875 .745 .882 1.34 1.375 .089 .103 .134 .020 .913 .913 1.19 .094 .315 20 1-5/16-12
BJ-9 16-16 1.000 1.000 2.03 .500 .911 .875 .745 1.01 1.34 1.375 .089 .103 .134 .020 .913 .913 1.19 .094 .315 20 1-5/16-12
BJ-10 18-16 1.125 1.000 2.03 .500 .911 .875 .745 1.13 1.34 1.375 .089 .103 .134 .020 .913 .913 1.19 .094 .315 20 1-5/16-12
BJ-11 18-20 1.125 1.250 2.20 .562 .958 1.000 .955 1.13 1.63 1.750 .089 .103 .159 .020 1.15 1.18 1.50 .118 .367 25 1-5/8-12
BJ-20 1.375 1.375 2.19 .562 1.08 7/8 1.25 1.38 1.88 2.0 .111 .128 .181 .030 1.38 1.35 1.76 .121 .378 1-7/8-12
BJ-12 22-20 1.375 1.250 2.20 .562 .958 1.000 .955 1.38 1.63 1.750 .089 .103 .159 .020 1.15 1.18 1.50 .118 .367 25 1-5/8-12
Type-O Fittings
Features and Benefits
• Modifications of these fittings are available upon request.
• Add suffix “A” for aluminum, “S” for steel.
Distributors &
Flow Controls
Min. Full Tube A FDIA E F M P
Part No. Thread Size Thread O.D. Hex. Max. Min. C D Dia. Dia. G L Dia. N Dia. R
B046 7/16-20 UNF-2B .22 .250 .56 .260 .255 .38 .12 .56 .46 .31 .59 .437 .156 .383 .032
B079 5/8-18 UNF-2B .26 .375 .75 .385 .380 .44 .12 .75 .59 .36 .69 .625 .156 .565 .032
B045 3/4-16 UNF-2B .32 .500 .88 .510 .505 .50 .12 .88 .75 .45 .81 .750 .187 .682 .046
B052 7/8-14 UNF-2B .42 .625 1.06 .635 .630 .68 .12 1.00 .93 .54 .94 .875 .187 .798 .046
B047 1-1/16-14 UNF-2B .54 .750 1.25 .760 .755 .81 .12 1.25 1.12 .67 1.12 1.062 .187 .986 .046
& Check
Service
Valves
Value-Added
& Services
Products
Value-Added Assemblies
Parker can add value to your units by creating
unique assemblies designed to your specifications.
Our manufacturing and assembling processes create
value-added assemblies that include components
and custom-bent tubing to match the unique design
of a unit.
Value-Added
& Services
Products
required within your facility by allowing
Parker to manufacture your assemblies.
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
Extended Capacity Tables Liquid Line, Suction Vapor & Hot Gas ........................... page 252
Introduction
The Parker Refrigeration Valves consist of a family of • High pressure ratings to comply with newer
direct and pilot operated solenoid valves for liquid, refrigerants.
suction and hot gas defrost application requirements. • Extended end sweat connections enable brazing
The valves are compatible with virtually all of today’s installation without disassembly.
commercially available CFC, HCFC and HFC refriger- • Complete line of high temperature watertight coil
ants and blends. The Parker refrigeration valves meet designs suitable for all valves.
a broad range of system needs including refrigeration, • AC & DC coils are interchangeable on all valve body
air conditioning and freezing applications. From small versions.
fractional tonnage to large systems.
The Parker Refrigeration Valves are constructed of
The portfolio is endowed with numerous benefits the highest quality materials available for exceptional
including: quality, long life and reliability. All components have
• A full-line of normally closed and normally open been rigorously qualified based on the international
valves. standard ISO9001 / 2000 certification processes
• State of the art operator performance for long life, providing rigorous standards for design, development,
ease of service and tighter system integrity. manufacturing and testing. High quality you’ve come
• Patent pending manual stem functionality. to expect from Parker.
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
Long life operator design with patent
pending plunger for tight shutoff.
One-quarter or half-turn manual stem bypass for simple
evacuation at full flow capability with positive locking
feature. Use of a standard wrench for ease of actuation.
General Specifications
Refrigerants ............ R-22, R-134a, R-404a, R-507, etc. UL Listed & CSA Certified with Standard Voltages:
Maximum Safe Working Pressure ...................... 650psi AC Voltages DC Voltages
Operating Temperature Range 24/60 12 VDC
Fluid .................................................. -20°F to 250°F 110/50, 120/60 24VDC
(-30°C to 121°C) (10w ac) 208-240/60
Ambient for AC voltages ................... -20°F to 120°F 220/50, 240/60
(-30°C to 49°C)
Coil Enclosures: Reference Coil Enclosure page 249
Ambient for DC voltages ................... -20°F to 120°F for Electrical Specifications
(-30°C to 49°C)
(Valves not suitable for ammonia service)
Solenoid Valves
R40 E18 9/16 4.40 1 450 120 250 1 270 425 120 250/240
Refrigeration
R40 E28 7/8 7.90 1 450 120 250 1 270 425 120 250/240
R50 E32 1 12.30 1 280 400 120 250/240 1 160 120 240
R50 E40 1-1/4 21.40 1 280 400 120 250/240 1 160 120 240
Reference individual catalog pages for specific valve numbers and connection sizes.
Ratings Summary
Nominal Capacity (Tons)1, 2
Liquid Suction Hot Gas
Valve R404a R404a R404a
Series* R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a
R10/15 E2 & 0.73 0.56 0.49 0.87 0.08 0.06 0.08 0.1 0.14 0.12 0.13 0.16
R10/15 E3 & 1.18 0.91 0.79 1.4 0.12 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.2 0.17 0.19 0.24
R20/25 E4 & 2.09 1.62 1.41 2.49 0.21 0.16 0.2 0.26 0.36 0.31 0.34 0.43
R20/25 E6 & 3.8 2.95 2.56 4.53 0.4 0.31 0.37 0.5 0.67 0.57 0.64 0.8
R20/25 E8 & 5.53 4.29 3.73 6.61 0.59 0.45 0.54 0.73 0.98 0.84 0.93 1.18
R30/35 E10 8.42 6.53 5.67 10.1 0.95 0.72 0.87 1.17 1.58 1.35 1.5 1.9
R30/35 E12 10.8 8.38 7.27 12.9 1.15 0.88 1.05 1.42 1.92 1.64 1.82 2.3
R30/35 E15 16.2 12.5 10.9 19.3 1.46 1.11 1.34 1.8 2.43 2.08 2.31 2.92
R40/45 E18 24.9 19.3 16.7 29.7 2.72 2.08 2.49 3.36 4.53 3.88 4.31 5.45
R40/45 E28 44.0 34.1 29.6 52.5 4.64 3.56 4.26 5.74 7.75 6.64 7.38 9.31
R50/55 E32 69.2 53.7 46.6 82.6 5.33 4.08 4.89 8.79 11.9 10.2 11.3 14.3
R50/55 E40 120.7 93.6 81.3 144.1 8.06 6.17 7.4 15.3 17.9 15.4 17.1 24.9
* Reference individual catalog pages for specific valve numbers and connection sizes.
1 Nominal capacities are based on ARI Standard 760 under the following system conditions:
Liquid line capacities are based on 40°F evaporator, 10°F superheat and 101°F condenser temperatures and pressure drop p across valve:
p = 2 psi for R134a
p = 3 psi for R-22, R-404a, R-507
p = 5 psi for R410a
Suction vapor capacities of 40°F evaporator temperature plus 25°F superheat, 101°F condenser and 1 psi drop across valve.
Rated hot gas capacities based on 40°F evaporator temperature plus 25°F superheat and 101°F condenser temperature and 2 psi drop.
2 For capacities at other ratings, refer to Extended Capacity tables.
Specifications
R10 Valve — Normally Closed
Nominal Capacity (Tons)1, 2
Port Nominal Liquid Suction Vapor Hot Gas
Valve Connection (Orifice) R404a R404a R404a
Number* (Inches) (Inches) Cv R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a
Extended Ends
R10E22M 1/4 ODF
5/64 0.13 0.73 0.56 0.49 0.87 0.08 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.14 0.12 0.13 0.16
Solenoid Valves
R10E23M 3/8 ODF
Refrigeration
R10E32M 1/4 ODF
3/32 0.21 1.18 0.91 0.79 1.40 0.12 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.20 0.17 0.19 0.24
R10E33M 3/8 ODF
Flare Ends
R10F32M 1/4 SAE
3/32 0.21 1.18 0.91 0.79 1.40 0.12 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.20 0.17 0.19 0.24
R10F33M 3/8 SAE
* Without Manual Bypass – Omit suffix “M” for the valve number.
Call-Outs
R10M
R15
Dimensions
.87 2.66
1.62 1.78
2.75*
1.98*
.30
Inlet
Solenoid Valves
Outlet
Refrigeration
A .63
∅1.25
2.05
Dimension
Connection “A” ± .125
1/4 ODF 4.62
3/8 ODF 5.00
Specifications
R20 Valve — Normally Closed
Nominal Capacity (Tons)1, 2
Port Nominal Liquid Suction Vapor Hot Gas
Valve Connection (Orifice) R404a R404a R404a
Number* (Inches) (Inches) Cv R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a
Extended Ends
R20E42M 1/4 ODF
1/8 0.40 2.09 1.62 1.41 2.49 0.21 0.16 0.20 0.26 0.36 0.31 0.34 0.43
R20E43M 3/8 ODF
R20E62M 1/4 ODF
3/16 0.75 3.80 2.95 2.56 4.53 0.40 0.31 0.37 0.50 0.67 0.57 0.64 0.80
R20E63M 3/8 ODF
R20E83M 3/8 ODF
1/4 1.09 5.53 4.29 3.73 6.61 0.59 0.45 0.54 0.73 0.98 0.84 0.93 1.18
R20E84M 1/2 ODF
Flare Fitting
R20F42M 1/4 SAE
1/8 0.40 2.09 1.62 1.41 2.49 0.21 0.16 0.20 0.26 0.36 0.31 0.34 0.43
R20F43M 3/8 SAE
R20F63M 3/8 SAE 3/16 0.75 3.80 2.95 2.56 4.53 0.40 0.31 0.37 0.50 0.67 0.57 0.64 0.80
R20F83M 3/8 SAE
1/4 1.09 5.53 4.29 3.73 6.61 0.59 0.45 0.54 0.73 0.98 0.84 0.93 1.18
R20F84M 1/2 SAE
* Without Manual Bypass – Omit suffix “M” for the valve number.
Call-Outs
R20M
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
R25
Dimensions
.87 2.66
1.62 1.78
2.57 3.19
2.05
Inlet .32
.57
Outlet
∅1.25
1.42
Dimension
Connection “A” ± .125
1/4 ODF 4.62
3/8 ODF 5.00
1/2 ODF 5.00
Specifications
R30 Valve — Normally Closed
Nominal Capacity (Tons)1, 2
Port Nominal Liquid Suction Vapor Hot Gas
Valve Connection (Orifice) R404a R404a R404a
Number* (Inches) (Inches) Cv R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a
Extended Ends
R30E103M 3/8 ODF
Solenoid Valves
R30E104M 1/2 ODF 5/16 1.77 8.42 6.53 5.67 10.1 0.95 0.72 0.87 1.17 1.58 1.35 1.5 1.9
Refrigeration
R30E105M 5/8 ODF
R30E124M 1/2 ODF
R30E125M 5/8 ODF 3/8 1.86 10.8 8.38 7.27 12.9 1.15 0.88 1.05 1.42 1.92 1.64 1.82 2.3
R30E127M 7/8 ODF
R30E154M 1/2 ODF
R30E155M 5/8 ODF 15/32 2.86 16.2 12.5 10.9 19.3 1.46 1.11 1.34 1.8 2.43 2.08 2.31 2.92
R30E157M 7/8 ODF
* Without Manual Bypass – Omit suffix “M” for the valve number.
Call-Outs
R30M
R35
Dimensions
2.66 1.53
.47
1.78
.74
Outlet Inlet
1.36
1.34
1.83
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
1.00
#8-32 UNC-2B Thread
2 PLCS
A
Dimension
Connection “A” ± .125
3/8 ODF 4.62
1/2 ODF 5.00
5/8 ODF 5.50
7/8 ODF 7.12
Specifications
R40 Valve — Normally Closed
Nominal Capacity (Tons)1, 2
Port Nominal Liquid Suction Vapor Hot Gas
Valve Connection (Orifice) R404a R404a R404a
Number* (Inches) (Inches) Cv R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a
Extended Ends
R40E185M 5/8 ODF
R40E187M 7/8 ODF 9/16 4.4 24.9 19.3 16.7 29.7 2.72 2.08 2.49 3.36 4.53 3.88 4.31 5.45
R40E189M 1-1/8 ODF
R40E287M 7/8 ODF
R40E289M 1-1/8 ODF 7/8 7.9 44.0 34.1 29.6 52.5 4.64 3.56 4.26 5.74 7.75 6.64 7.38 9.31
R40E2811M 1-3/8 ODF
* Without Manual Bypass – Omit suffix “M” for the valve number.
Call-Outs
R40M
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
R45
Dimensions
2.75
1.78
.85
2.66
2.60*
4.72*
4.78*
2.23
1.72 2.86
1.00
#8-32 UNC-2B Thread
2 PLCS
A
Dimension
Connection “A” ± .125
5/8 ODF 7.12
7/8 ODF 7.12
1-1/8 ODF 8.50
1-3/8 ODF 11.06
Manual override components and body features are shown for manual
override valve option only.
* Add 0.19 for normally open R45 valve.
Specifications
R50 Valve — Normally Closed
Nominal Capacity (Tons)1, 2
Port Nominal Liquid Suction Vapor Hot Gas
Valve Connection (Orifice) R404a R404a R404a
Number* (Inches) (Inches) Cv R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a R22 R134a R507 R410a
Extended Ends
R50E329M 1-1/8 ODF
1 12.3 69.2 53.7 46.6 82.6 5.33 4.08 4.89 8.79 11.9 10.2 11.3 14.3
Solenoid Valves
R50E3211M 1-3/8 ODF
Refrigeration
R50E4013M 1-5/8 ODF
R50E4017M 2-1/8 ODF 1-1/4 21.4 120.7 93.6 81.3 144.1 8.06 6.17 7.4 15.3 17.9 15.4 17.1 24.9
R50E4021M 2-5/8 ODF
* Without Manual Bypass – Omit suffix “M” for the valve number.
Call-Outs
R50M
R55
Dimensions
2.66 3.85
1.78
1.19
2.95*
5.51*
5.45*
Outlet 1.73
Inlet
2.97
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
2.06 3.93
1.50
1/4-20 UNC-2B Th'd
2 PLCS
*Add 0.19 for normally open R55 valve.
A
Dimension
Connection “A” ± .125
1-1/8 ODF 8.50
1-3/8 ODF 11.06
1-5/8 ODF 11.06
2-1/8 ODF 11.06
2-5/8 ODF 11.06
Electrical Specifications
All Parker Refrigeration solenoid valves use standard trates which wires to connect to each other for 120 or
coil designs that are interchangeable on all valve 240 volt operation. Wiring and fusing must comply
bodies. They are available in a wide variety of standard with prevailing local and national wiring codes and
voltages and frequencies. Coils are labeled with electri- ordinances.
cal data providing easy identification.
Construction
Numerous construction options are available including
junction box housing, DIN terminals, conduit hub
housing and spade termination coils.
Encapsulated waterproof coils are standard on all
valves listed in the catalog. The special compound is
absolutely waterproof and impervious to oil, dust and Wiring for Dual-Voltage Coil
most corrosive fumes and vapors.
Conversion from AC to DC Coils
All coils are Class “F” or “H” rated for high temperature The same valve assembly can be used for both AC
application requirements. The coils are molded in and DC service requirements. AC and DC coils are
accordance with UL, NEMA, and other accepted interchangeable. To convert a valve assembly from AC
standards. to DC service, select the appropriate DC coil wattage
Standard Coil Options and voltage per the valve specification chart based on
the system pressure requirements.
Coil Standard
Type Termination Protection Electrical Data
Junction box equipped with
Junction Box 6” lead length To determine the approximate Holding or Inrush Cur-
grounding screw provision
18” lead length
rent for AC voltages including 24/60, 120/60, 208/60
Conduit Hub Type 1,2,3,3S,4,4X and 240/60 in amperes, divide the voltage into the VA
2-wires
DIN rating indicated in the AC Power Consumption tables.
Cable glad or 1/2" NPT
DIN
(terminations per
connectors available
DC valves have no inrush current. The current rating in
DIN 43650/ISO 4400 amperes are shown in the DC table. Figures are based
for IP65 protection
requirements)
on nominal values and will vary slightly depending on
18" Lead length Open frame enclosure
Leaded operating voltage and coil tolerances.
2-wires where suitable
Open frame enclosure AC Power Consumption Ratings
Spade 1/4" Male
where suitable 10 watt Coils 22 watt Coils
VA VA VA VA
Electrical Supply Requirements Valve Series Holding Inrush Holding Inrush
Normally Closed Valves
The solenoid coil must be connected to electrical lines
R10 Series 18 37 38 68
of correct voltage and frequency as indicated on the R20 Series 19 43 40 78
coil label. The supply circuits must be properly sized to R30 Series 19 32 42 59
give adequate voltage at the coil leads even when other R40 Series 19 32 42 59
electrical equipment is operating. The molded coil is de- R50 Series 18 37 38 68
Normally Open Valves
signed to operate with line voltage from 85% to 110%
R15 Series 17 33 42 63
of the coil rated voltage. Operating with a line voltage R25 Series 16 33 42 63
above or below these limits may result in reduced coil R35 Series 16 33 42 63
life or coil burn out. Also, operating with line voltage be- R45 Series 16 33 42 63
low the limit will result in lowering the maximum operat- R55 Series 17 33 42 63
ing pressure differential (MOPD).
DC Current Comsumption Ratings (Amperes)
Wiring Coil
Type 12 VDC 24 VDC
Check the electrical specifications of the coil to make
R25 Series 16 33
sure they correspond to the available electrical service. R35 Series 16 33
Valves with four-wire dual voltage option have a wiring R45 Series 16 33
diagram shown in the following figure. The figure illus- R55 Series 17 33
Coil Enclosures
Standard Features
• Suitable for all Parker Refrigeration Solenoid Valves. • Dual Frequency coil for AC voltages.
• Encapsulated Waterproof designs. • Dual Voltage coils available.
• Meets UL, CSA, NEMA & other acceptable • Easy installation with nut and washer.
standards. • UL and CSA approvals on “R” Series valves with
applicable “R” coil/enclosure combinations.
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
Materials of Construction Coil Code Wattage Class
Encapsulant .............................Molded Thermoplastic D1 10 F
D3 22 H
Yoke ............................................ Plated Carbon Steel
Pilot Port
Plunger
RS65
Piston
Evaporator
Line
General Specifications for Refrigerant Solenoid Valves RS55 Suction Line Capacities - Tons
Minimum Operating Capacities Tons
Pressure Differential ......................... 10 psi (.7 bars) @ 1 psi Evaporator Temperatures in ° F
Pressure Drop 20° 10° 0° -10° -20° -40°
Maximum Opening
R-12 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.3
Pressure Differential ...................... 300 psi (21 bars) R-22 4.4 4.0 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.0
(Discharge to Evaporator) R-502 3.5 3.1 2.8 2.4 2.1 1.6
R-134a 4.2 3.7 3.2 2.8 2.4 1.7
Design Pressure (SWP) .................................. 500 psig
R-404a (HP-62)* 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.8 2.4 1.8
Operating Temperatures R-507 (AZ-50)* 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.8 2.4 1.8
Fluid ................................................ -20° F to +240° F *AZ-50 & HP-62 are products of Allied Signal & DuPont respectively.
(-30° C to +115° C)
Ambient .......................................... -20° F to +120° F RS65, RS70 Suction Line Capacities - Tons
(-30° C to +50° C) Capacities Tons
@ 1 psi Evaporator Temperatures in ° F
U.L. Listed and CSA certified on standard AC voltages.
Pressure Drop 20° 10° 0° -10° -20° -40°
Coils: See page 249. R-12 6.9 6.1 5.4 4.7 4.0 3.0
R-22 10.5 9.4 8.4 7.4 6.5 4.9
R-502 8.4 7.4 6.6 5.8 5.0 3.7
R-134a 10.0 8.8 7.6 6.6 5.6 4.0
R-404a (HP-62)* 9.4 8.4 7.4 6.6 5.8 4.3
R-507 (AZ-50)* 9.4 8.4 7.4 6.6 5.8 4.3
*AZ-50 & HP-62 are products of Allied Signal & DuPont respectively.
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
R134
Liquid Capacitities Suction Line Capacities Discharge Line Capacities
Tons at Pressure Drop Tons at 1 psi Pressure Drop
Across Valve in psi and Evaporating Temperature of: Pressure Drop Across Valve
Valve Series 1 psi 2 psi 3 psi 4 psi 5 psi 40°F 20°F 0°F 20°F 40°F 2 psi 5 psi 10 psi 25 psi 50 psi 100 psi
R10/15 E2 0.40 0.56 0.69 0.79 0.89 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.12 0.20 0.29 0.46 0.74 1.31
R10/15 E3 & F3 0.65 0.91 1.12 1.28 1.44 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.17 0.29 0.43 0.68 1.09 1.92
R20/25 E4 & F4 1.15 1.62 1.99 2.27 2.56 0.16 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.31 0.52 0.77 1.21 1.94 3.42
R20/25 E6 & F6 2.08 2.95 3.61 4.13 4.66 0.31 0.23 0.18 0.13 0.09 0.57 0.97 1.44 2.26 3.64 6.39
R20/25 E8 & F8 3.04 4.29 5.26 6.02 6.79 0.45 0.34 0.26 0.19 0.14 0.84 1.42 2.11 3.31 5.33 9.37
R30/35 E10 4.62 6.53 8.00 9.16 10.33 0.72 0.56 0.42 0.30 0.22 1.35 2.29 3.40 5.34 8.59 15.10
R30/35 E12 5.92 8.38 10.26 11.75 13.25 0.88 0.67 0.50 0.37 0.26 1.64 2.78 4.13 6.47 10.40 18.30
R30/35 E15 8.86 12.50 15.40 17.30 19.80 1.11 0.85 0.64 0.46 0.34 2.08 3.52 5.23 8.21 13.20 23.20
R40/45 E18 13.60 19.30 23.60 27.00 30.50 2.08 1.59 1.19 0.87 0.63 3.88 6.56 9.76 15.30 24.70 43.30
R40/45 E28 24.10 34.10 41.80 47.90 54.00 3.56 2.72 2.04 1.48 1.07 6.64 11.20 16.70 26.20 42.20 74.10
R50/55 E32 37.90 53.70 65.70 75.20 84.80 4.08 3.13 2.34 1.70 1.64 10.20 17.20 25.60 34.10 54.80 96.40
R50/55 E40 66.20 93.60 114.70 131.30 148.00 6.17 4.73 3.53 2.57 1.86 15.40 26.00 38.60 45.40 73.10 128.60
Liquid Capacity based on 40°F evaporator temperature, 10°F superheat temperature and 100°F condenser temperature.
Suction line capacity based on 100° condenser temperature, 25°F superheat temperature.
Hot Gas bypass capacity based on isentropic compression from 40°F evaporator plus 25°F superheat to 100°F condenser plus 50°F superheat.
R410a
Liquid Capacitities Suction Line Capacities Discharge Line Capacities
Tons at Pressure Drop Tons at 1 psi Pressure Drop
Across Valve in psi and Evaporating Temperature of: Pressure Drop Across Valve
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
Valve Series 1 psi 2 psi 3 psi 4 psi 5 psi 40°F 20°F 0°F 20°F 40°F 2 psi 5 psi 10 psi 25 psi 50 psi 100 psi
R10/15 E2 0.39 0.55 0.67 0.77 0.87 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.16 0.28 0.41 0.70 0.84 1.31
R10/15 E3 & F3 0.63 0.89 1.09 1.25 1.40 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.24 0.41 0.61 1.03 1.24 1.93
R20/25 E4 & F4 1.12 1.58 1.93 2.21 2.49 0.26 0.21 0.16 0.13 0.09 0.43 0.73 1.08 1.82 2.20 3.43
R20/25 E6 & F6 2.03 2.87 3.51 4.02 4.53 0.50 0.39 0.31 0.24 0.17 0.80 1.36 2.02 3.41 4.12 6.42
R20/25 E8 & F8 2.95 4.18 5.12 5.86 6.61 0.73 0.58 0.45 0.34 0.26 1.18 1.99 2.96 5.00 6.04 9.41
R30/35 E10 4.49 6.35 7.78 8.94 10.10 1.17 0.93 0.72 0.56 0.41 1.90 3.21 4.77 8.07 9.75 15.20
R30/35 E12 5.77 8.16 9.99 11.50 12.90 1.42 1.13 0.88 0.67 0.50 2.30 3.89 5.79 9.79 11.80 18.40
R30/35 E15 8.63 12.20 14.90 17.10 19.30 1.80 1.43 1.11 0.86 0.64 2.92 4.94 7.34 12.40 15.00 23.30
R40/45 E18 13.30 18.80 23.00 26.50 29.70 3.36 2.67 2.07 1.59 1.18 5.45 9.20 13.70 23.10 28.00 43.50
R40/45 E28 23.50 33.20 40.70 46.60 52.50 5.74 4.57 3.55 2.73 2.03 9.31 15.70 23.40 39.60 47.80 74.40
R50/55 E32 37.00 52.20 64.00 73.30 82.60 8.79 6.99 5.43 4.17 3.10 14.30 24.10 35.80 60.60 73.20 113.90
R50/55 E40 64.40 91.10 111.60 127.90 144.10 15.30 12.20 9.47 7.28 5.41 24.90 42.00 62.50 105.70 127.60 198.60
Liquid Capacity based on 40°F evaporator temperature, 10°F superheat temperature and 100°F condenser temperature.
Suction line capacity based on 100° condenser temperature, 25°F superheat temperature.
Hot Gas bypass capacity based on isentropic compression from 40°F evaporator plus 25°F superheat to 100°F condenser plus 50°F superheat.
Operating Principles
Introduction Direct Operated Solenoid Valves
Solenoid valves are highly engineered products which Direct operated solenoid valves function to directly
can be used in many diverse and unique system appli- open or close the main valve orifice, which is the only
cations. This section provides a brief overview of the flow path in the valve. Direct operated valves are used
components and functional varieties of solenoid valves. in systems requiring low flow capacities or in applica-
tions with low pressure differential across the valve
General Information orifice. The sealing surface that opens and closes the
Valve Construction and Basic Operation main valve orifice is connected to the solenoid plunger.
A solenoid valve is an electronically operated device. It The valve operates from zero pressure differential to
is used to control the flow of liquids or gases in a posi- maximum rated pressure differential (MOPD) regard-
tive, fully-closed or fully-open mode. The valve is com- less of line pressure. Pressure drop across the valve is
monly used to replace a manual valve or where remote not required to hold the valve open.
control is desirable. A solenoid is operated by opening
and closing an orifice in a valve body which permits or
prevents flow through the valve. The orifice is opened
or closed through the use of a plunger that is raised or
lowered within a sleeve tube by energizing the coil. The
bottom of the plunger contains a compatible sealing
material, which closes off the orifice in the body, stop- Coil De-energized Coil Energized
ping flow through the valve. Valve Closed Valve Open
The solenoid assembly consists of a coil, plunger and
sleeve assembly. In a normally closed valve, a plunger Pilot Operated Valves
return spring holds the plunger against the orifice, pre- Pilot operated valves are the most widely used solenoid
venting flow through the valve. When the coil is ener- valves. Pilot operated valves utilize system line pres-
gized, a magnetic field is produced raising the plunger sure to open and close the main orifice in the valve
allowing flow through the valve. In a normally open body. In a piston style valve, the main orifice is held
valve, when the coil is energized, the plunger seals off closed with a piston seal pressed against the main
the orifice stopping flow through the valve. orifice by the combined fluid pressure and spring
pressure. In a normally closed valve, the piston is
shifted or opened when the pilot operator is energized.
This allows process fluid behind the piston to evacuate
through the valve outlet. At this point, the system line
pressure moves the piston opening the main orifice of
the valve allowing high capacity flow through the valve.
When energizing the coil of a normally open valve, fluid
pressure builds up behind the piston forcing the piston
to seal the main orifice of the valve.
Design Terminology
Continuous Duty – A rating given to a valve that can Maximum Operating Pressure Differential (MOPD) –
be energized continuously without overheating. The maximum pressure difference between the inlet
Correction Factor – A mathematical relationship re- and outlet pressures of the valve must not be ex-
lated to a fluids specific gravity used to convert specific ceeded, allowing the solenoid to operate in both the
flows from a standard media to the media in question. energized and de-energized positions.
Current drain – The amount of current (expressed in Minimum Operating Pressure Differential – The
amperes) that flows through the coil of a solenoid valve minimum pressure difference between the inlet and
when it is energized. outlet pressures required for proper operation. This
minimum operating pressure differential must be main-
Cv Factor – A mathematical factor that represents the tained throughout the operating cycle of pilot operated
quantity of water, in gallons per minute, that will pass valves to assure proper shifting from the closed posi-
through a valve with a 1 psi pressure drop across the valve. tion to the open position and visa versa. In the absence
Flow – Movement of fluid created by a pressure differential. of the minimum operating pressure, the valve may
Flow Capacity – the quantity of fluid that will pass close or will not fully open.
through a valve under a given set of temperature and Orifice – The main opening through which fluid flows.
pressure conditions. Safe Working Pressure – The maximum pressure a
Manual Stem – A mechanical device that permits the valve may be exposed to without experiencing any
manual opening or closing of a valve in the case of damage. The valve does not have to be operable at this
emergency or power failure. A manual stem is available pressure, but merely withstand the pressure without
on all normally closed valves. damage.
Identification
Solenoid Valves
Valve Identification Coil Identification
Refrigeration
All Parker valves are identified with a valve nameplate. All Parker coil enclosures are identified with a label.
The nameplate indicates the valve type and size, maxi- The label indicates the coil part number, voltage and
mum operating pressure differential (MOPD) and safe frequency.
working pressure (SWP). In addition, the nameplate Example (shown below):
also specifies the appropriate electrical specifications RK1U3 ..................... Coil Enclosure Part Number
for agency compliance.
208 / 60 ............................... Voltage & Frequency
Example (shown at right):
and ............................... Agency Approved
R20E84 ......................................... Valve Number
MOPD ................................... Maximum Operating
Pressure Differential (psi)
SWP ........................ Safe Working Pressure (psi)
Agency
Requirement ....................... Assembly consists of
“R” body and “R” Coil
Typical Applications
Evaporator Temperature Control Defrost Pump Down
A solenoid valve installed in the liquid line as close In situations where the condensing unit is installed in a
to the evaporator as possible, in conjunction with low ambient, such as on a rooftop in northern climates,
a narrow differential thermostat, is an excellent and the evaporator is operating at a temperature above
temperature control. By mounting the thermostat the ambient, a pump down solenoid valve should be used.
bulb in the supply or discharge air across the This allows the pressure control to be set at a cut out of 1
evaporator, the temperature swing is limited only to 2 psi and the cut in to be set at a pressure below the
by the differential of the thermostat. pressure corresponding to the ambient temperature. This
will insure that the condensing unit will start after cooling
down during the defrost.
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
the receiver to insure the proper drainage of oil and liq- Split Coil Air Conditioning Dehumidification System
uid refrigerant during the off cycle. Other manufacturers
suggest the installation of a pressure control, to insure
that the system will switch from the heat reclaim mode
to the condenser in the event of fan stoppage or Hot Gas Defrost System
clogged filters.
Hot gas defrost offers an excellent alternative to electric
or air defrost. In this system the hot compressor discharge
gas is routed to the outlet of the evaporator. This hot
gas warms the evaporator, thaws any frost that has
accumulated, condenses into a liquid and flows into
the common liquid line to feed the other evaporators.
In order for this system to work properly, check valves
must be installed to allow flow around the expansion
valves. A pressure reducing valve should be used in the
liquid line to provide a pressure differential between the
condensed refrigerant leaving the defrosting evaporator
and the common liquid line.
This system is drawn with only two evaporators but it Liquid Line Shut-Off
is recommended that only twenty-five percent of any
multiplexed system be hot gas defrosted at any given In an effort to obtain a higher efficiency rating on resi-
time. dential and commercial air conditioning systems, a nor-
mally closed solenoid valve typically is installed in the
An alternative to the hot gas defrost system is the cool liquid line located near the air handler or furnace. In this
gas defrost which uses the gas from the top of the case, the solenoid valve is wired in parallel with the
receiver to defrost the evaporators. Because the cool contactor circuit (24 VAC) and may require a larger
gas defrost operates at a lower temperature, the transformer to accommodate the valve.
thermal expansion of the refrigeration lines is reduced.
This often eliminates the need for special piping As an alternative method, a normally closed solenoid
techniques and leaks caused at line connections by valve may be located in the liquid line near the condens-
excessive thermal flexing. ing unit and wired directly to the compressor motor ter-
minal box. This solution improves system efficiency and
Capacity Control System maintains the refrigerant charge in the condenser coil
during the off-cycle of the compressor which prevents
A simple method of providing compressor unloading is refrigerant migration when long piping runs are used.
to use a solenoid valve connecting the discharge and
suction lines of the compressor. The solenoid valve is If the application requires a fail-safe or open mode, a
controlled by a pressure control which responds to normally open solenoid valve may be used. In this in-
suction pressure. When the switch closes, it opens stance, the valve may also be located in the condensing
the normally closed solenoid valve and discharge unit and wired in series with the compressor crankcase
gas is short circuited back to the suction side of heater.
the compressor.
In order to prevent overheating of the compressor,
a thermostatic expansion valve should be installed
to provide cooling to the compressor suction gas.
An alternative method consists of injecting hot gas
into the evaporator inlet. This prevents overheating
of the compressor and increases the velocity of the
gas through the evaporator.
This type of unloading should not be attempted
without thorough analysis of solenoid valve and
expansion valve sizing.
Solenoid Valves
• Fast, precise response to load changes.
Refrigeration
conventional thermostatic expansion valves, the
PWM valves do not require superheat change with • Readily adaptable to providing functions related to
load variations. The Parker PWM valve provides Maximum Operating Pressure (M.O.P.).
stable system control and constant superheat • Remote system control.
throughout load variations and discharge pressures. • Readily interfaces with a microcomputer and variable
The system superheat can be held constant or speed capacity compressor technology.
changed to meet varying operational parameters • Standard angle pattern solder connections–
such as compressor overload. Additionally, various 3/8 ODM x 3/8 ODM (Model HP)
methods of anticipating error through superheat 3/8 ODM x 1/2 ODF (Models CS/DS)
change can be used to eliminate the refrigerant flow (Consult Parker for different connections.)
from over and under feed which causes hunting. • U.L. Recognized– File MH5567.
Typical Applications
Superheat Control Superheat can also be measured directly by sensing
the temperature and pressure at the evaporator outlet.
Using appropriate temperature sensors, the tempera- In this case the pressure sensor could be a pressure
ture difference between the inlet and outlet of the transducer.
evaporator will define a temperature which is related di-
rectly to superheat. Flooding is present if the tempera-
ture difference is zero. Adjustments to actual superheat
must be made when the system has large evaporator
pressure drops.
HP Series
Model HP Mechanical Specifications
Safe Working Pressure .................................. 500 PSIG
Burst Pressure ............................................. 2500 PSIG
Operating Pressure Differential ........... See table below
Operating Temperature ........................ -20° F to +240° F
Storage Temperature ......................................... +180° F
Capacities ................. See capacity tables on page 262
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
CS/DS Series
Model CS & DS Mechanical Specifications
Safe Working Pressure .............................. 500 PSIG
Burst Pressure ......................................... 2500 PSIG
Operating Pressure Differential ....... See table below
Operating Temperature .................... -20° F to +240° F
Storage Temperature ..................................... +180° F
Capacities ............. See capacity tables on page 262
Solenoid Valves
differential.
Refrigeration
Minimum Pressure Drop • Quantity and quality of fluid flow is ensured
In order to achieve good heat transfer through a coil surface, by the large Cv rating that accurately
minimizing pressure drops throughout the system is critical. matches fluid to flow characteristics.
Parker secondary coolant valves do not require a minimum • Easily matches up to system piping. Valves
pressure to operate.* This is because of the valve's unique are available in sizes 5/8" to 2-1/8" ODF,
“hung diaphragm” design. Other pilot operated valves re- ensuring that a valve is available for every
quire some minimum pressure drop to open the diaphragm common line size.
or piston. This minimum pressure drop is a pressure loss, • Easy brazing and faster installation possible
and means less pressure available at the coil. When using with the copper sweat connections which
Parker’s secondary coolant valves, valve size can be eliminate the need for pipe threaded
maximized, minimizing the pressure drop. connections and associated leaks.
*The 34E24C2-R1021E requires a minimum of 5 psi.
General Specifications
Valve Description: 2 way hung diaphragm normally closed valve with brass forged body and EPDM trim material
Valve Coil
Maximum Fluid Temperature ............... -40° F to +180° F Type ..................................... NEMA 4, 4X (3 wire leads)
(-40° C to +82° C) Power .............................................................. 11 watts
Valve Body ............................................... Forged brass Current
Connections ............................................. ODF Copper Inrush .............................................................. 53 va
Plunger and Pole Piece ......................... Stainless Steel Holding ............................................................ 20 va
Enclosure Tube ...................................... Stainless Steel
Wire Length Coil
Springs .................................................. Stainless Steel Voltage (inches) Part No.
Diaphragm .......................................................... EPDM 24 VAC 18 CF4C01-R1021
Seals .................................................................. EPDM 120 VAC 18 CF4C05-R1021
208 VAC 18 CF4C10-R1021
Safe Working Pressure: 240 VAC 18 CF4C15-R1021
10-26 Series ............................................... 250 psig 120 VAC 36 CF4E05-R1021
34 Series .................................................... 225 psig 208 VAC 36 CF4E10-R1021
Dimensions
Model 34E
Operating Principles
Available in extended
What is a Solenoid Valve? PTFE diaphragm for reliability, end copper, sweat, flare
long life, tight seating and pipe connections
The solenoid valve is an electronically operated
device. It is used to control the flow of liquids or
Refrigerant Solenoid Valve Features
gases in a positive, fully-closed or fully-open mode.
The valve is commonly used to replace a manual
Attractor
valve or where remote control is desirable. Solenoid Magnetic
valves are operated by a variety of electrical Field
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
Two-Way Solenoid Valves
Frame or
Two way valves control flow in one direction. They coil housing
may be direct operated or pilot operated, normally Plunger
closed or normally open.
Solenoid Coil Operation
Direct Operated Solenoid Valves
(See illustration at the right.) Plunger Attractor Plunger Attractor
When the coil is de-energized, the pilot orifice is closed. MOPD (Maximum Opening Pressure Differential)
The inlet pressure through the equalizer orifice equal- The MOPD between the inlet and outlet pressure of the
izes the pressure above and below the diaphragm. The valve must not be exceeded or the valve will not open.
diaphragm resets, closing the valve. Conversely, if the valve is applied to a system when
minimum operating pressure differential is not
achieved, the valve will not open fully. These values are
listed in the specifications for each type of valve.
Nomenclature
Example: RB21ME7…R23-120/60
R* B 21 M E 7 R23-120/60
Type Body Nominal Bypass Connection Connection Size Coil Nomenclature
R - Refrigeration Material Capacity M - Manual E - Ext. End Size of End R-23= Normally
(normally closed) B - Brass Tonnage (R-12) Bypass F - Flare Connection Closed Valves
*An O prefix (“ OR” ) 1 = 1 Ton (not appli- in eighths (inches) OR-23= Normally
denotes normally open 3 = 3 Ton cable Example: Open Valves
6 = 6 Ton to normally 3 = 3/8”
9 = 9 Ton open valves) 13 = 1-5/8”
15 = 15 Ton
21 = 21 Ton
41 = 41 Ton
81 = 81 Ton
Ordering Information
Valve Assembly line and hot gas valve applications and are compatible
To order a solenoid valve assembly less the coil, with virtually all of today’s CFC, HFC, and HCFC refrig-
specify valve model number as defined above. erants and blends.*These valves are not designed for
Examples: RB21ME7 (normally closed) ammonia applications.
ORB21E7 (normally open) *For R-123 applications, different seals must be used – Please consult
Parker.
The valve body assembly, identification plate and coil
retainer are all included. Valve & Coil (Factory Assembled)
To order a complete valve coil assembly specify the
Coil Assemblies valve model number with the coil type, voltage and
To order coil assembly only, specify the coil type, frequency.
voltage and frequency. Example: RB21ME7 with R-23-120V-60Hz
Examples: R-23, 120V-60Hz (normally closed)
OR-23, 120V-60Hz (normally open) Parts Kits
All currently manufactured Jackes-Evans valves are
Valve Component Data completely serviceable. If it is necessary to replace one
Unless otherwise stated, the components used in internal part, all internal parts should also be replaced
Jackes-Evans Solenoid Valves are as follows: at that time. Therefore, standard service kits include the
Body: Forged or Bar Stock Brass plunger assembly, diaphragm assembly and bonnet
Internal Parts: Stainless Steel seal. Bonnet assemblies are also available but seldom
Springs: Stainless Steel need replacement.
Pilot Seats: Neoprene
Diaphragms: PTFE Packaging
When placing your order, specify individual or bulk
Applications/Compatibility packaging. If this information is not specified, it be-
Jackes-Evans Refrigeration Solenoid Valves are comes Parker’s option.
designed for typical liquid line, suction line, discharge
Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid valves are being discontinued. For all new applications, see pages 229-262 of
this catalog for new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans Cross
Reference chart.
Solenoid Valves
Refrigeration
0.875 RB21E7 R40E287 7/8 ODF ORB21E7 R45E287
RB21E9 R40E289 1-1/8 ODF ORB21E9 R45E289
R40E2811 1-3/8 ODF R45E2811
1 RB41E9 R50E329 1-1/8 ODF ORB41E9 R55E329
RB41E11 R50E3211 1-3/8 ODF ORB41E11 R55E3211
1-1/4 R50E4011 1-3/8 ODF R55E4011
RB81E13 R50E4013 1-5/8 ODF ORB81E13 R55E4013
RB81E17 R50E4017 2-1/8 ODF ORB81E17 R55E4017
R50E4021 2-5/8 ODF R55E4021
Table shown with extended end part numbers. Consult Parker for flare versions.
Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid valves are being discontinued. For all new applications, see pages 229-262 of
this catalog for new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans Cross
Reference chart.
D
RB3F2 1/4" SAE
RB3 3.5
DATE 4.5
2
3.0 4.0 2.8
RB3E2
RBF3F
RB3E3 1/4"
1/4" ODF
3/8" SAE
3/8" ODF
P
RB3ME3 3/8" ODF
U 9-26 RB3E4
RB3ME4
1/2" ODF
1/2" ODF
S22 RB6F4
RB6E4
1/2" SAE
1/2" ODF
RB6
SEE
RB9F4 1/2" SAE
RB9E4 1/2" ODF
RB9ME4 1/2" ODF
RB9 9.3 12.0 8.5 11.3 7.8 15/32"
RB9F5 5/8" SAE
RB9E5 5/8" ODF
RB9ME5 5/8" ODF
*Nominal capacity R12 @ 2 psi liquid pressure drop.
General Specifications
Design Pressure (SWP) ................... 500 psig (34 bars) Operating Temperatures
Maximum Opening Fluid ................................................ -20°F to +240°F
Pressure Differential (-30°C to +115°C)
Normally Closed .......................... 300 psig (21 bars) Ambient .......................................... -20°F to +120°F
Minimum Opening (-30°C to +50°C)
Pressure Differential U.L. Listed with standard AC and DC voltages
Valve Type RB1 ........................................... zero psi CSA Certified on standard AC and DC voltages
Valve Types RB3, RB6 & RB9 .......................... 1 psi Dimensions .............................................See page 273
Coil .................................... All Jackes-Evans RB Series
Solenoid Valves use the same size
coil regardless of the valve type or style. Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid
valves are being discontinued. For all new
For further information, refer to page 271. applications, see pages 229-262 of this catalog for
new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid
valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans
Cross Reference chart.
D
RB15ME5 5/8" ODF
E
RB15 14 19 13 17 12 RB15E7 9/16" 7/8" ODF
PDAT 62
RB15ME7
RB15E9
RB21E7
7/8" ODF
11/8" ODF
7/8" ODF
U 2
RB21ME7 7/8" ODF
-
RB21 23 30 20 26 18 7/8"
9
RB21E9 11/8" ODF
S22 RB21ME9
RB41E9
11/8" ODF
11/8" ODF
RB41
AGE 37 48 33 42 29
RB41ME9
RB41E11
1"
11/8" ODF
13/8" ODF
E P RB41ME11
RB81E13
13/8" ODF
15/8" ODF
SE
RB81ME13 15/8" ODF
Solenoid Valves
RB81 83 107 72 101 70 1 1/4"
Refrigeration
RB81E17 21/8" ODF
RB81ME17 21/8" ODF
*Nominal capacity R12 @ 2 psi liquid pressure drop.
General Specifications
Operating Temperatures
Design Pressure (SWP) ................... 500 psig (34 bars) Fluid ................................................ -20°F to +240°F
Maximum Opening (-30°C to +115°C)
Pressure Differential Ambient .......................................... -20°F to +120°F
Normally Closed .......................... 300 psig (21 bars) (-30°C to +50°C)
Minimum Opening U.L. Listed with standard AC and DC voltages
Pressure Differential
CSA Certified on standard AC and DC voltages
Valve Types RB15, RB21 & RB41 .................... 1 psi
Valve Types RB81 ............................................. 2 psi Dimensions .............................................See page 273
Coil .................................... All Jackes-Evans RB Series
Solenoid Valves use the same size Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid
coil regardless of the valve type or style. valves are being discontinued. For all new
For further information, refer to page 271. applications, see pages 229-262 of this catalog for
new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid
valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans
Cross Reference chart.
D
ORB3F2 1/4" SAE
E
ORB3F3 3/8" SAE
ORB3 3.5 4.5 3.0 4.0 2.8 1/4"
T
ORB3E3 3/8" ODF
ORB6 6.0
PDA 6
7.5
2 5.8 8.1 5.6
ORB3E4
ORB6F4
ORB6E4 3/8"
1/2" ODF
1/2" SAE
1/2" ODF
ORB9 9.3
U S229-2
12.0 8.5 11.3 7.3
ORB6E5
ORB9E4
ORB9F5 15/32"
5/8" ODF
1/2" ODF
5/8" SAE
E
ORB9E5 5/8" ODF
ORB15
83.0
30.0
48.0
107.0
20.0
33.0
72.0
26.0
42.0
101.0
18.0
29.0
70.0
ORB21E7
ORB41E9
ORB41E11
ORB81E13
7/8"
1"
1 1/4"
7/8" ODF
11/8" ODF
13/8" ODF
15/8" ODF
ORB81E17 21/8" ODF
*Nominal capacity R12 @ 2 psi liquid pressure drop.
General Specifications
Design Pressure (SWP) .................... 500 psig (4 bars) Operating Temperatures
Maximum Opening Fluid ................................................ -20°F to +240°F
Pressure Differential (-30°C to +115°C)
Normally Open ............................ 250 psig (17 bars) Ambient .......................................... -20°F to +120°F
Minimum Opening (-30°C to +50°C)
Pressure Differential U.L. Listed with standard AC and DC voltages
Valve Type ORB1 ......................................... zero psi CSA Certified on standard AC and DC voltages
Valve Types ORB3, ORB21 Dimensions .............................................See page 273
& ORB9, ORB15, ORB21 & ORB41 ................. 1 psi
Valve Type ORB81 ............................................ 2 psi
Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid
Coil ................................. All Jackes-Evans ORB Series valves are being discontinued. For all new
Solenoid Valves use the same size applications, see pages 229-262 of this catalog for
coil regardless of the valve type or style. new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid
For further information, refer to page 271. valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans
Cross Reference chart.
Solenoid Valves
6 VDC 16 2.67
Refrigeration
most corrosive fumes and vapors. 12 VDC 16 1.33 N/A
24VDC 16 0.67
All coils used in Parker Jackes-Evans solenoid valves
D.C. Coils have no inrush current.
are Class “F” molded and are constructed in accor- For other voltages and frequencies contact the factory.
dance with UL, IEEE, NEMA and other accepted
standards.
Standard Coil Options (R-23/OR-23)
Electrical components of AC and DC coils are tested Type Standard Termination
in accordance with ASTM D2307-78 and become a Junction Box 6" Length, 2/64" Thick Insulated Wire
recognized component under U.L. 1446. The procedure Conduit Boss 24" Length, 2/64" Thick Insulated Wire
produces data which concludes that a coil with 20,000 Spade 1/4" Male
hours continuous operation will perform within the
DIN DIN
same specifications as a new coil.
For other coil options contact the factory.
Electrical Supply Requirements
The solenoid coil must be connected to electrical lines Wiring for Dual-Voltage Coil
of correct voltage and frequency as indicated on the
coil label. The supply circuits must be properly sized to
give adequate voltage at the coil leads even when other
electrical equipment is operating. The molded coil is de-
signed to operate with line voltage from 85% to 100%
of coil rated voltage. Operating with a line voltage
above or below these limits may result in coil burn-out.
Also operating with line voltage below the limit will defi-
nitely result in lowering the valve maximum operating
pressure differential (MOPD).
Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid valves are being discontinued. For all new applications, see pages 229-262 of
this catalog for new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans Cross
Reference chart.
Model Liquid Line Capacities1 Suction Line Capacities2 Discharge Line Capacities3
Number 1 psi 2 psi 3 psi 5 psi 40° 20° 0° -20° -40° 2 psi 5 psi 25 psi 10 psi 50 psi 100 psi
RB1 0.53 0.76 0.95 1.20 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.14 0.22 0.31 0.47 0.63 0.70
RB3 2.40 3.50 4.40 5.80 0.33 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.14 0.63 0.99 1.40 2.10 2.80 3.10
RB6 4.30 6.00 7.40 9.80 0.58 0.45 0.37 0.31 0.24 1.10 1.80 2.50 3.80 5.00 5.50
RB9 6.60 9.30 11.00 15.00 0.94 0.76 0.60 0.53 0.41 1.80 2.80 3.90 5.90 7.90 8.70
R-12
RB15 10.00 14.00 17.00 22.00 1.40 1.10 0.91 0.81 0.63 2.70 4.20 5.90 9.00 12.00 13.00
RB21 16.00 23.00 28.00 36.00 2.20 1.80 1.40 1.20 0.94 4.10 6.50 9.10 14.00 19.00 20.00
RB41 26.00 37.00 45.00 58.00 3.20 2.60 2.00 1.80 1.40 6.80 11.00 15.00 23.00 31.00 34.00
RB81 59.00 83.00 102.00 132.00 7.60 6.00 4.70 3.50 2.60 17.00 27.00 38.00 58.00 77.00 96.00
RB1 0.69 0.98 1.20 1.60 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.20 0.32 0.45 0.70 0.96 1.30
RB3 3.00 4.50 5.70 7.50 0.48 0.39 0.31 0.25 0.20 0.92 1.40 2.00 3.10 4.30 5.70
RB6 5.10 7.50 9.50 12.60 0.81 0.65 0.54 0.43 0.34 1.50 2.40 3.40 5.40 7.30 9.60
RB9 8.60 12.00 15.00 20.00 1.40 1.10 0.90 0.71 0.55 2.60 4.00 5.70 8.80 12.00 16.00
R-22
RB15 13.00 19.00 24.00 32.00 2.10 1.70 1.40 1.10 0.86 3.90 6.10 8.60 13.00 18.00 24.00
RB21 20.00 30.00 36.00 48.00 3.30 2.70 2.20 1.70 1.30 6.00 9.50 13.00 21.00 28.00 37.00
RB41 33.00 48.00 60.00 79.00 4.70 3.80 3.10 2.40 1.90 9.90 16.00 22.00 34.00 47.00 61.00
RB81 76.00 107.00 131.00 169.00 11.40 9.30 7.30 5.70 4.30 26.00 40.00 57.00 88.00 121.00 159.00
RB1 0.47 0.67 0.83 1.10 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.16 0.26 0.36 0.56 0.77 1.00
RB3 2.10 3.00 3.80 5.10 0.39 0.31 0.24 0.19 0.15 0.73 1.10 1.60 2.50 3.50 4.60
RB6 4.10 5.80 7.10 9.20 0.61 0.49 0.38 0.30 0.23 1.10 1.80 2.60 4.00 5.60 7.30
RB9 5.80 8.50 10.00 14.00 1.10 0.88 0.71 0.54 0.42 2.00 3.20 4.50 7.10 9.70 13.00
R-502
RB15 8.90 13.00 16.00 21.00 1.70 1.30 1.10 0.83 0.65 3.10 4.90 6.90 11.00 15.00 19.00
RB21 14.00 20.00 24.00 32.00 2.60 2.10 1.70 1.30 1.00 4.80 7.60 11.00 16.00 23.00 30.00
RB41 22.00 33.00 41.00 54.00 3.80 3.00 2.40 1.80 1.40 7.90 12.00 17.00 27.00 37.00 50.00
RB81 51.00 72.00 89.00 115.00 9.10 7.30 5.70 4.30 3.20 20.00 32.00 44.00 69.00 95.00 126.00
RB1 0.63 0.89 1.10 1.40 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.07 — 0.18 0.30 0.41 0.62 0.82 0.92
RB3 2.80 4.00 4.90 6.30 0.43 0.34 0.29 0.25 — 0.82 1.30 1.80 2.80 3.70 4.00
RB6 5.70 8.10 9.90 12.80 0.76 0.59 0.49 0.41 — 1.50 2.40 3.30 5.00 6.60 7.20
RB9 8.00 11.30 13.90 17.90 1.20 1.00 0.80 0.70 — 2.40 3.70 5.10 7.70 7.90 11.40
R-134a
RB15 12.00 17.00 21.00 27.00 1.80 1.40 1.20 1.10 — 2.50 5.50 7.70 12.00 16.00 17.00
RB21 19.00 26.00 32.00 42.00 2.90 2.40 1.80 1.60 — 5.40 8.50 12.00 18.00 25.00 26.00
RB41 29.00 42.00 51.00 66.00 4.20 3.40 2.60 2.40 — 8.90 14.00 20.00 30.00 41.00 45.00
RB81 71.00 101.00 124.00 160.00 11.30 8.80 6.60 4.90 — 27.00 42.00 59.00 90.00 121.00 151.00
RB1 0.43 0.61 0.75 0.97 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.18 0.28 0.40 0.62 0.85 1.20
RB3 2.00 2.80 3.40 4.40 0.43 0.35 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.82 1.20 1.80 2.80 3.80 5.10
RB6 3.90 5.60 6.80 8.80 0.72 0.58 0.48 0.38 0.30 1.30 2.10 3.00 4.80 6.50 8.50
R-507
RB9 5.50 7.80 9.50 12.30 1.20 0.98 0.80 0.63 0.49 2.30 3.60 5.10 7.80 10.70 14.20
&
RB15 8.30 11.70 14.30 18.50 1.90 1.50 1.20 0.98 0.77 3.50 5.40 7.70 11.60 16.00 21.00
R-404a
RB21 12.80 18.00 22.00 29.00 2.90 2.40 2.00 1.50 1.20 5.30 8.50 11.60 18.70 25.00 33.00
RB41 20.00 29.00 35.00 45.00 4.20 3.40 2.80 2.10 1.70 8.80 14.00 20.00 30.00 42.00 54.00
RB81 49.00 70.00 85.00 110.00 10.10 8.30 6.50 5.00 3.80 23.00 36.00 51.00 78.00 108.00 142.00
Notes:
1. Liquid capacity based on 40°F evaporator 10°F superheat, 101°F 3. Hot gas bypass capacity based on isometric compression from 40°F
condenser. evaporator plus 25°F superheat to 101°F condenser plus 50°F super-
2. Suction line capacity for specified evaporator temperature plus 25°F heat.
superheat, 101°F condenser and 1 psi pressure drop across valve. 4. For information on other alternative refrigerants, contact the factory.
Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid valves are being discontinued. For all new applications, see pages 229-262 of
this catalog for new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans Cross
Reference chart.
Typical End
View
SAE Flare
Solenoid Valves
RB1P2 1/4 NPT 2.12 1.06 2.97 0.50 1.88 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
Refrigeration
RB1P3 3/8 NPT 2.12 1.06 2.97 0.50 1.88 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB1E2 1/4 ODF 4.62 2.31 2.97 0.50 1.88 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 3.94
RB1E3 3/8 ODF 4.62 2.31 2.97 0.5 1.88 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 3.94
RB1F2 1/4 SAE 3.50 1.75 2.97 0.50 1.88 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB3P2 1/4 NPT 2.12 1.06 3.28 0.50 2.17 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB3P3 3/8 NPT 2.12 1.06 3.28 0.50 2.17 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB3E3 3/8 ODF 4.62 2.31 3.28 0.50 2.17 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 3.94
RB3E4 1/2 ODF 5.00 2.50 3.28 0.50 2.17 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 4.22
RB3F2 1/4 SAE 3.50 1.75 3.28 0.50 2.17 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB3F3 3/8 SAE 3.50 1.75 3.28 0.50 2.17 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB6E4 1/2 ODF 5.00 2.50 3.34 0.50 2.23 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 4.22
RB6E5 5/8 ODF 6.50 3.25 3.34 0.50 2.23 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 5.50
RB6F4 1/2 SAE 3.94 1.97 3.34 0.50 2.23 1.84 2.59 1.88 0.75 8-32 N.A.
RB9P3 3/8 NPT 2.94 1.28 3.31 0.84 2.09 1.84 2.59 2.19 1.50 10-24 N.A.
RB9P4 1/2 NPT 2.94 1.28 3.31 0.84 2.09 1.84 2.59 2.19 1.50 10-24 N.A.
RB9E4 1/2 ODF 5.66 2.83 3.31 0.84 2.22 1.84 2.59 2.19 1.50 10-24 4.88
RB9E5 5/8 ODF 6.87 3.44 3.31 0.84 2.22 1.84 2.59 2.19 1.50 10-24 5.88
RB9F5 5/8 SAE 3.94 1.97 3.31 0.84 2.09 1.84 2.59 2.19 1.50 10-24 N.A.
RB15P4 1/2 NPT 3.44 1.45 3.34 0.56 2.25 1.84 2.59 2.44 N.A. N.A. N.A.
RB15E5 5/8 ODF 6.87 3.44 3.34 0.84 2.25 1.84 2.59 2.44 1.50 10-24 5.88
RB21P6 3/4 NPT 3.84 1.66 3.45 0.69 2.41 1.84 2.59 2.84 N.A. N.A. N.A.
RB21E7 7/8 ODF 7.50 3.67 3.45 1.00 2.41 1.84 2.59 2.84 1.75 1/4-20 5.97
RB41P8 1 NPT 4.44 1.95 4.62 0.84 3.55 1.84 2.59 3.19 N.A. N.A. N.A.
RB41E9 1-1/8 ODF 10.06 5.03 3.93 1.16 2.84 1.84 2.59 3.19 1.75 1/4-20 8.22
RB81E13 1-5/8 ODF 11.06 5.53 6.32 1.10 5.39 1.84 2.59 N.A. N.A. N.A. 8.87
RB81E17 2-1/8 ODF 11.06 5.53 6.32 1.10 5.39 1.84 2.59 N.A. N.A. N.A. 8.87
Notes: Normally open valve: Add 1/2 inch to overall height of valve.
Allow 2 inches above valve to remove coil assembly.
Note: Parker Jackes-Evans refrigeration solenoid valves are being discontinued. For all new applications, see pages 229-262 of
this catalog for new and improved R Series refrigeration solenoid valves. See page 267 for the R Series/Jackes-Evans Cross
Reference chart.
General Purpose
Solenoid Valves
Series 22, 23, 24 and 26: 3/8" – 3" NPT connections, 5/8" – 3" orifice
• Pressures from 0-300 psi depending on construction
• Internally piloted diaphragm or piston depending on size
• UL Listed and CSA Certified (through 1-1/2")
• Normally open or normally closed construction
• Brass or 316 stainless steel (to 1-1/2" NPT)
• Buna-N, Viton ® , Neoprene or Ethylene propylene seals (to 1-1/2")
• AC or DC voltage
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, and 9 enclosures are available
General Purpose
Solenoid Valves
Series H5, S5 and 25: 1/4" – 1" NPT connections, 1-1/32" – 1" orifice
• Pressures from 0-300 psi depending on operation
• S5 series for steam service 125 psi saturated steam
• Normally open or normally closed construction
• Internally piloted floating diaphragm
• Brass with optional integral stainless steel seat
• Teflon ® , Buna-N, or Ethylene propylene seals
• AC or DC voltage
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, and 9 enclosures are available
Series 35 and 38: 1/4" – 3/8" NPT connections, 3/32" – 9/32" pressure
orifice, 1/4" – 11/32" exhaust orifice
• Quick exhaust
• Pressures from 5-200 psi depending on construction
• Normally open, normally closed, or universal construction
• Internally pilot operated
• Brass bodies, 303 stainless steel available (series 35)
• Buna-N or Viton ® seals
• AC or DC voltage
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, and 9 enclosures are available
Series 34: 3/8" – 3/4" NPT connections, 5/8" pressure & exhaust orifices
• Pressures from 10-250 psi depending on construction
• Normally open or normally closed construction
• Internally pilot operated diaphragms
• Brass bodies
• Buna-N, Viton ® , Neoprene or Ethylene propylene seals
• AC or DC voltage
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7, and 9 enclosures are available
Vacuum Service Valves: 1/4" – 1" NPT connections, 9/32" – 1" orifice
• Suitable for vacuum service to 10 -6 torrs
• Brass with degassed Buna-N or Viton seals
• Normally open or normally closed construction
• AC or DC voltage
• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 7 and 9 enclosures are available
General Purpose
Enclosure/Coil Terminal Combinations
Solenoid Valves
Coil Termination Condensed listing
Enclosures Screw (K) Spade (S) D.I.N. (H) 6" Leads 18" Leads 24" Leads 36" Leads
of NEMA Enclosures
Strain Relief (C) X X X
Explosion Proof (E) X X X NEMA Gold Ring™
General Purpose (G) X X X Type Enclosure Code
316 SS Explosion Proof (M) X X X 1 C, G, P, S, GP
Open Frame (O) X X X X X 1 4
Encapsulated D.I.N. (P) X 3 4
Splice Box (S) X 3R 4
316 SS Submersible (U) X X X 3S 4
Submersible Splice Box (W) X X X 4 P,* 4
Explosion Proof W/Ground 4X 4
Lead (Y) X X X 6 W
316 SS Explosion Proof 7 E, M, Y, Z
W/Ground Wire (Z) X X X 9 E, M, Y, Z
Gold Ring II™ (4) X *With Suitable Connector
Functions
• Normally Closed — energize to open pressure port. De-energized,
closed.
• Normally Open — energize to close pressure port. De-energized, open. Temperature Ratings
• Universal three-way valves — Can be installed for either normally (media as listed)
closed, or normally open operation. Universal mode of operation is also • AC Voltages: 200°F max.
suitable for flow selection (pressure at port 2 and 3) or diversion • DC Voltages: 150°F max.
(pressure at port 1). • Ambient: 32-77°F (standard)
• For temperature variations,
Standard Materials of Construction
consult Parker.
• Body-Brass; Seals-NBR, EPDM or PTFE as noted
• Plunger and Pole Piece-430FR Stainless Steel How to Order
• Plunger Tube-305 Stainless Steel Select valve part number and coil
• Springs-302 Stainless Steel (wattage must match).
• Shading Coil-Copper (Brass Bodies) Example: 04F48S2106ACFAF4C05
• Disc Holder-Celcon (For complete information on Gold Ring
Valves, see Parker Catalog 7300A.)
Electrical Characteristics
• AC- 110/120-50/60, 220/240-50/60 (other voltages available on request)
• UL Listed and CSA Certified.
General Purpose
Solenoid Valves
Four-Way Solenoid Valves
Operating Pressure Differential
Max. (MOPD) PSI Max.
Orifice Min. Air Light Oil Temp AC Valve
NPT Pilot/Exhaust Cv PSI Inert Gas Water 300 SSU °F Watt Part Number
Operation: Four-Way Universal (Pressure at P)
1/4 1/16 | 3/32 0.09 10 150 150 150 180 11.0 04F48S2106ACF
Coil Availability
Coil Number Description
AF4C05 6 Watt, Class 155, Type 4, 4X, 18 inch leads, 110/50 120/60 AC
AF4C15 6 Watt, Class 155, Type 4, 4X, 18 inch leads, 220/50 240/60 AC
CF4C05 11 Watt, Class 155, Type 4, 4X, 18 inch leads, 110/50 120/60 AC
CF4C15 11 Watt, Class 155, Type 4, 4X, 18 inch leads, 220/50 240/60 AC
CH4C05 11 Watt, Class 180, Type 4, 4X, 18 inch leads, 110/50 120/60 AC
CH4C15 11 Watt, Class 180, Type 4, 4X, 18 inch leads, 220/50 240/60 AC
General Purpose
Valve Seat ........................................ Stainless Steel Orifice Plate
Solenoid Valves
1/2" NPT 265 *265-009
Diaphragm Seals ................................................................. Nitrile
265-102
Other Internal Parts .............................................. Stainless Steel
3/4" NPT 265 *265-109
Pressure Bellows ................................ Heavy Duty Two-Ply Brass *Models with mounting bracket
Adjusting Springs ...................................... Plated Stainless Steel Shaded models available special order
Flo-Con Pressure
SC Suction Solenoid Valves ........................................................................................ page 342 Regulators
& Valves
Product Overview
With more than 30 years of commercial refrigeration control valve design and manufacturing experience, the
Parker Refrigerating Specialties product line has evolved to include a wide variety of regulators, solenoid valves,
and in-line check valves designed for precise and reliable control in both supermarket and field built halocarbon
systems. Included in this expanded family of refrigeration components are high capacity pilot operated regulators
and solenoid valves in extended port and connection size combinations. The highest capacity non-flanged
regulators and solenoid valves available in the industry are included in this unique combination of control valves.
Considering their application in larger systems, one control valve may be used in place of a competitor's parallel
valve combination in some instances.
Parker Refrigerating Specialties commercial pilot operated regulators are modular by design, and are superior
to direct operated valves in their ability to maintain a precise control of set point, despite changes in load. With a
parabolic plug design as a standard feature throughout this line of regulators, a linear relationship exists between
the main valve opening and the valve's capacity. The result is a steady set point and precise control, even at
varying or low flow conditions.
As an added benefit, Parker Refrigerating Specialties pilot operated solenoid valves in the SC and S8 series
utilize the same bodies, cartridges, and solenoid coil assemblies as their (S)PORT and A8 regulator counterparts.
In many instances, capacities can be changed by simply changing cartridges, a feature common throughout both
lines of regulators and solenoid valves.
Parker Refrigerating Specialties product bulletins are also available for all valve types covered throughout this
section . Product bulletins cover a variety of details such as dimensions, cutaway views, and specific information
related to valve operation, which is not included within the context of this catalog. Product bulletin numbers are
referenced in the selection guide matrix on page 284 and are readily available upon request.
A8 Pressure Regulators
Initially introduced as the A7, the current A8 pressure regulator is designed with flexibility
in mind, covering both high and low side applications in commercial refrigeration sys-
tems. A dual range spring, standard in all A8 regulators (with the exception of the
differential version), allows the valve to control at any set point within a 10" Hg to 400 psi
(250mm Hg to 27.6 bar) pressure range. Three body sizes define the A8 line. The A8A is
the smallest of the three, the A81 covers the mid-range applications, and the A82 is the
largest. Along with the standard A8 inlet pressure regulator, optional variations include
inlet regulators with electric shut off features (A8AS, A81S, A82S) and wide opening or
bypass features (A8_B). In addition, outlet pressure regulators (A8_OE), outlet regulators
with electric shut-off features (A8_OES), differential pressure regulators (A8_L), and
differential regulators with wide opening features (A8_BL) round out the product line.
Eight different “port” sizes (or capacity cartridges) are available in the A8 family of regulators with connection sizes
ranging from 7/8" (22mm) up to 2-5/8" (66mm). All A8 regulators are ductile iron bodied valves with brazed copper
couplings. Valve cartridges are also made of ductile iron. A water resistant class “H” coil enclosed in a general
purpose coil housing is supplied as standard with any A8 regulator version. Solenoid coils can be supplied either
with twin leads or with DIN connectors.
(S)PORT / (S)PORT II Pressure Regulators
The (S)PORT and (S)PORT-II pressure regulators are a unique line of valves designed
specifically for evaporator pressure control in commercial supermarket applications. All
(S)PORT regulators are designed to control in a pressure range of 10" Hg to 120 psig
(250mm Hg to 8.3 bar). The original (S)PORT, introduced several years ago, continues to
be manufactured with a ductile iron body and cartridge assembly. The (S)PORT-II, a
more recent addition to the line, is made of completely corrosion resistant materials in-
cluding aluminum bronze bodies and cartridge assemblies, and stainless steel bolts and
adjusting stems. (S)PORT regulators are available in three common versions typically
applied on low side applications: A standard upstream pressure regulator, or PORT, a
regulator combined with an electric shut-off feature, or (S)PORT, and a unique combination of electric shut and
bypass feature, the (S)PORT-B. The (S)PORT version is typically applied on a refrigeration circuit utilizing hot gas
for defrosting purposes, while the (S)PORT-B offers the same capability in addition to a wide opening, or bypass
feature, for quick pull down during start up or after a circuit's hot gas defrost period has been terminated. A water
resistant class F coil and open frame coil housing is standard on the (S)PORT regulator line. Solenoid coils with
DIN connectors can also be supplied.
S8 Solenoid Valves
S8 solenoid valves are flexible by design, suitable for discharge gas applications or as
a liquid feed valve. S8 solenoid valves can also be applied on a low side (suction line)
application. If (S)PORT pressure regulators are being considered, however, on a super-
market rack system for example, the Refrigerating Specialties “SC” solenoid valve would
be a better option (see description below) as suction shut-off devices. Overall, the design
of the S8 solenoid valve with regards to its major components, complements that of the
A8 regulator. That is, the valve bodies, cartridge assemblies, solenoid operators, and
solenoid coils are identical to those used on the A8 regulator line. The same class “H”
coil and general purpose coil housing which are standard throughout the A8 regulator line are supplied with the
S8 solenoid. Along with the A8 line of regulators, solenoid coils with DIN connectors are also available.
SC Solenoid Valves
The "SC" line of solenoid valves were designed to complement (S)PORT pressure
regulators in both appearance and construction. Components such as valve bodies,
cartridges, solenoid operators, and solenoid coils are interchangeable between the
SC solenoid and (S)PORT regulator lines of valves. Like the (S)PORT regulator, the
SC solenoid is available with either ductile iron materials (both body and cartridge) or
corrosion resistant aluminum bronze materials. With the (S)PORT regulator and SC
solenoid combination, any suction line control requirement can be satisfied while main-
taining reliable performance and common appearance. The SC line of solenoids utilizes
the same water resistant class F coil and open frame coil housing which is standard with
the (S)PORT line of regulators.
A9 Pressure Regulators
A9 outlet pressure regulators utilize a compact design unique to the Refrigerating
Specialties line of regulators, and are applied most typically as hot gas bypass or
receiver pressure control valves. Four port sizes ranging from 3/8" (9mm) through 1-1/8"
(28mm) are available. Utilizing a pilot operated design for stable control of set point, the
A9E is typically used as a hot gas bypass regulator. The A9E regulator, when used in a
hot gas bypass application, is externally equalized to suction pressure, or the pressure
being controlled. Through years of reliable performance, it has become a standard on a
variety of OEM equipment where precise suction pressure control is required for stable
system operation. The A9, an internally equalized regulator which senses and controls
immediate downstream pressure, is typically applied as a receiver pressure control valve
for those systems using regulators for condenser pressure control on air cooled condensers.
Flo-Con Pressure
Regulators
CK4A In Line Check Valves
& Valves
CK4A in line check valves are versatile spring closing disc check valves, used for most
hot gas and liquid line applications. The CK4 series of check valves are a flanged family
of check valves, utilizing a gasketed refrigeration style tongue-and-groove ODS flange
for commercial applications. Eight port sizes are available ranging from 1/2" (13mm)
through 4" (100mm). Up through and including the 2" port size valve, three different
ODS connection sizes are available for each port size valve to accommodate a reduced
capacity valve in larger lines. All valves are made to tight seat leakage specifications,
utilizing a lapped metal-to-metal seat design. The pressure drop required to open the
valve fully is about .75 psi. Because of it's spring closing design, CK4 check valves can
be intalled in both vertical and horizontal pipe lines.
Specifications
• Design pressure (M.R.P.): 450 psig (31.0 bar) Standard Voltages
• Minimum fluid temperature -40°F (-40°C) • 120V/60Hz, 110V/50Hz
• Operating range: 10" Hg to 120 psig (250 mm Hg • 208V/240V/60Hz, 220V/50Hz
to 8.3 bar) • 240V/50Hz
• UL listed (except 50 Hz versions), file SA5473 • 240V/60Hz, 220V/50Hz (DIN)
• CSA certified, file LR20991-14 • 240V/50Hz (DIN)
Valve Nomenclature
S P OR T ΙΙ B 7 11
Electric Parker Open on Rise Inlet Pressure Aluminum Bypass Port Size Connection Size
Shut-Off of Inlet “Tap” or Fitting Bronze Feature in Eighths in Eighths
Pressure Version of an Inch of an Inch
Description: Unlike other Parker Refrigerating Special- Variations: PORT or PORT-II: Standard Inlet pressure
ties regulators, (S)PORT regulators utilize a unique regulator. (S)PORT or (S)PORT-II: Inlet pressure
numbering system identifying port & connection size regulator with an electric shut-off feature. (S)PORT-B or
values in eighths of an inch (see previous page). For (S)PORT-II-B. Inlet pressure regulator with an electric
example, a 7/8" port size by 1-1/8" connection size shut-off and electric wide opening, (or bypass) feature.
valve would be identified as a (S)PORT 07-09, with the
valves port size being the first numerical value in the Installation: (S)PORT regulators use a spring loaded
description (in eighths of an inch), and the connection solenoid plunger design which assists the plunger in
size being the second value. All (S)PORT cartridges closing off tightly against the solenoid pilot seat regard-
are externally stamped with the plug or port size using less of position or orientation. The regulator can there-
this same numbering system for field identification pur- fore be installed in either a horizontal or vertical pipe
poses. (S)PORT evaporator pressure regulators are line regardless of the type of (S)PORT valve being
available in two versions, each with their own distinct installed (i.e. with or without a pilot solenoid).
material characteristics; the original (S)PORT, and the When brazing in line, typically a wet cloth wrapped
(S)PORT-II. The original (S)PORT utilizes a ductile iron around the valve body is recommended to dissipate
body with brazed copper couplings along with a ductile heat. If a valve is disassembled prior to installation,
iron cartridge assembly. The original (S)PORT is avail- always have the correct gasket/ O-ring kit available
able in eight port sizes ranging from a 3/8" (03) to for reassembly. The internal cartridge-to-body O-ring
2-5/8" (21) and with connection sizes up to 2-5/8" (21). will need to be replaced prior to reassembly.
A 1/4" SAE flare access fitting is standard on the
upsteam side of the valve‘s cartridge assembly. An Adjustment: Adjustment of a regulators set point re-
open frame, class F leaded coil is provided as standard quires that the pressure being controlled be monitored
with all (S)PORT regulators. A class H coil with DIN by an accurate pressure gauge. Turning the valves ad-
connector is also available with certain voltages. justing screw clockwise (into the bonnet) compresses
the range spring and subsequently raises the valves set
The (S)PORT-II, a more recent introduction, is made point. Conversely, turning the adjusting stem counter-
completely with corrosion resistant materials. Both the clockwise will decrease the valves set point. Adjusting
body and cartridge are an aluminum-bronze material, the set point of a (S)PORT regulator must be made
with the adapter and bonnet being aluminum. In addi- with the solenoid energized, and the manual opening
tion, stainless steel bonnet bolts and adjusting stems stem turned in. The inlet side solenoid only is required
are standard on all (S)PORT-II regulators. In contrast to to be energized to adjust the set point on a (S)PORT-B.
the original (S)PORT, five port sizes are offered with Depending on system design and system conditions,
the (S)PORT-II style of regulator, ranging from 3/8" (03) the pressure gauge may reflect some delay before a
to 1-3/8" (11). The same open-frame coil housing which change in a regulator’s set point actually results in a
is standard on the (S)PORT is supplied with the change in the pressure being maintained.
(S)PORT-II. The access fitting on the (S)PORT-II is
located on the upstream side of the valve body, and Electrical: All (S)PORT regulator versions utilize a
positioned to easily connect a gauge fitting for servic- molded water resistant class “F” solenoid coil with open
ing. The (S)PORT-II design specifically targets the frame housing as standard. A class “H” DIN coil is also
rigorous application of a commercial evaporator available with certain voltages. Coils are designed to
pressure regulator — particularly those applications operate with line voltage from 85% to 110% of rated
with hot gas defrost circuits. The corrosion resistant coil voltage. Operating with a coil voltage above or
Flo-Con Pressure
design of the (S)PORT-II is capable of withstanding the below these limits may result in coil burnout. Also, oper-
ating with a coil voltage below this limit will result in Regulators
cooling and heating cycles to which these types of
& Valves
regulators are continually exposed. lowering the valves maximum opening pressure differ-
ential, or MOPD. Power consumption during normal
All (S)PORT regulators are designed to be applied as a operation will be 10 watts or less. The 208/240/60 Hz
low side (evaporator) pressure regulator only. They are wide voltage range coil used on all (S)PORT regulators
capable of being set to control pressures within a 10" to is rated at 280 MOPD. All other coils are rated at 300
120 psig (250mm Hg through 8.3 bar) range. For high MOPD.
side regulator applications, the Refrigerating Special-
ties A8 regulator should be considered. Ordering Guide: Specify valve type (PORT, (S)PORT,
(S)PORT-II, etc.), port and connection size in eighths
of an inch (port size indicated first), and voltage, if
applicable.
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
maximum pressure drop of 3 psi should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more
than 3 psi is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a 3 psi pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
Capacities are based on 40°C liquid, 5°C superheat at valve inlet, and are maximum for the conditions listed. For each 5°C liquid is below 40°C,
INCREASE capacity values by 7%. (*Sizing charts are also for Crankcase Pressure Regulators in sizes to 2 1/8 port only.)
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
Flo-Con Pressure
maximum pressure drop of .20 bar should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more Regulators
than .20 bar is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
& Valves
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a .20 bar pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
Capacities are based on 100°F liquid, 10°F superheat at valve inlet, and are maximum for the conditions listed. For each 10°F liquid is below 100°F,
INCREASE capacity values by 4%. (*Sizing charts are also for Crankcase Pressure Regulators in sizes to 2 1/8 port only.)
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
maximum pressure drop of 3 psi should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more
than 3 psi is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a 3 psi pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
maximum pressure drop of .20 bar should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more
than .20 bar is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a .20 bar pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
Flo-Con Pressure
Regulators
& Valves
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
maximum pressure drop of 3 psi should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more
than 3 psi is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a 3 psi pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
Flo-Con Pressure
maximum pressure drop of .20 bar should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more Regulators
than .20 bar is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
& Valves
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a .20 bar pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
maximum pressure drop of 3 psi should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more
than 3 psi is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a 3 psi pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
NOTE: Due to conditions encountered with refrigeration circuits utilizing hot gas for defrosting purposes, a
Flo-Con Pressure
maximum pressure drop of .20 bar should be used in the regulator selection process. If a pressure drop of more
Regulators
than .20 bar is considered, the regulator could become restrictive after the termination of a defrost cycle, thereby
& Valves
requiring an extended pull down period. The shaded areas of the suction tables designate regulator capacities
above a .20 bar pressure drop, and should not be considered for these types of systems.
A8 Pressure Regulators
Features and Benefits
• Dual range spring for flexibility in application.
• Highest capacity commercial regulator in the
industry.
• Molded Class H coil construction.
• Internally pilot operated.
• Manual opening stem.
• Interchangeable capacity cartridges.
• Inlet, outlet, or differential control capability.
• Sweat-in place without disassembly.
• Inlet access fitting as standard.
• Electric shut-off and electric wide open variations.
• Excellent regulation at light loads.
• DIN coil assemblies available.
Specifications Standard Voltages
• Control range: 10" Hg to 400 psig (250mm Hg to • 120V/60Hz, 110V/50Hz
27.6 bar). • 240V/60Hz, 220V/50Hz
• Minimum fluid temperature: -40° F (-40° C). • 208V/60Hz
• Design Pressure (M.R.P.): 450 psig (31.0 bar). • 240V/60Hz, 220V/50Hz (DIN)
• UL listed (except 50 Hz version), file # SA5473. • 240V/50Hz (DIN)
• CSA certified, file LR20991-14.
A8 Valve Nomenclature
A8 A BL 7/8" 1 1/8"
Valve Body Optional Variation Port Size Connection Size
Family Size (see chart) in Inches in Inches
Valve Types: A8A, A81, A82. All are inlet pressure regulators.
Optional adapter functions are as follows:
“ S” Suffix Inlet Regulator with Electric Shut-Off
“ B” Suffix Inlet Regulator with Electric Bypass Feature
“ L” Suffix Differential Pressure Regulator
“ BL” Suffix Differential Regulator with Electric Bypass Feature
“ OE” Suffix Outlet Pressure Regulator
“ OES” Suffix Outlet Pressure Regulator with Electric Shut-Off
Description/Variations: A8 Pressure regulators can Installation: For those A8 regulators having an intregal
conveniently be identified by three primary types: inlet, pilot solenoid feature, the solenoid operators utilize a
outlet, and differential regulator versions. Inlet pressure spring loaded solenoid plunger design, which assists
regulators open on a rise in inlet pressure above the the plunger in closing off tightly against the solenoid
valves set point, and close when the inlet pressure pilot seat regardless of position or orientation. The
drops below the valve's set point. regulator can therefore be installed in either a horizon-
tal or vertical pipe line regardless of valve variation.
Outlet pressure regulators maintain a constant outlet or Those A8 regulators that have no pilot solenoid can
downstream pressure. Outlet regulators will open when also be installed in a similar manner.
outlet pressure falls below the valves set point and
close when the outlet pressure is above it’s set point. When brazing in line, typically a wet cloth wrapped
around the valve body is recommended to dissipate
Differential pressure regulators will open when the heat. If a valve is disassembled prior to installation,
pressure difference across the regulator is greater than always have the correct gasket/ O-ring kit available
the valves set point. Conversely, they will close when for reassembly. The internal cartridge-to-body O-ring
the pressure difference across the valve is below the will need to be replaced prior to reassembly.
valve's set point.
Adjustment: Adjustment of a regulator's set point re-
In addition, these three categories of valves, inlet, quires that the pressure being controlled be monitored
outlet, and differential, can also have optional variations by an accurate pressure gauge. Turning the valve's ad-
added to the basic regulator, such as an electric shut- justing screw clockwise (into the bonnet) compresses
off feature, or bypass (electric wide opening) feature. the range spring and subsequently raises the valves
Please refer to the inside front cover of this condensed set point. Conversely, turning the adjusting stem
catalog for a complete listing of all A8 regulator varia- counter-clockwise will decrease the valve's set point.
tions and their typical applications. Adjusting the set point of an A8AS, A81S, or A82S
Pressure Ranges: All A8 series inlet and outlet regulator must be made with the solenoid energized,
pressure regulators feature a wide pressure range, 10" and the manual opening stem turned in . The adjust-
Hg to 400 psig (250mm Hg to 27.6 bar), thus allowing ment of an A8AB, A81B, or A82B must be made with
flexibility in application. Differential pressure regulators the solenoid de-energized, and the manual opening
offer a single range spring capable of being set within stem turned in.
a range of 0 to 120 psig (0 to 8.3 bar). Since it is the Electrical: All A8 regulator versions utilize a molded
pressure difference across the valve which is being water resistant class “H” solenoid coil with a “general
controlled with any differential regulator version (not purpose” coil housing as standard. A class “H” DIN
inlet pressure), this range is appropriate for any appli- coil is also available with certain voltages. Coils are
cation, whether applied on the low side or high side of designed to operate with line voltage from 85% to
the system. For example, discharge regulators will 110% of rated coil voltage. Operating with a coil voltage
certainly be exposed to pressures exceeding 120 psig above or below these limits may result in coil burnout.
under normal operation. However, they are most typi- Also, operating with a coil voltage below this limit will
cally set to control at about a 25 psi differential for hot result in lowering the valves' maximum opening pres-
gas supply purposes for defrost. Since this 25 psi set sure differential, or MOPD.
point easily falls within the range of this regulator, it is
an appropriate pressure range for the application. Ordering Guide: Specify valve type, port and connec-
Flo-Con Pressure
tion size, and voltage, if applicable.
Regulators
& Valves
NOTE: For A8 valve suction capacity tables, please reference pages 290-297 of this catalog.
A9 Pressure Regulators
Standard Voltages
Features and Benefits • 120V/60Hz, 110V/50Hz
• Pilot operated for precise control of set point. • 240V/60Hz, 220V/50Hz
• External or internal equalizer. • 208V/60Hz
• Available with integral electric shut-off. • 240V/60Hz, 220V/50Hz
• Sweat-in place without disassembly. (DIN)
• Molded class H coil construction. • 240V/50Hz (DIN)
• DIN coil assemblies available.
Specifications
• Two pressure ranges:
Range A = 10" Hg vacuum to 120 psig
(250 mm hg to 8.3 bar) (hot gas bypass range).
Range B = 80 psig to 220 psig (5.6 to 15.2 bar)
(typical application - receiver pressure regulator).
• Minimum fluid temperature: -40° F (-40° C). from the compressor suction to the external fitting on
• Design pressure (M.R.P.): 450 psig (31.0 bar) the regulator. Installed in this manner the valve senses
• All models UL listed, file # SA5473. and responds to compressor suction pressure while
• CSA certified A9S & A9SE, file # LR20991-14. piped to feed discharge gas to the inlet of the evapora-
tor. Since it is the suction pressure that the regulator is
A9 Valve Nomenclature
responding to and ultimately controlling, a range “A”
regulator should be designated when ordering an A9E
A9 S E 5/8" 7/8" or A9SE for this application.
Specifications
• Design pressure (MRP): 500 psig, (32 bar). Description: CK4A check valves allow flow in one
• Minimum fluid temperature: -40° F (-40° C). direction only, and will prevent backward flow of
refrigerant should the outlet pressure increase even
• UL listed, file # SA5473. slightly above the valve’s inlet pressure. The CK4A
• CSA certified, file # LR20991-14. check valve is a flanged spring closing valve which
utilizes a corrosion resistant, stainless steel or
CK4 Valve Nomenclature
chrome plated lapped seat. This material and type
of construction ensures reliable closing action and
CK 4A 4 minimum seat leakage.
Typical applications for large commercial refrigeration
Check Flanged Port Size
Valve Body Style
systems include condenser liquid drain check valves,
and condenser bypass lines. As a bypass check
valve, it is usually installed downstream of a receiver
CK4 Port/Connection Size Combinations pressure regulator. In this application, the CK4A
Valve check valve prevents back-flow through the receiver
Type Port Size Available ODS Flange Connection Sizes pressure regulator and into the discharge line in the
CK4A-2 1/2" (13mm) 1/2", 5/8", 7/8" (13mm, 15mm, 22mm)
event of a system shut-down.
CK4A-3 3/4" (20mm) 7/8", 1-1/8", 1-3/8" (22mm, 28mm, 35mm)
CK4A-4 1" (25mm) 1-1/8", 1-3/8", 1-5/8" (28mm, 35mm, 42mm) CK4A check valves utilize mating flanges. In most
CK4A-6 1-1/4" (32mm) 1-3/8", 1-5/8", 2-1/8" (35mm, 42mm, 54mm)
CK4A-8 2" (50mm) 1-5/8", 2-1/8", 2-5/8" (42mm, 54mm, 66mm)
instances, ODS flanges with copper couplings
CK4A-9 2-1/2" (65mm) 2-5/8", 3-1/8" (66mm, 78mm) provide various connection sizes to match the valve
CK4A-0 3" (75mm) 3-1/8", 3-5/8" (78mm, 91mm) to the line. The flanges used are two bolt refrigeration
CK4A-16 4" (100mm) 4-1/8" (103mm) style (tongue and groove) on all valves up to and
including 1" (25mm) port size, and four bolt on 1-1/4"
(32mm) through 4" (100mm) port size.
Flo-Con Pressure
Installation: Because of their spring closing con- Regulators
struction, CK4A check valves can be mounted in any
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
0.21 60.3 126.0 230.6 337.1 816.1 1241.8 1986.9 3725.5
0° C 0.05 31.9 66.6 121.9 178.2 431.5 656.6 1050.6 1969.8 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
0.21 43.3 90.4 165.5 241.9 585.6 891.1 1425.8 2673.4
0° C 0.05 23.2 48.5 88.9 129.9 314.5 478.5 765.7 1435.6 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
Regulators
& Valves
Valve Legend
Selection
Label Valve Function Application Design Page
A Inlet Pressure Regulator Liquid Drain A8 308-311
Figure 2 — Discharge gas control method, condenser B Outlet Pressure Regulator Condenser Bypass A9 or A8_OE 328-335
pressure control. (See page 346 for symbol legend.) C Check Valve Liquid Drain CK4A 320-327
D Inlet Pressure Regulator Discharge Pressure A8 312-319
E Check Valve Condenser Bypass CK4A 320-327
F Check Valve Compressor Discharge CK4A 320-327
G Solenoid Valve Liquid Feed SC 343
Flo-Con Pressure
(91.4 mm hg) 0.4 36.7 93.0 131.0 166.7 295.8 440.7 776.2 994.1
0° C 0.2 28.1 71.3 100.4 127.8 226.6 337.7 594.7 761.7 Regulators
& Valves
(1.9) 0.4 39.8 100.8 141.9 180.7 320.5 477.6 841.0 1077.2
NOTE: Shading is for readability purposes only.
Flo-Con Pressure
(2.1) 0.4 26.4 66.8 94.0 119.6 212.2 316.3 557.0 713.3
0° C 0.2 20.5 52.0 73.1 93.1 165.2 246.1 433.4 555.1 Regulators
& Valves
(5.2) 0.4 29.0 73.5 103.4 131.7 233.6 348.0 613.0 785.0
NOTE: Shading is for readability purposes only.
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.4 7.8 19.9 28.1 35.8 63.2 94.3 165.9 212.3
80° 7.4 18.9 26.7 34.1 60.3 89.9 158.2 202.4 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.4 5.9 15.0 21.2 27.1 47.8 71.4 125.5 160.6
80° 5.6 14.3 20.3 25.9 45.7 68.2 119.8 153.2 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.4 6.1 15.6 22.0 28.1 49.6 74.0 130.2 166.7
80° 5.8 14.7 20.8 26.5 46.9 70.0 123.1 157.6 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.4 6.3 16.0 22.6 28.8 51.0 76.0 133.7 171.1
80° 6.0 15.1 21.4 27.3 48.2 71.9 126.5 161.9 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.21 12.9 26.9 49.2 71.9 174.1 265.0 424.0 795.0
80° 12.3 25.6 46.9 68.6 166.1 252.7 404.3 758.1 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.21 9.7 20.3 37.2 54.4 131.7 200.4 320.7 601.3
80° 9.3 19.4 35.5 51.9 125.8 191.4 306.2 574.1 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.21 10.1 21.1 38.6 56.4 136.6 207.8 332.5 623.5
80° 9.6 19.9 36.5 53.4 129.2 196.6 314.6 589.8 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 0.21 10.4 21.7 39.7 58.0 140.3 213.6 341.7 640.7
80° 9.8 20.5 37.6 54.9 132.9 202.2 323.5 606.6 Regulators
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 1 12.7 35.8 102.0 144.6 52.1 134.0 190.3 243.0 427.6 639.5 1121.8
80° 13.0 36.4 103.8 147.0 53.0 136.2 193.5 247.1 434.9 650.3 1140.8 Regulators
& Valves
100° 13.2 37.1 105.7 149.8 54.0 138.8 197.2 251.7 443.1 662.6 1162.4
35° C -20° C 60° 0.7 11.2 31.5 89.7 126.5 45.9 117.4 166.3 212.1 374.2 559.0 981.8
(12.6) (2.1) 80° 11.4 32.0 91.3 128.6 46.6 119.4 169.1 215.7 380.5 568.4 998.3
100° 11.7 32.6 93.0 131.0 47.5 121.6 172.3 219.7 387.7 579.1 1017.1
60° 1 13.5 37.9 108.1 153.2 55.2 142.0 201.7 257.5 453.2 677.8 1188.9
80° 13.7 38.6 110.0 155.8 56.2 144.4 205.1 261.8 460.9 689.2 1209.0
100° 14.0 39.3 112.1 158.8 57.2 147.1 209.0 266.8 469.6 702.3 1232.0
35° C 0° C 60° 0.7 11.8 33.1 94.3 133.0 48.2 123.4 174.8 223.0 393.4 587.7 1032.2
(12.6) (5.2) 80° 12.0 33.7 95.9 135.2 49.0 125.5 177.7 226.7 400.0 597.5 1049.5
100° 12.2 34.3 97.8 137.8 50.0 127.9 181.1 231.0 407.6 608.8 1069.3
60° 1 14.2 39.9 113.6 161.1 58.0 149.2 211.9 270.6 476.3 712.3 1249.5
80° 14.4 40.5 115.6 163.8 59.0 151.8 215.5 275.2 484.4 724.3 1270.6
100° 14.7 41.3 117.8 166.9 60.2 154.6 219.6 280.4 493.5 738.0 1294.7
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 1 8.7 24.6 70.1 100.5 35.8 92.8 132.5 169.6 297.0 445.1 778.9
80° 9.0 25.4 72.4 103.8 37.0 95.9 137.0 175.2 306.9 460.0 804.9 Regulators
& Valves
100° 9.3 26.2 74.9 107.4 38.2 99.2 141.6 181.2 317.3 475.6 832.3
35° C -20° C 60° 0.7 7.9 22.3 63.6 90.3 32.5 83.6 118.9 151.9 267.1 399.6 700.6
(7.8) (2.1) 80° 8.2 23.0 65.7 93.3 33.6 86.4 122.9 156.9 276.0 412.8 723.9
100° 8.5 23.8 68.0 96.5 34.7 89.4 127.0 162.3 285.4 426.9 748.6
60° 1 9.5 26.9 76.8 110.1 39.2 101.7 145.2 185.7 325.3 487.6 853.2
80° 9.8 27.8 79.4 113.7 40.5 105.1 150.0 191.9 336.1 503.8 881.6
100° 10.2 28.7 82.1 117.6 41.9 108.6 155.1 198.4 347.6 521.0 911.7
35° C 0° C 60° 0.7 8.6 24.2 69.0 98.0 35.2 90.8 129.0 164.8 289.9 433.6 760.3
(7.8) (5.2) 80° 8.9 25.0 71.3 101.3 36.4 93.8 133.3 170.3 299.5 448.0 785.6
100° 9.2 25.9 73.7 104.7 37.7 97.0 137.9 176.1 309.7 463.3 812.4
60° 1 10.3 29.2 83.3 119.3 42.5 110.2 157.4 201.3 352.7 528.6 925.0
80° 10.7 30.1 86.0 123.3 43.9 113.9 162.6 208.0 364.4 546.2 955.8
100° 11.0 31.2 89.0 127.5 45.4 117.8 168.2 215.1 376.8 564.8 988.4
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 1 7.2 20.3 57.9 81.8 29.6 75.9 107.6 137.4 242.1 361.8 635.0
80° 7.5 21.0 59.9 84.7 30.6 78.5 111.4 142.2 250.5 374.4 657.2 Regulators
& Valves
100° 7.8 21.8 62.1 87.8 31.7 81.4 115.5 147.4 259.8 388.3 681.5
35° C -20° C 60° 0.7 6.8 19.0 54.1 76.1 27.7 70.7 100.0 127.6 225.2 336.3 590.9
(15.1) (2.1) 80° 7.0 19.7 56.0 78.8 28.6 73.1 103.5 132.0 233.1 348.1 611.6
100° 7.3 20.4 58.1 81.7 29.7 75.9 107.4 136.9 241.7 361.0 634.2
60° 1 8.2 23.0 65.5 92.7 33.5 85.9 121.9 155.6 274.2 409.8 719.3
80° 8.5 23.8 67.8 95.9 34.7 88.9 126.2 161.0 283.7 424.1 744.4
100° 8.8 24.7 70.4 99.5 35.9 92.2 130.8 167.0 294.3 439.8 772.0
35° C 0° C 60° 0.7 7.5 21.1 60.1 84.5 30.7 78.5 111.1 141.7 250.1 373.5 656.3
(15.1) (5.2) 80° 7.8 21.8 62.2 87.5 31.8 81.2 115.0 146.6 258.9 386.6 679.2
100° 8.1 22.6 64.5 90.7 33.0 84.2 119.2 152.0 268.5 400.9 704.3
60° 1 9.1 25.5 72.7 102.8 37.2 95.3 135.2 172.6 304.1 454.6 797.8
80° 9.4 26.4 75.3 106.4 38.5 98.7 140.0 178.6 314.7 470.4 825.7
100° 9.8 27.4 78.0 110.3 39.9 102.3 145.1 185.2 326.4 487.9 856.3
Flo-Con Pressure
60° 1 7.8 22.0 62.6 88.4 32.0 82.0 116.3 148.4 261.6 391.0 686.3
80° 8.1 22.8 65.1 92.0 33.3 85.3 121.0 154.4 272.1 406.7 713.8 Regulators
& Valves
100° 8.5 23.8 67.7 95.7 34.6 88.7 125.9 160.6 283.1 423.1 742.6
35° C -20° C 60° 0.7 7.3 20.4 58.1 81.8 29.7 76.0 107.5 137.1 242.1 361.4 635.1
(15.6) (2.1) 80° 7.6 21.2 60.5 85.1 30.9 79.0 111.8 142.6 251.8 375.9 660.5
100° 7.9 22.1 62.9 88.5 32.2 82.2 116.3 148.3 261.9 391.1 687.1
60° 1 8.8 24.6 70.2 99.3 35.9 92.1 130.6 166.6 293.6 438.9 770.4
80° 9.1 25.6 73.1 103.3 37.3 95.8 135.8 173.3 305.4 456.5 801.3
100° 9.5 26.7 76.0 107.4 38.8 99.6 141.3 180.3 317.8 474.9 833.6
35° C 0° C 60° 0.7 8.1 22.6 64.2 90.4 32.8 83.9 118.8 151.5 267.4 399.3 701.7
(15.6) (5.2) 80° 8.4 23.5 66.8 94.0 34.2 87.3 123.5 157.5 278.2 415.3 729.8
100° 8.7 24.4 69.5 97.8 35.5 90.8 128.5 163.9 289.4 432.1 759.2
60° 1 9.7 27.2 77.5 109.6 39.6 101.6 144.1 183.9 324.1 484.4 850.3
80° 10.1 28.3 80.6 114.0 41.2 105.7 149.9 191.3 337.1 503.9 884.4
100° 10.5 29.4 83.9 118.6 42.9 110.0 155.9 199.0 350.7 524.2 920.1
Figure 3 - Hot gas bypass to entrance of evaporator. (See page 346 for symbols legend).
Figure 4 - Hot gas bypass to suction with liquid injection. (See page 346 for symbols legend).
Valve Legend
Selection
Flo-Con Pressure
Label Valve Function Application Design Page Regulators
& Valves
A Outlet Pressure Regulator Hot Gas Bypass A9 or A8_OE 338-339
B Solenoid Valve Liquid Feed SC 343
Flo-Con Pressure
Regulators
Hot Gas Bypass Capacities (Kilowatts) R507
& Valves
Flo-Con Pressure
Regulators
& Valves
Figure 6 - Crankcase pressure regulator application. (See page 346 for symbol legend)
Valve Legend
Selection
Label Valve Function Application Design Page
A Outlet Pressure Regulator Crankcase Pressure A8_OE 290-297
B Solenoid Valve Liquid Feed SC 342
Valve Nomenclature
SC 1 or 2 11 11
Suction Body Port Size Connection Size
Solenoid Size in Eighths in Eighths
of an Inch of an Inch
SC Port/Connection Size Combinations*
Type Port Size Connection Sizes Available
03 (3/8", 9mm) 07, 09, 11,13, 17 (7/8"/22mm, 1-1/8"/28mm, 1-3/8"/35mm, 1-5-8"/42mm, 2-1/8"/54mm)
SC1 05 (5/8" 15mm) 07, 09, 11,13, 17 (7/8"/22mm, 1-1/8"/28mm, 1-3/8"/35mm, 1-5-8"/42mm, 2-1/8"/54mm)
or 07 (7/8", 22mm) 07, 09, 11,13, 17 (7/8"/22mm, 1-1/8"/28mm, 1-3/8"/35mm, 1-5-8"/42mm, 2-1/8"/54mm)
SC-II 09 (1-1/8", 28mm) 07, 09, 11,13, 17 (7/8"/22mm, 1-1/8"/28mm, 1-3/8"/35mm, 1-5-8"/42mm, 2-1/8"/54mm)
11 (1-3/8", 35mm) 09, 11,13, 17 (1-1/8"/28mm, 1-3/8"/35mm, 1-5-8"/42mm, 2-1/8"/54mm)
13 (1-5/8", 42mm) 13, 17, 21 (1-5/8" /42mm, 2-1/8" /54mm, 2-5/8" /66mm)
SC2 17 (2-1/8", 54mm) 17, 21 (2-1/8" /54mm, 2-5/8" /66mm)
21 (2-5/8", 66mm) 21 (2-5/8", 66mm)
*NOTE: Completely corrosion resistant SC-II solenoids with aluminum bronze bodies and cartridge assemblies have same port/
connection combinations as standard SC solenoids, but are not available in the 13, 17, or 21 port size versions.
Description: The SC series of commercial solenoids internal parts as those used in the construction of the
was developed as a flexible, low pressure drop, suction (S)PORT regulators. With this flexible line of suction line
line solenoid valve, in a wide range of port and connec- solenoids complementing the complete line of (S)PORT
tion sizes. With cartridge (port) sizes available up to regulators, a wide range of high capacity,
2-5/8" (66mm) in size, SC solenoids offer the greatest suction line refrigeration control valves are now avail-
capacity of any non-flanged commercial solenoid in the able from a single source.
industry. The unique design of the SC solenoid is a
mirror image of the (S)PORT regulator line, utilizing the Along with (S)PORT regulators, SC solenoids are
same cartridges, solenoid coil assemblies, bodies, and manufactured with ductile iron bodied valves with
brazed copper couplings, and are suitable for most
common commercial refrigerants along with certain for reassembly. The internal cartridge-to-body O-ring
oils. The SC solenoid may be opened by means of a will need to be replaced prior to reassembly.
manual opening stem for servicing or in case of an
electrical power failure. Electrical: SC commercial solenoid valves utilize a
molded water resistant Class “F” solenoid coil with an
The SC-II series of valves are manufactured with com- open frame coil housing that meets NEMA 3R and 4
pletely corrosion resistant materials including aluminum requirements. A class “H” DIN coil is also available with
bronze bodies and cartridge assemblies, and stainless certain voltages. Power consumption during normal
steel adapter bolts. Cartridges, and solenoids are inter- operation will be 10.2 watts or less.
changeable with the (S)PORT-II regulator line.
All coils except for the 208/240V/60Hz version operate
Variations: SC1/ SC-II Solenoids: Five port sizes, from with a 300 psi (20.7 bar) maximum opening pressure
3/8" (9mm) through 1-3/8" (35mm). SC2 Solenoid: three differential (MOPD). The 208/240V/60Hz coil operates
port sizes, from 1-5/8" (42mm) through 2-5/8" (66mm). with a 280 psi (19.3 bar) MOPD.
Installation: SC solenoid valves can be mounted either All coils are designed to operate with a line voltage
in a vertical or horizontal line with the refrigerant flow in from 85% to 110% of rated coil voltage. Operating with
the direction of the arrow on the body. These valves a line voltage above or below these limits may result in
may be soldered into the line without disassembly. coil burn out.
When brazing in line, typically a wet cloth wrapped
around the valve body is recommended to dissipate Ordering Guide: Specify valve type (SC1, SC-II or
heat. If a valve is disassembled prior to installation, SC2), port and connection size, coil voltage, and
always have the correct gasket/ O-ring kit available frequency.
NOTE: For SC valve suction capacity tables, please reference pages 290-297 of this catalog.
Flo-Con Pressure
21 (2-5/8") 156 220 147 207 96 136 101 143
Regulators
& Valves
Valve Nomenclature
S8 1 or 2 7/8" 1 1/8"
Solenoid Body Size Port Size Connection Size
in Inches in Inches
Description: The S8 series of commercial solenoids Installation: S8 solenoid valves can be mounted either
was developed as a versatile, general purpose, com- in a vertical or horizontal line with the refrigerant flow in
mercial refrigeration valve, capable of being applied in the direction of the arrow on the body. These valves
most liquid, hot gas, or suction applications. With may be soldered into the line without disassembly. A
cartridge (port) sizes available up to 2-5/8" (66mm) in wet cloth should be wrapped around the valve and the
size, S8 solenoids offer the greatest capacity of any soldering flame should be directed away from the valve
non-flanged commercial solenoid in the industry. The body.
unique design of the S8 solenoid is a mirror image of
the A8 regulator line, utilizing the same cartridges, If a valve is disassembled prior to installation, always
solenoid coil assemblies, bodies, and internal parts as have the correct gasket/O-ring kit available for reas-
those used in the construction of the A8’s. With this sembly. The internal cartridge-to-body O-ring will need
flexible line of commercial solenoids complementing to be replaced prior to reassembly
the complete line of commercial A8 regulators, a wide Electrical: S8 commercial solenoid valves utilize a
offering of high capacity commercial refrigeration molded water resistant Class “H” solenoid coil with a
control valves are now available from a single source. general purpose coil housing which meets NEMA 3R
Similar to the A8 regulators, S8 solenoids are manufac- and 4 requirements. A class “H” DIN coil is also avail-
tured with ductile iron bodies with brazed copper cou- able with certain voltages. Power consumption during
plings, and are suitable for most common commercial normal operation will be 10.2 watts or less. The coils
refrigerants along with certain oils. The S8 solenoid are designed to operate with a line voltage from 85% to
may be opened by means of a manual opening stem 110% of rated coil voltage. Operating with a line voltage
for servicing or in case of an electrical power failure. above or below these limits may result in coil burn out.
Variations: S81 Solenoid: Five port sizes, from 3/8" Ordering Guide: Specify valve type (S81 or S82), port
(9mm) through 1-3/8". S82 Solenoid: Three port sizes, and connection size, and coil voltage and frequency.
from 1-5/8" through 2-5/8".
NOTE: For S81 / S82 valve suction capacity tables, please reference pages 290-297 of this catalog.
Flo-Con Pressure
2-5/8" 156 220 147 207 96 136 101 143 Regulators
& Valves
How to Use this Section that size valve or voltages that cannot be provided on that style
of coil, etc. Please use the reference tables to view the option
This section is organized by product group. For most limitations.
sections, the first page is an overview. Specifications and
selection guides given in table form provide comparison of Our most commonly ordered options are offered in the catalog.
the different valves and aid in selecting a specific product. However, there are many other possibilities. If you require
Each type is then presented individually, giving additional something not shown in the catalog, please call us or send an
information such as description, flows, materials of e-mail to RSD_info@parker.com.
construction, dimensions and ordering information.
! WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR
RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or
system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application,
including consequences of any failure, and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to
the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely
responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements
of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to
change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized
distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by the provisions stated in the full "Offer of Sale" at the end of this document.
Pressure Regulators
The Refrigerating Specialties family of pressure
regulators includes valves that control inlet,
outlet or differential pressure. Each regulator is
available with an assortment of additional
variations which enable one regulator to perform
several functions.
The Type A2 are compact, small capacity A2
regulators. The Type A4 are heavy-duty, high-
flow regulators available in flanged body style in
sizes 20-100mm (¾" - 4") and weld end body
style in sizes 125-200mm (5" - 8"). The
Adaptomode® system makes it possible to
order the regulator and modules separately for A4
stock or field conversion. 20-100mm
(¾" - 4")
Gauge valves and gauges may be purchased
with the regulator or separately (see pages
440-441). A4
125-200mm
(5" - 8")
Specifications
Type A2A A2B A2CK A4 A4 A4
mm 20-32 40-100 125-200
Port Size
inch ¾" - 1¼" 15⁄8" - 4" 5" - 8"
Seat Metal-to-Metal Lapped Lapped
(PTFE on A4K) Metal-to-Metal Metal-to-Metal
Pilot Seat Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Chrome Plated
Lapped Lapped Lapped Lapped Lapped Lapped
Metal-to-Metal Metal-to-Metal Metal-to-Metal Metal-to-Metal Metal-to-Metal Metal-to-Metal
Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Cast
Body Material
Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Steel
Body Connection Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Flanged Weld End
Flow Kv 1.28 0.43 (Inlet) 6.2 - 15 28.6 - 116 171 - 471
Cv 1.5 0.5 7.2 - 17.5 33.4 - 135 200 - 550
Fluid Temperature °C -45° to 105° -45° to 105° -45° to 105° -45° to 105° -50° to 105° -50° to 105°
°F -50° to 220 -50° to 220° -50° to 220° -50° to 220° -60° to 220° -60° to 220°
Direct Direct Direct
Operation Pilot Pilot Pilot
Diaphragm Diaphragm Diaphragm
Bulletin for Reference 21-02 21-02 21-03 See Page 356 See Page 356 23-20
A 0 - 10.3 bar 1.7 bar 2.8 bar left. A custom setting may be specified by
Industrial
Products
(0 - 150 PSIG) (25 PSI) (40 PSIG) adding the set point in PSIG preceded by a
V 500mm Hg to 8.3 bar 1.7 bar 1.0 bar "-" at the end of the model number, i.e. -90.
(20" Hg to 120 PSIG) (25 PSI) (15 PSIG) Set point must be valid for the range
D 5.2 to 19.3 bar 3.7 bar 9.7 bar selected.
(75 to 280 PSIG) (53 PSI) (140 PSIG)
Description
The A2 type pressure regulators are compact, direct
diaphragm operated, for use with refrigerant liquid or vapor.
The regulators can be used with ammonia, R-22, R-134a,
R-404A, R-507, certain other refrigerants, oil and other
approved fluids with similar pressure, temperature and
corrosion characteristics. The regulators are for use in
systems where a small inlet or outlet pressure regulator is
needed.
Materials
Body ....................................................................... Gray iron
Seat ............................................................... Chrome plated
Diaphragm .................................. Stainless steel preformed
Specifications
Maximum Fluid Temperature ........................ 105° C (220° F) ! WARNING!
Minimum Fluid Temperature ........................... -45° C (-50° F) ODS flanges not suitable for use with ammonia.
Design Pressure (MRP) ....................... 27.6 bar (400 PSIG)
Application Guide
Type Function Operation Typical Applications
A2B Control inlet pressure Regulate at preset inlet pressure 1. Small capacity back pressure regulator
Field adjustable 2. Small capacity defrost relief regulator
A2A Inlet regulator, greater capacity Open on rise in inlet pressure
Regulate at preset outlet pressure 1. Gas pressure reducing regulator
A2BO Control outlet pressure Field adjustable 2. Liquid or oil pressure reducing regulator
Open on drop in outlet pressure
Selection Guide
Ranges Available Connections Available Flow Coefficient➂
Type Description (Std. is Bold) Style: FPT, SW, WN Kv Cv
A2B Small Capacity Back Pressure Regulator V, A, D 0.43 0.5
A2BK➀ Relief, Give pressure setting A, D ¼", 3⁄8", ½", ¾" 0.34 0.4
A2BP Differential Regulator for ext. connection A, D 0.43 0.5
A2BM Electrically Compensated V, A, D
A2BT Temperature Operated Regulator 1, 2 ¼", 3⁄8", ½", ¾"
A2A Small Capacity Back Pressure Regulator A, D ¼", 3⁄8", ½", ¾" 1.28 1.5
A2BO1➁ 0.09 0.1
A2BO2➁ Small Capacity Outlet Pressure Regulator V, D ¼", 3⁄8", ½", ¾" 0.17 0.2
A2BO4➁ 0.43 0.5
➀ The A2BK Reseating Relief Regulator can be used for various ! CAUTION:
relief to low side applications including cold liquid line sections When ordering a Type A2 regulator to be used as a pilot
where buildup of dangerous hydrostatic pressure is possible. regulator for an A4R, the size of the A4R main regulator
See “Safe Operation”. must be considered. For 20-50mm (¾" - 2") A4R, order an
➁ For external pressure connection, specify A2BO1E, A2BO2E or A2B2 or A2BO2E. For 65-200mm (2½" - 8") A4R, order an
A2BO4E. A2B or A2BO4E.
➂ Flow coefficients are for standard range.
117mm (4.6")
Dimensions
177mm (7")
173mm (6.8")
211mm (8.3")
241mm (9.5")
DIAPHRAGM
PUSH PIN
THERMAL ELEMENT
CAPILLARY
73mm (2.9") LENGTH = 6m (20 FT)
117mm (4.6") 19mm (0.75")
Description
The A2CK pressure relief regulator is direct diaphragm
operated, for use with refrigerant liquid or vapor. The
regulators can be used with ammonia, R-22, R-134a,
R-507 and other common refrigerants. This regulator is
used in systems where a small direct operated valve is
required as a safety device to relieve “trapped” liquid lines in
the event that a hydrostatic pressure condition develops.
The A2CK should not be piped or applied as ASME certified
safety relief valve for use on pressure vessels.
The A2CK utilizes a special pilot seat designed to provide
for a higher flow rate (Cv) than the A2BK relief regulator.
Additionally, with a relatively small ratio of diaphragm to
pilot seat area, it is designed to open and regulate refriger-
ant flow quickly through the pilot seat once its set point has
been reached. The design of the valve allows for this “quick Materials
release” feature. However, it does not offer the same type Body Material ......................................................... Gray iron
of controlled response which may be required for a stan- Seat Material ................................................ Chrome plated
dard regulator application. For those applications where a Diaphragm Material ...................................... Stainless steel
small regulator is needed for accurate upstream pressure
control, an A2A or A2B direct operated regulator should be
considered. Specifications
The A2CK is factory set and sealed with a lead seal prior to Maximum Fluid Temperature ........................ 105° C (220° F)
shipment. Since the valve should be used exclusively as a Minimum Fluid Temperature ........................... -45° C (-50° F)
small internal relief valve, it is designed with the “D” range Design Pressure (MRP) ....................... 27.6 bar (400 PSIG)
adjusting spring only. Set points must fall in the 75 to 280 Flow Coefficient ....................................................... 1.14 Cv
PSIG (5 to 19 bar) range.
Dimensions
173mm (6.8")
211mm (8.3")
73mm (2.9")
117mm (4.6")
D DIN 10 10mm
Weld Neck 15 15mm
20 20mm Custom Set Point
* FPT only. xxx Setting in PSIG
between 75 and
Gauge Size, Range, Type 280. Standard
N No Gauge factory setting is
A 2½" English, Low Pressure 140.
B 3½" English, Low Pressure
! WARNING! C 2½" English, High Pressure
ODS flanges not suitable D 3½" English, High Pressure
for use with ammonia. E 2½" Metric, Low Pressure
F 3½" Metric, Low Pressure
G 2½" Metric, High Pressure
H 3½" Metric, High Prsesure
Refrigerant
0 None
7 R-717
1 R-134a
2 R-22
4 R-404A
5 R-507
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
Description
These compact, heavy-duty, pilot-operated regulators are
suitable for use with Ammonia, R-22, R-134a, R-404A,
R-507 and other common refrigerants and fluids approved
for use in refrigeration systems. Weld End
Body Style
The A4 family of regulators includes valves that control
125-200mm
inlet, outlet or differential pressure. Each regulator is
Ports
available with an assortment of additional variations which
enable one regulator to perform several functions. The
most common arrangements are shown on pages 354-358.
Port sizes 20-100mm (3/4" to 4") are flanged body valves.
Port sizes 125 -200mm (5" - 8") are weld end body valves.
Materials
Body:
20-100mm .................... Gray Iron (ASTM A126 Class B)
Ordering Tips 125-100mm ........................ Cast Steel (A-352 GR, LCB)
A4 regulators with variations are normally ordered factory Seat .................................................. Lapped Metal to Metal
assembled and tested. However, the A4Z regulators and except A4K 20-32mm (¾" to 1¼") ......................... PTFE
the Adaptomode® modules shown on pages 372-374 are Pilot Seat ............................................ Chrome Plated Steel
available separately for stock or field conversions.
Diaphragm ................................ Stainless Steel, Preformed
Flanges are generally ordered with the regulator and are
specified as part of the model number. Male flanges are Specifications
provided for both inlet and outlet. Flanges may also be Maximum Fluid Temperature ........................ 105° C (220° F)
ordered separately from pages 433-435. Minimum Fluid Temperature:
The A4R regulators are available for remote pilot operation. 20-32mm (¾" to 1¼") ................................ -45° C (-50° F)
The pilot regulator (A2B) and pilot solenoid must be ordered 40-200mm (15⁄8" to 8") ................................ -50° C (-60° F)
separately. Design Pressure (MRP) ......................... 27.6 bar (400 psig)
Variations B, S and D, alone or in combination with other
variations, require a selection of voltage, coil and pilot light. Flow Coefficients
For variations with two solenoids, each selection applies to Reduced Capacity Plugs
both. Not all voltages are available for each type of coil and/ Port Flow
Size Coefficient 50% 35% 17%
or pilot light. Refer to the table on page 376 for availability. For
Kv (Cv) Kv (Cv) Kv (Cv) Kv (Cv)
other variations, enter “0” into those fields of the model code.
20 6.2 (7.2) 3.1 (3.6) 1.0 (1.2)
A4 regulators are generally ordered with an upstream
25 8.6 (10.0)
strainer to prevent entrance of foreign materials into the
valve and the rest of the system. 32 15.0 (17.5) 5.2 (6.1)
Back flow through these regulators will occur when outlet 40 28.6 (33.4) 10.0 (11.7)
pressure exceeds inlet pressure by several PSI. To avoid 50 42.4 (49.5)
backflow under these conditions, order the check valve 65 60.0 (70.0) 21.0 (24.5)
option to install downstream of the regulator. 75 86.0 (100.0) 30.0 (35.0)
Regulators will be set to standard set points for the selected 100 116.0 (135.0) 41.0 (48.0)
range (see page 349). For variations “K” and “BK”, a
125 171.0 (200.0)
custom setting can be indicated at the end of the model
number by adding the value in PSI preceded by a “-”, 150 308.0 (360.0)
i.e. -100. For Range V, indicate PSI as above, or inches 200 471.0 (550.0)
Hg by adding the setting in inches preceded by “-Hg”, i.e.
-Hg10.
Application Guide
There are many possible combinations of A4 regulator variations. The electric shut-off (S), electric wide-opening (B) and
dual pressure (D) variations are often combined with each other. Or they may be used in combination with the compensated
(M, P, 3P and T), outlet pressure (O) or differential pressure (L) regulators. Remote configurations of most variations are
available using the A4R regulator separate from pilot controls.
Type
Variation Type Function Operation Typical Applications
Suffix
added. Moduplates® .
A4 A4O A4L
Basic Inlet Basic Outlet Differential Pressure
A4B A4S
Electric Wide Opening Electric Shut-Off
A4D
Dual Pressure
Regulator Variations
Ordering Information Required
Catalog Pressure Voltage, Pilot Set Temp. Bulletin
Added Variation Code Pages* Range(s) Coil Light Motor Point Range Number
Electric Shut-Off S 356-357 ● ★ ★ 23-06
Electric Wide Opening B 356-357 ● ★ ★ 23-06
Dual Pressure Regulator D 356-357 ●● ★ ★ 23-06
Reseating Relief Regulator K1 356-357 ● ● 23-05
Outlet Pressure Regulator O 358-359 ● 23-07
Differential Pressure Regulator L2 360-361 ● 23-10
Electrically Compensated M3 364-365 ● ● 23-11
1:1 Pneumatically Compensated P 360-361 ● 23-08
3:1 Pneumatically Compensated 3P 360-361 ● 23-08
Temperature Operated T 362-363 ● 23-09
Electronic Pilot Operated J4 366-367 ● 23-12
Externally Equalized E 356-357 ● 23-05
Main Regulator for Remote Pilot R 356-357 23-05
Complete Regulator Assembly
Z5 12-13 ● 23-06
w/ Modudapter® & 2 Moduplates®
* Page numbers reference information for flanged body regulators, 20-100mm (¾" to 4").
For weld end bodies, 125-200mm (5" - 8"), see pages 370-371. ★ See Table on Page 376
NOTES: for available voltages for
1 Factory set and tagged. Standard 4.9 bar (70 PSIG) coils and pilot lights.
2 Determine range from pressure difference required
3 Thermostats available to order separately
4 Includes a Landis & Staefa M2FP03GX direct operated proportional solenoid as pilot valve.
Order I/O module and controller within model number. Transformer may be ordered separately.
5 See pages 372-374 for Adaptomode modules sold separately.
operate the main valve independently of the main line 1/2" MIN PIPE SIZE
KEY:
FIELD PIPING AND VALVES
NOT INCLUDED WITH REGULATOR
pressure drop. The controlled following pressure from HIGH PRESSURE LIQUID FREE GAS
the A2BOP must be enough higher than the upstream
pressure to provide reliable operation at all times, but The basic LPD assembly includes:
not so high at any time as to cause excessive leakage, • Compensated pressure regulator (A2BOP)
which would reduce evaporator capacity.
Refrigeration
• Gauge valves:
Industrial
Products
All Type A4 Regulating Valves arranged for LPD 2 with inlet regulator, 3 with outlet regulator
operation must also be sized for LPD operation. • 760mm Hg to 10.5 bar (30" Hg to 150 lb.) gauges:
The capacity of a regulator at 1/2 PSI pressure drop 2 with inlet regulator, 3 with outlet regulator
will be 50% of the capacity at 2 PSI pressure drop for
the same inlet conditions. NOTE: Not available with Variations E, L, K or R.
A Weld Neck
Flange
A
B ODS B
Flange
F
C J C J
Add for Strainer Add for Strainer
FPT
D D SW
A4B
A4S
A4Z E
A4D A
(A4D)
K Weld Neck
A Flange
H (A4S,
A4D A4B,
L A4Z)
Only ODS
B
Flange
F
C J
FPT Add for Strainer
D SW
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 13 28 14 31 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 75 39 85 65 144
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 54 120 81 179
100 32 33 A0 72 159 80 177 132 291
A4AO, A4AOE
WELD NECK
FLANGE A
H
ODS SOLDER
FLANGE B
F
SUBTRACT 13mm
ALLOW 25mm (1")
(1/2") FOR OE C J BELOW VALVE TO OPERATE
ADD FOR MANUAL OPENING STEM
FPT
D SW
STRAINER
A4AOS, A4AOES
E L
WELD NECK A
FLANGE K
H
ODS SOLDER
B
FLANGE
ALLOW 75mm (3") ABOVE VALVE
F TO OPERATE ADJUSTING STEM
SUBTRACT 13mm ALLOW 25mm (1")
(1/2") FOR OSE
C J BELOW VALVE TO OPERATE
ADD FOR MANUAL OPENING STEM
FPT
D SW
STRAINER
Low Coil
Port Reduced Inlet Outlet Gauge Press. Voltage, Pilot Lens Check
Size Type Variation Range Capacity Flange Flange Gauge Valve Drop Style Light Color Strainer Valve
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 13 28 14 31 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 75 39 85 65 144
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 54 120 81 179
100 32 33 A0 72 159 80 177 132 291
Dimensions
A4L H
E G
ODS
A
Flange
Weld Neck F
Flange
C J
FPT Add for Strainer
D
SW
A4P H
A43P
E G
ODS
A
Flange
Weld Neck F
Flange
C J
FPT Add for Strainer
D
SW
LPD?
Port Size See Availability Table! Check Valve
0* No
020 20mm (3/4") 1* Yes 0 None
025 25mm (1") Flange Type Connection 1 w/CK-1
* N/A with "L"
032 32mm (1-1/4") 4 w/CK-4
X Less 00 None variation.
040 40mm (1-1/2")
050 50mm (2") Flanges Strainer?
065 65mm (2-1/2") F FPT (IPS) 06 ¾" Coil Voltage
075 75mm (3") N No
S SW (IPS) 08 1" 0 No Coil
100 100mm (4") S Yes
W Weld Neck (IPS) 10 1¼" Standard
12 1½" 1 120/60
16 2" R 120/6/60 Lens Color
Variation 20 2½" 2 208/60 0 No Pilot Light
L Differential 24 3" S 208/6/60 G Green (std)
BL Differential & 32 4" 3 240/60 R Red
Electrical Wide Opening K ODS (US) 07 7/8" T 240/6/60 A Amber
P Inlet Reg., 1:1 Pneumatic 09 11/8" 4 440/60 W White
Compensation 11 13/8" 6 115/50
PB Inlet Reg., Wide Opening & Not suitable 13 15/8" 7 230/50
1:1 Pneumatic Comp. for use with 17 21/8" U 230/6/50 Remote Pilot Light▲
PS Inlet Reg., Electric Shut-Off ammonia. 21 25/8" 8 240/50 0 None
& 1:1 Pneumatic Comp. 25 31/8" Non-Standard 1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
PE Inlet Reg., 29 35/8" A 24/60 2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
Externally Equalized & 33 41/8" B 288/60 5 PLT-5
1:1 Pneumatic Comp. D DIN Weld Neck Enter size C 480/60
3P Inlet Reg., 3:1 Pneumatic ▲ With coils 1, 3 & 8 only.
M Insert Metric from table D 24/50 See table on page 376 for
Compensation C EC-Br Copper below. E 42/50
3PS Inlet Reg., Electric Shut-Off voltages.
F 48/50
& 3:1 Pneumatic Comp. G 12V DC
OP Outlet Reg., 1:1 Pneumatic Reduced Capacity Coil Style ★
H 24V DC
Compensation Plugs (see page 8) K 48V DC 0 No Coil or Housing
OPS Outlet Reg., W 120V DC 1 Encapsulated
Electric Shut-Off & 0 Full Capacity
1 17% J 230V DC w/36" Leads
1:1 Pneumatic Comp. P 115/6/50
3 35% L* Encapsulated w/36"
5 50% Q 440/6/60 Leads & Pilot Light
2 Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
Pressure Range Gauge Size, Range, Type Gauge Valve D* Encapsulated
A* 0-10.3 Bar 0 No Gauge N No Valve w/DIN Connector
(0-150 PSIG) A 2½" Low Pressure, English A 1/4" Angle Body & Pilot Light
D 5.2-19.3 Bar B 3½" Low Pressure, English 3 Ind. Open Frame
(75-280 PSIG) C 2½" High Pressure, English w/18" Leads
V 500mm Hg to 8.3 Bar Refrigerant
D 3½" High Pressure, English 5 Explosion Proof
(20 in Hg to 120 PSIG) E 2½" Low Pressure, Metric 0 No Gauge 8 Compact C,D Operator
* Not available on outlet regulators F 3½" Low Pressure, Metric 7 R-717 w/18" Leads
(OP, OPS). G 2½" High Pressure, Metric 1 R-134a
2 R-22 9 Compact C,D Operator
H 3½" High Pressure, Metric
4 R-404A w/DIN Connector
5 R-507 ★ See page 376 for available
coils by voltage.
* Integral pilot light. Lens color
Flange Availability & Weights designated separately
Table shows flange size codes available by flange type for each port size code
Flange Connections Available Weight
Port Socket Weld (IPS) DIN Insert Regulator w/Flanges w/Str. & Flg.
FPT (IPS) ODS (US) EC-Br Copper
Code Weld Neck (IPS) Weld Neck Metric kg lb kg lb kg lb
020 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Refrigeration
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 13 28 14 31 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 75 39 85 65 144
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 54 120 81 179
100 32 33 A0 72 159 80 177 132 291
Temperature Module
Dimensions
A4T, A4OT
F
G ODS
Flange
H A
E
C J
Add for Strainer
D
Low Limit
Port Size See Availability Table! Regulator Check Valve
020 20mm (3/4") 0 No 0 None
025 25mm (1") Flange Type Connection 1 Yes 1 w/CK-1
032 32mm (1-1/4") 4 w/CK-4
040 40mm (1-1/2") X Less 00 None
050 50mm (2") Flanges Coil Voltage
Strainer?
065 65mm (2-1/2") F FPT (IPS) 06 ¾" 0 No Coil
075 75mm (3") N No
S SW (IPS) 08 1" Standard
100 100mm (4") S Yes
W Weld Neck (IPS) 10 1¼" 1 120/60
12 1½" R 120/6/60
16 2" 2 208/60 Lens Color
Function 20 2½" S 208/6/60 0 No Pilot Light
Direct: Opens on Rise in Temp. 24 3" 3 240/60 G Green (std)
T Temperature Operated 32 4" T 240/6/60 R Red
TS Shut-Off & K ODS (US) 07 7/8" 4 440/60 A Amber
Temperature Operated 09 11/8" 6 115/50 W White
TB Wide Opening & 11 13/8" 7 230/50
Temperature Operated Not suitable 13 15/8" U 230/6/50
DT Dual Pressure & for use with 17 21/8" 8 240/50 Remote Pilot Light▲
Temperature Operated ammonia. 21 25/8" Non-Standard 0 None
DTB Wide Opening, Dual 25 31/8" A 24/60 1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
Pressure & Temp. Op. 29 35/8" B 288/60 2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
DTS Shut-Off, Dual Pressure & 33 41/8" C 480/60 5 PLT-5
Temperature Operated D DIN Weld Neck Enter size D 24/50
▲ With coils 1, 3 & 8 only.
Inverse: Closes on Rise in Temp. M Insert Metric from table E 42/50
See table on page 376 for
OT Temperature Operated C EC-Br Copper below. F 48/50
voltages.
OET Temperature Operated, G 12V DC
Externally Equalized H 24V DC
Reduced Capacity K 48V DC Coil Style ★
OTS Temperature Operated
& Electric Shut-Off Plugs (see page 8) W 120V DC 0 No Coil or Housing
0 Full Capacity J 230V DC 1 Encapsulated
1 17% P 115/6/50 w/36" Leads
3 35% Q 440/6/60
L* Encapsulated w/36"
5 50% Leads & Pilot Light
2 Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
Range Gauge Size, Range, Type Gauge Valve
D* Encapsulated
1 Low Temperature: 0 No Gauge N No Valve w/DIN Connector
-30° to +30° C (-20° to +80° F) A 2½" Low Pressure, English A 1/4" Angle Body & Pilot Light
2 High Temperature: B 3½" Low Pressure, English 3 Ind. Open Frame
+20° to +60° C (+60° to +140° F) C 2½" High Pressure, English w/18" Leads
D 3½" High Pressure, English Refrigerant
For "D" Variations (Temp + Pressure) 5 Explosion Proof
E 2½" Low Pressure, Metric 0 No Gauge
3 Low Temperature + Range A 8 Compact C,D Operator
F 3½" Low Pressure, Metric 7 R-717
4 Low Temperature + Range D w/18" Leads
G 2½" High Pressure, Metric 1 R-134a
5 Low Temperature + Range V 9 Compact C,D Operator
H 3½" High Pressure, Metric 2 R-22
6 High Temperature + Range D w/DIN Connector
4 R-404a
5 R-507 ★ See page 376 for available
coils by voltage.
* Integral pilot light. Lens color
Flange Availability & Weights designated separately
Table shows flange size codes available by flange type for each port size code
Flange Connections Available Weight
Port Socket Weld (IPS) DIN Insert Regulator w/Flanges w/Str. & Flg.
FPT (IPS) ODS (US) EC-Br Copper
Code Weld Neck (IPS) Weld Neck Metric kg lb kg lb kg lb
020 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Refrigeration
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 13 28 14 31 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 75 39 85 65 144
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 54 120 81 179
100 32 33 100 72 159 80 177 132 291
Dimensions
A4M
ODS
G
Flange
A
H Max.
191mm Weld Neck
(7.5")
B Flange
C
D
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 13 28 14 31 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 75 39 85 65 144
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 54 120 81 179
100 32 33 A0 72 159 80 177 132 291
Dimensions
A4J
F
ODS
G Flange
B
Weld Neck
Flange
E
C
D
FPT & SW 3/4" 216 8.5 1-1/4" 256 10.1 1-1/2" 307 12.1
D* FOR PIPE 1" 216 8.5 1-1/2" 256 10.1 2" 307 12.1 2-1/2" 331 13.0 3" 389 15.3 4" 450 17.7
SIZES 1-1/4" 216 8.5
WN FOR 3/4" 254 10.0 1-1/4" 300 11.8 1-1/2" 364 14.3
E* FOR PIPE 1" 261 10.3 1-1/2" 304 12.0 2" 371 14.6 2-1/2" 401 15.8 3" 478 18.8 4" 571 22.5
SIZES 1-1/4" 261 10.3
ODS FOR 7/8" 239 9.4 1-3/8" 269 10.6 1-5/8" 358 14.1 2-5/8" 348 13.7 3-1/8" 414 16.3
F* TUBE 1-1/8" 239 9.4 1-5/8" 279 11.0 2-1/8" 338 13.3
4-1/8" 503 19.8
SIZES 1-3/8" 231 9.1 2-1/8" 305 12.0 2-5/8" 358 14.1 3-1/8" 389 15.3 3-5/8" 432 17.0
1-5/8" 239 9.4
Electronic Accessories
For use with “J” variation regulators
Controllers Part #
4-20 mA ............................. 105624
0-18 VDC ........................... 105625
Transformer Part #
240/24 ................................ 301787
120/24 ................................ 301788
Port Size
020 20mm (3/4") See Availability Table! LPD Check Valve
025 25mm (1")
032 32mm (1-1/4") 0 No 0 None
040 40mm (1-1/2") Flange Type Connection 1 w/CK-1
050 50mm (2") 4 w/CK-4
X Less 00 None
065 65mm (2-1/2") Flanges Coil Voltage
075 75mm (3") Strainer
100 100mm (4") F FPT (IPS) 06 ¾" 0 No Coil
S SW (IPS) 08 1" N No
Standard S Yes
W Weld Neck (IPS) 10 1¼" 1 120/60
12 1½" R 120/6/60
Function 16 2" 2 208/60 Lens Color
J Electronic Pilot Operated 20 2½" S 208/6/60
24 3" 0 No Pilot Light
JS Electronic Pilot Operated 3 240/60
32 4" G Green (std)
with Electric Shut-Off T 240/6/60 R Red
DJ Electronic Pilot Operated K ODS (US) 07 7/8" 4 440/60 A Amber
with Dual Pressure 09 11/8" 6 115/50 W White
11 13/8" 7 230/50
Not suitable 13 15/8" U 230/6/50
I/O Control Module for use with 17 21/8" 8 240/50 Remote Pilot Light▲
1 4-20 mA I/O Module ammonia. 21 25/8" Non-Standard 0 None
2 4-20 mA with Controller 25 31/8" A 24/60 1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
3 4-20 mA with Controller and 29 35/8" B 288/60 2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
120/24 Transformer 33 41/8" C 480/60 5 PLT-5
4 4-20 mA with Controller and D DIN Weld Neck Enter size D 24/50
240/24 Transformer ▲ With coils 1, 3 & 8 only.
M Insert Metric from table E 42/50
5 0-10 VDC I/O Module C EC-Br Copper below. See table on page 376 for
F 48/50
6 0-10 VDC with Controller voltages.
G 12V DC
7 0-10 VDC with Controller and H 24V DC
120/24 Transformer Reduced Capacity Coil Style ★
K 48 VDC
8 0-10 VDC with Controller and Plugs (see page 8) W 120V DC 0 No Coil or Housing
240/24 Transformer 0 Full Capacity J 230V DC 1 Encapsulated
1 17% P 115/6/50 w/36" Leads
3 35% Q 440/6/60
L Encapsulated w/36"
5 50%
Leads & Pilot Light*
2 Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
Pressure Range* Gauge Size, Range, Type Gauge Valve D Encapsulated
A 0-10.3 Bar (0-150 PSIG) 0 No Gauge N No Valve w/DIN Connector
D 5.2-19.3 Bar (75-280 PSIG) A 2½" Low Pressure, English A 1/4" Angle Body & Pilot Light*
V 500mm Hg to 8.3 Bar B 3½" Low Pressure, English 3 Ind. Open Frame
(20 in Hg to 120 PSIG) C 2½" High Pressure, English Refrigerant w/18" Leads
D 3½" High Pressure, English
*For dual pressure variation (DJ), 0 No Gauge 5 Explosion Proof
E 2½" Low Pressure, Metric
enter pressure range for each pilot 7 R-717 8 Compact C,D Operator
F 3½" Low Pressure, Metric
regulator, i.e. VA (low/high). 1 R-134a w/18" Leads
G 2½" High Pressure, Metric
H 3½" High Pressure, Metric 2 R-22 9 Compact C,D Operator
4 R-404a w/DIN Connector
5 R-507
★ See page 376 for available
coils by voltage.
* Integral pilot light. Lens color
Flange Availability & Weights designated separately
Table shows flange size codes available by flange type for each port size code
Flange Connections Available Weight
Port Socket Weld (IPS) DIN Insert Regulator w/Flanges w/Str. & Flg.
FPT (IPS) ODS (US) EC-Br Copper
Code Weld Neck (IPS) Weld Neck Metric kg lb kg lb kg lb
020 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Refrigeration
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 9.1 20 10 22 14 29
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 13 28 14 31 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 28 62 31 68 45 100
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 75 39 85 65 144
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 54 120 81 179
100 32 33 A0 72 159 80 177 132 291
Dimensions
A4
NOTE: A4E
A4P
Allow 75mm (3") overhead clearance
for access to adjusting stem. A
E
G
Allow 100mm (4") overhead clearance
for coil or seal cap removal.
B
H
D
A4R A4OE
C
A A
G G
A4B
A4S L K
A4D
K A A
H (A4B, (A4D)
A4S)
L
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS
125 (5") 150 (6") 200 (8")
DIMENSIONS TYPE mm inches mm inches mm inches
A4, A4E, A4P 438 17.25 514 20.25 572 22.50
A4R 414 16.25 489 19.25 546 21.50
A A4S, A4B 476 18.75 552 21.75 610 24.00
A4D 502 19.75 578 22.75 635 25.00
A4OE 463 18.25 539 21.25 597 23.50
B 114 4.50 152 6.00 197 7.750
C 190 7.50 254 10.00 356 14.00
D 381 15.00 483 19.00 622 24.50
E 318 12.50 394 15.50 451 17.75
F 273 10.75 349 13.75 406 16.00
G 305 12.00 381 15.00 438 17.25
H 267 10.50 318 12.50 381 15.00
K 100 4.00 100 4.00 100 4.00
L 140 5.50 140 5.50 140 5.50
150 A4 BS A A2 A 0 21 0 0 S
Moduplate® (MP)
Provides blankoff or cross-over of
pilot circuit on Type A4S or Type A4B.
Attaches to Modudapter. Same for all
regulator sizes. To order, specify Part # 200518.
Specifications:
Range ......... -34° to 21° C (-30° to 70° F)
Capillary ................... 1.5m (5') standard To order, specify Part # 301808.
Bulb ............ 12.7mm dia. x 106mm long
(½" dia. x 43⁄16" long)
Sensitivity adjustable ...... 1.7° to 16.7° C
(3° to 30° F)
Various electronic controllers available
Well, Separable
For use with T27 Thermostat Type Part Number
Stainless steel, 3/8" x 5" For T27 301800
For Temperature
For use with temperature 203237
Operated Valves
operated valves (A4T)
Stainless steel, 5/8" x 3"
Handwheel
Eliminates the need for field piping. 40-50mm (15⁄8" - 2") 200443 200455
65mm (2½") 200445 200457
75mm (3") 200447 200459
100mm (4") 200449 200461
Voltages
Coils are available from stock with most standard voltages (see table below). Non-standard voltages
(shown in the shaded area of table) are available as special order. Coils are also available with 6V
secondary voltage for use with remote pilot lights PLT-1 and PLT-2. Consult factory for other voltages.
NOTE: Pilot lights cannot be used with explosion proof or unleaded coils.
120/6/60
208/6/60
240/6/60
230/6/50
115/6/50
440/6/60
120VDC
230VDC
12VDC
24VDC
48VDC
120/60
208/60
240/60
440/60
115/50
230/50
240/50
288/60
480/60
24/60
24/50
42/50
48/50
Code
Solenoid Valves
The Refrigerating Specialties family of solenoid
valves includes direct operated and pilot operated
valves. Selections for most refrigeration applica- SV2
tions are available – liquid, suction, hot gas and
S6N
compressor unloading. Low or no pressure S8F
differential, equalizing and vent solenoid in sizes
up to 50mm (2").
Explosion proof SV2X and S4X hazardous S7
environment type solenoids carry NEMA Type 4
and 7 classification.
Coils are stocked in standard voltages. Non-
standard voltages may be special ordered. See
table on page 394 or consult factory. S4
Weld
End
Common Specifications
Design Pressure (MRP) ............ 27.6 Bar (400 psig)
SV2 only .............................. 31.0 Bar (450 psig)
Maximum Fluid Temperature ............. 105° C (220° F)
Standard Coil Housing ................... NEMA 3R and 4 S5
Specifications
Type S6N S8F S7 SV2 S5 S5 S4 S4 S4
mm 5 13 20-25 13-32 32 40-75 20-32 40-100 125-200
Port Size
inch 3⁄16 " ½" ¾" - 1" ½" - 1¼" 1¼" 15⁄8" - 3" ¾" - 1¼" 15⁄8" - 4" 5" - 8"
Seat Material PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE PTFE Metal PTFE Metal Metal
Ductile Ductile Gray Ductile Gray Gray Gray Gray Cast
Body Material
Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Steel
Minimum Pressure bar 0 0.7 0 .24 0.07 0.07 0.14 0.28 0.14
Drop to Open Wide psi 0 1 0 3.5 1 1 4 2 2
Minimum Fluid °C -50° -50° -30° -45° -30° -30° -45° -50° -50°
Temperature °F -60° -60° -25° -50° -25° -25° -50° -60° -60°
Direct Spring Electrically Spring Gravity Gravity Spring Spring Spring
Operation
Operated Closing Held Open Closing Closing Closing Closing Closing Closing
Bulletin for Reference 30-90 30-91 30-92 30-06 30-93 30-93 30-94 30-94 30-05
Selection Guide
Refrigerant VALVE MOST RECOMMENDED – Listed by Port Size
Valve Refrigerant Temperature 5mm 13mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 75mm 100mm 125-200mm
Type Application Range 3⁄ 16 " ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 15⁄8" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5"- 8"
Conventional warm S8F S4 S4 S4
S6N S4 S4 S4 S4 S4 S4
high pressure SV2 SV2 SV2 SV2
Solenoid Liquid Above -50° C (-60° F) S6N S8F — — — S4 S4 S4 S4 S4 S4
S8F S4 S4 S4
Above -45° C (-50° F) S6N S4 S4 S4 S4 S4 S4
SV2 SV2 SV2 SV2
Suction* Above -30° C (-25° F) S6N S8F S7 S7 S5 S5 S5 S5 S5 S4 S4
Refrigeration
Description
This compact, heavy duty, direct-acting solenoid valve is
suitable for industrial refrigerants for liquid lines, refrigerant
oil lines, and as a pilot valve to actuate remote gas powered
valves and other pilot actuated devices. The plunger-needle Materials
assembly is also used with most other Refrigerating Body ...................................................... Plated Ductile Iron
Specialties industrial solenoid valves. This valve is usually Seat ........................................................................... PTFE
ordered with a close-coupled stainless steel screen strainer. Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel
(See page 436 for strainer information).
Specifications
Minimum Pressure Drop
to Open Wide ................................................. 0 bar (0 PSI)
Minimum Fluid Temperature ........................ -50° C (-60° F)
Coil (See page 394) .............................. Class “B” Housing
Flow Coefficient ......................................... 0.5 Kv (0.6 Cv)
Dimensions
61mm
(2.41") 98mm
(3.86")
37mm (1.47")
76mm (3.00") FPT or SW
FPT or SW
WN 1/2 ODS 5/8 ODS 7/8 ODS B
93mm 101mm 114mm 136mm
(3.69") (4.00") (4.50") (5.37") 127mm (5.00")
FPT or SW
A
How to Order
Type S6N solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Weight:
Less Strainer ........................................... 2.5 kg (5 lbs)
With Strainer ........................................... 3.3 kg (7 lbs)
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
Description
This compact, heavy duty, pilot-operated solenoid valve is
suitable for industrial refrigeration for liquid, suction and hot
gas lines, and refrigerant oil lines. The plunger-needle
assembly is also used with most other Refrigerating Materials
Specialties industrial solenoid valves. This valve is usually Body ...................................................... Plated Ductile Iron
ordered with a close-coupled stainless steel screen strainer. Seat ........................................................................... PTFE
(See page 436 for strainer information). Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel
Specifications
Minimum Pressure Drop
to Open Wide .............................................. 0.7 bar (1 PSI)
Minimum Fluid Temperature ......................... -50° C (-60° F)
Coil (see page 394) .............................. Class “B” Housing
Flow Coefficient ......................................... 2.3 Kv (2.7 Cv)
Dimensions
61mm
(2.41") 98mm
(3.86)
FPT or SW
76mm (3.00) 37mm (1.47)
FPT or SW
How to Order
Type S8F solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Port Size ★
Coil Voltage★ Coil Style Check Valve
013 13mm (½") 0 No Coil 0 No Coil or Housing 0 None
Standard 1 Encapsulated 4 w/CK4
1 120/60 w/36" Leads
R 120/6/60 L* Encapsulated w/36"
Flange Type Connection
2 208/60 Leads & Pilot Light
X Less 00 None S 208/6/60 Strainer
Flanges 2 Encapsulated
3 240/60 N No Strainer
w/DIN Connector
F FPT (IPS) 02▲ 1/4" T 240/6/60 S w/Strainer
4 440/60 D* Encapsulated
S SW (IPS) 03 3/8" w/DIN Connector
W Weld Neck (IPS) 04 1/2" 6 115/50
7 230/50 & Pilot Light
06 3/4"
U 230/6/50 3 Ind. Open Frame Lens Color
K ODS (US) 04 1/2" 8 240/50 w/18" Leads
05 5/8" 0 No Remote Light
07 7/8" Non-Standard * Integral pilot light. Lens color G Green (std)
A 24/60 designated separately R Red
D DIN Weld Neck 10 10mm B 288/60 A Amber
15 15mm C 480/60 W White
20 20mm D 24/50
▲ FPT only. E 42/50
F 48/50 Remote Pilot Light◆
G 12V DC
H 24V DC 0 None
J 230V DC 1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
K 48V DC 2 PLT-2(NEMA 4)
! WARNING! 5 PLT-5
P 115/6/50
ODS flanges not suitable Q 440/6/60
for use with ammonia. ◆ With coils 1 & 3 only. See
★ See table on page 394 page 394 for voltages.
for available coil style/
voltage combinations.
Weight:
Less Strainer .................................................. 2.5 kg (5 lbs)
With Strainer .................................................. 3.3 kg (7 lbs)
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
● Pilot Operated
● Molded Class “H” Coil Construction
● Pilot Light Available
● Manual Opening Stem
● MOPD 20.7 bar (300 PSIG);
MRP 31.0 bar (450 PSIG)
● All Service from the Top
Description
This compact, heavy duty, pilot-operated solenoid valve is
suitable for ammonia and other common refrigerants,
certain oils and other fluids approved for use in refrigera-
tion. This valve may be opened by means of a manual
opening stem for servicing or in case of electrical power
failure. The valve can be ordered with a close-coupled
stainless steel screen strainer (see page 436).
The Type SV2 valve is available with an optional extension
tube to raise the solenoid operator and coil housing
assembly 50mm (2") above the valve body to accommodate Specifications
insulation. When the option is desired, the Type SV2A Minimum Pressure Drop to Open Wide ... .24 bar (3.5 PSI)
solenoid valve should be specified.
Minimum Fluid Temperature ......................... -45° C (-50° F)
Coil (see page 394) .............................. Class “H” Housing
Materials Flow Coefficients
Body ................................................................. Ductile Iron 13 mm (½") .......................................... 2.6 Kv (3.0 Cv)
Seat ........................................................................... PTFE 20 mm (¾") .......................................... 6.0 Kv (7.0 Cv)
Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel 25 mm (1") ...................................... 10.3 Kv (12.0 Cv)
32 mm (1¼") ................................... 16.3 Kv (19.0 Cv)
Dimensions
H
MAX. PORT SIZE
13mm 20mm & 25mm 32mm
Dimension (1/2") (3/4"& 1") (1-1/4")
A* mm 166 203 219
inch 6.56 8.00 8.62
*FOR SV2A ADD B mm 59 79 89
56mm (2.2") inch 2.31 3.12 3.50
E C mm 57 87 149
Weld Neck Flanges inch 2.25 3.43 5.87
D mm 95 146 203
F (FPT,SW) inch 3.75 5.73 7.97
N BETWEEN 1-1/4 1-1/2
J TUBE STOPS
E mm 113 192 246 251
(WN) inch 4.44 7.53 9.67 9.87
A* 1/2 5/8 7/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8
F mm 121 134 156 168 215 225 251
(ODS) inch 4.75 5.25 6.12 6.63 8.47 8.87 9.87
B G mm 50 99 178
inch 2.00 3.90 7.00
O.D.S. Solder Flanges H mm 76 117 95
inch 3.00 4.60 3.75
C G
FPT FLANGES ADD FOR J* mm 98 124 130
D SW FLANGES STRAINER inch 3.87 4.87 5.12
P 1/2 5/8 7/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8
PIPE N mm 10 13 20 20 24 25 25 28 34
ENGAGEMENT
(ODS) inch 0.37 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.93 1.00 1.00 1.09 1.34
Allow 38mm (1.5”) above valve for removal of coil housing assembly. P mm 13 13 15
Allow 25mm (1”) below valve to operate manual opening stem. (SW) inch 0.50 0.50 0.60
How to Order
Type SV2 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Port Size Not all flange sizes are Coil Voltage Check Valve
013 13mm (½") available for each port size. 0 No Coil 0 None
020 20mm (¾") See Flange Availability table Standard 1* w/CK1
025 25mm (1") for allowable combinations. 1 120/60 4 w/CK4
032 32mm (1¼") R 120/6/60 * N/A on Size 013
2 208/60
Flange Type Connection S 208/6/60
Variation X Less 00 None 3 240/60 Strainer
Blank Standard Valve Flanges T 240/6/60 N No Strainer
A w/Extension Tube F FPT (IPS) 02 ¼" 6 115/50 S w/Strainer
S SW (IPS) 03 3/8" 7 230/50
W Weld Neck (IPS) 04 ½" 8 240/50
06 ¾" Non-Standard Lens Color
08 1" A 24/60
C 480/60 0 No Remote Light
10 1¼"
D 24/50 G Green (std)
12 1½"
R Red
K ODS (US) 04 ½" H 24V DC
A Amber
05 5/8" W 120V DC
W White
07 7/8"
09 11/8"
11 13/8" ★
Coil Style★
Remote Pilot Light
13 15/8" 0 No Coil
17 21/8” 5 Explosion Proof 0 None
1 PLT-1(NEMA 1)
D DIN Weld Neck Enter size 6 Compact A,B Operator
2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
M Insert Metric from table w/18" Leads
7 Compact A,B Operator 5 PLT-5
C EC-Br Copper below.
w/DIN Connector ◆ With coil 6 only. See page
*See table below for availability 394 for voltages.
★ See table on page 394 for
available coil style/voltage
combinations.
! WARNING!
ODS flanges not suitable
for use with ammonia.
Description
This heavy duty solenoid valve is suitable for ammonia and
other common refrigerants, certain oils and other fluids
approved for use in refrigeration. The S7 is a pilot operated,
positive lift valve. The valve may be opened by means of a
manual opening stem for servicing or in case of electrical
power failure.
It is advisable to install a strainer upstream of each valve to
prevent entrance of foreign material into the valves and the
rest of the system. Refrigerating Specialties strainers are Specifications
available to close-couple to valve inlets (see page 436).
Minimum Pressure Drop
to Open Wide ................................................. 0 bar (0 PSI)
Materials
Minimum Fluid Temperature ........................ -30° C (-25° F)
Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
Coil (See page 394) .............................. Class “B” Housing
Seat ........................................................................... PTFE
Flow Coefficients
Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel 20 mm (¾") ......................................... 6.8 Kv (8.0 Cv)
25 mm (1") ........................................ 8.6 Kv (10.0 Cv)
Dimensions
H
MAX.
P
PIPE E
ENGAGEMENT 18”
REF. WELD NECK
FLANGES
N
J
F BETWEEN
TUBE STOPS
A
B
O.D.S. SOLDER
FLANGES
C ADD FOR
STRAINER
D 98mm (3.9”)
FPT FLANGES
SW FLANGES
A B C D E F H J N P
(FPT, SW) (WN) (ODS) (ODS) (SW)
MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH MM INCH
282 11.1 102 4.0 157 6.2 216 8.5 261 10.3 239 9.4 117 4.6 180 7.1 25 1.0 13 0.5
How to Order
Type S7 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
! WARNING!
ODS flanges not suitable
for use with ammonia.
Description
This heavy duty, pilot-operated, gravity closing solenoid
valve is suitable for ammonia and other common refriger- Specifications
ants, certain oils and other fluids approved for use in Minimum Pressure Drop
refrigeration. The valve may be opened by means of a to Open Wide ............................................ 0.07 bar (1 PSI)
manual opening stem for servicing or in case of electrical
power failure. The valve can be ordered with a close- Minimum Fluid Temperature ......................... -30° C (-25° F)
coupled stainless steel screen strainer (see page 436). Coil (see page 394) .............................. Class “B” Housing
External Connection
Materials for Outlet Pressure (S5E) ...................................... ¼" FPT
Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
Flow Coefficients
Seat 32mm (1¼") .................................... 16.3 Kv (19.0 Cv)
32mm (1¼") ........................................................... PTFE 40 mm (15⁄8") ................................... 31.7 Kv (37.0 Cv)
40-75mm (15⁄8" - 3") ................................................ Metal 50 mm (2") ...................................... 43.7 Kv (51.0 Cv)
Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel 65mm (2½") .................................... 70.7 Kv (82.0 Cv)
75mm (3") ........................................ 98.0 Kv (115 Cv)
Dimensions
H
PORT SIZE MAX.
32mm 40 & 50mm 65mm 75mm
Dimension (1-1/4") (1-5/8" & 2") (2-1/2") (3")
P
A mm 348 411 437 511 F.P.T.
inch 13.7 16.2 17.2 20.1 OR S.W.
B mm 117 127 137 198
inch 4.6 5.0 5.4 7.8
C mm 203 251 251 311
inch 8.0 9.9 9.9 12.2 J
D mm 256 307 331 289
(FPT,SW) inch 10.1 12.1 13.0 15.3
1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2
E mm 300 304 364 371 401 478 A
(WN) inch 11.8 12.0 14.3 14.6 15.8 18.8
1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 B
F mm 269 279 304 358 338 358 348 389 414 432
(ODS) inch 10.6 11.0 12.0 14.1 13.3 14.1 13.7 15.3 16.3 17.0
G mm 178 251 314 314
C G ADD FOR
inch 7.0 9.9 12.4 12.4 FPT STRAINER
D
H mm 117 140 159 176 SW
inch 4.6 5.5 6.2 7.0 E
N
J mm 231 284 300 312
inch 9.1 11.2 11.8 12.3 BETWEEN
1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 TUBE
STOPS
N mm 25 28 33 28 33 38 38 43 43 48
F
(ODS) inch 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.9
WELD NECK O.D.S. SOLDER
1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 FLANGES FLANGES
P mm 15 15 15 15 25 29
(SW) inch 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.1
How to Order
Type S5 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Port Size Not all flange types and sizes Coil Voltage Check Valve
032 32mm (1¼") are available for each port size. 0 No Coil 0 None
040 40mm (15/8") See Flange Availability table Standard 1 w/CK1
050 50mm (2") for allowable combinations. 1 120/60 4 w/CK4
065 65mm (2½") R 120/6/60
075 75mm (3") 2 208/60 Strainer
S 208/6/60
Flange Type Connection N No Strainer
3 240/60
Variation S w/Strainer
X Less 00 None T 240/6/60
Blank Standard Flanges 4 440/60
E External Actuating 6 115/50 Lens Color
F FPT (IPS) 10 1¼"
Pressure Supply 7 230/50
S SW (IPS) 12 1½" 0 No Pilot Light
U 230/6/50
W Weld Neck (IPS) 16 2" G Green (std)
8 240/50
20 2½" R Red
24 3" Non-Standard A Amber
K ODS (US) 11 13/8" A 24/60 W White
13 15/8" B 288/60
17 21/8" C 480/60
21 25/8" D 24/50 Remote Pilot Light◆
25 31/8" E 42/50
0 None
29 35/8" F 48/50
1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
G 12V DC
D DIN Weld Neck Enter size 2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
H 24V DC
M Insert Metric from table 5 PLT-5
J 230V DC
C EC-Br Copper below. K 48V DC ◆ With coils 1 & 3 only. See
P 115/6/50 page 394 for voltages.
Q 440/6/60
! WARNING!
ODS flanges not suitable Coil Style★
for use with ammonia. 0 No Coil or Housing
1 Encapsulated
w/36" Leads
L Encapsulated w/36"
Leads & Pilot Light*
2 Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
D Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
& Pilot Light*
3 Ind. Open Frame
w/18" Leads
★ See page 394 for available
coil style/voltage
combinations.
* Integral pilot light. Lens color
designated separately
Port
Products
FPT (IPS) ODS (US) DIN Weld Neck Insert Metric EC-Br Copper
Code Weld Neck (IPS) kg lb kg lb
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 14 30 21 46
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 29 63 43 95
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 29 63 43 95
065 20 21 25 65 75 37 81 64 140
075 24 25 29 75 53 116 80 175
Description
This heavy duty solenoid valve is suitable for ammonia and
other common refrigerants, certain oils and other fluids
approved for use in refrigeration. The S4 is a pilot operated
valve that may be opened by means of the manual opening
stem for servicing or in case of electrical power failure.
Materials
Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
Seat ......................... PTFE (13-32mm), Metal (40-100mm)
Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel
Flow Coefficients
Specifications 20 mm (¾") ......................................... 6.2 Kv (7.2 Cv)
Minimum Pressure Drop to Open Wide 25 mm (1") ........................................ 8.6 Kv (10.0 Cv)
20-32mm (¾" - 1¼") ......................... 0.14 bar (2 PSI) 32mm (1¼") .................................... 15.0 Kv (17.5 Cv)
40-100mm (15⁄8" - 4") ........................ 0.28 bar (4 PSI) 40 mm (15⁄8") ................................... 28.6 Kv (33.4 Cv)
Minimum Fluid Temperature 50 mm (2") ...................................... 42.4 Kv (49.5 Cv)
20-32mm (¾" - 1¼") ............................. -45° C (-50° F) 65 mm (2½") ................................... 59.9 Kv (70.0 Cv)
40-100mm (15⁄8" - 4") ............................ -50° C (-60° F) 75 mm (3") ....................................... 86.0 Kv (100 Cv)
Coil (See page 394) .............................. Class “B” Housing 100 mm (4") ...................................... 139 Kv (162 Cv)
Dimensions
PORT SIZE
F 20mm (3/4") 32mm 40 & 50mm 65mm 75mm 100mm
P
PIPE ENGAGEMENT N BETWEEN Dimension & 25mm (1") (1-1/4") (1-5/8" & 2") (2-1/2") (3") (4")
TUBE
STOPS A mm 376 394 442 467 579 645
inch 14.8 15.5 17.4 18.4 22.8 25.4
H
MAX. B mm 148 162 177 181 273 292
inch 5.8 6.3 6.9 7.1 10.7 11.5
C mm 164 203 251 251 311 339
O.D.S. SOLDER inch 6.2 8.0 9.9 9.9 12.2 14.1
FLANGES
D mm 216 256 307 331 389 450
(FPT,SW) inch 8.5 10.1 12.1 13.0 15.3 17.7
1¼ 1½ 1½ 2
J
E mm 261 300 304 364 371 401 478 571
(WN) inch 10.3 11.8 12.0 14.3 14.6 15.8 18.8 22.5
1 3/ 8 1 5/ 8 2 1/ 8 1 5/ 8 2 1/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 5/ 8 3 1/ 8 3 1/ 8 3 5/ 8
A
F mm 239 269 279 304 358 338 358 348 389 414 432 303
E (ODS) inch 9.4 10.6 11.0 12.0 14.1 13.3 14.1 13.7 15.3 16.3 17.0 19.8
G mm 98 178 251 314 314 363
B WELD NECK
FLANGES
inch 3.9 7.0 9.9 12.4 12.4 14.3
H mm 117 117 140 159 176 222
inch 4.6 4.6 5.5 6.2 7.0 8.8
J mm 224 231 284 300 312 353
C G inch 8.8 9.1 11.2 11.8 12.3 13.9
ADD FOR 1 3/ 8 1 5/ 8 2 1/ 8 1 5/ 8 2 1/ 8 2 5/ 8 2 5/ 8 3 1/ 8 3 1/ 8 3 5/ 8 4 1/ 8
D STRAINER
N mm 25 25 28 33 28 33 38 38 43 43 48 55
(FPT FLANGES)
(ODS) inch 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.2
(SW FLANGES)
1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 2
Note: Allow 100mm (4") above valve for removal of coil P mm 13 15 15 15 15 25 29 32
housing and coil. (SW) inch 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.1 1.3
How to Order
Type S4 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Coil Style
0 No Coil
! WARNING! 1 Encapsulated
ODS flanges not suitable w/36" Leads
for use with ammonia. L Encapsulated w/36"
Leads & Pilot Light*
2 Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
D Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
& Pilot Light*
3 Ind. Open Frame
w/18" Leads
5 Explosion Proof
* Integral pilot light. Lens color
designated separately
025 06 08 10 06 08 10 07 09 11 20 25 32 20 25 32 18 20 26 30 10 21 13 28
Industrial
Products
032 10 12 10 12 11 13 17 32 40 50 30 36 42 15 33 22 48
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 31 67 45 99
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 31 67 45 99
065 20 21 25 65 75 38 75 66 144
075 24 25 29 75 55 121 82 180
100 32 33 A0 75 164 127 278
● Pilot Operated
● Welds directly in the Line – No Flanges
● Removable Seat is Serviceable from Top Side
● Streamlined Fluid Flow Pattern
● Cast Steel Body, ASTM No. A352 Grade LCB
● PTFE Pilot Seat
● Molded Class “B” Coil Construction
● Manual Opening Stem
● MOPD 20.7 bar (300 PSIG); MRP 27.6 bar (400 PSIG)
Description
These heavy duty, spring closing solenoid valves are
suitable for control of ammonia and other common refriger-
ants, certain oils and other fluids approved for use in
refrigeration valves. They weld directly in the line and do
Specifications
not require flanges. The Type S4W are pilot operated valves
using upstream pressure for the moving force, and require a Minimum Pressure Drop
minimum of 0.21 bar (3 psi) pressure drop to fully open. to Open Wide ............................................ 0.21 bar (3 PSI)
The valves are normally closed. Temperature Range ............. -45° to 105° C (-50° to 220° F)
Coil (see page 394) .............................. Class “B” Housing
Materials
Flow Coefficients
Body ........................ Cast Steel (ASTM A352 Grade LCB) 125 mm (5") ...................................... 171 Kv (200 Cv)
Seat ............................................................................ Metal 150 mm (6") ...................................... 308 Kv (360 Cv)
Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel 200 mm (8") ...................................... 471 Kv (550 Cv)
Dimensions
How to Order
Type S4 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
150 S4 1R 2 G S
Code kg lb kg lb
Industrial
Products
Description
The PLT-1 assembly is completely self-contained, consist-
ing of a standard conduit box with multiple knockouts for
connecting to the R/S coil housing cover. The pilot light is a
standard 6-volt bulb.
The PLT-2 pilot light assembly is completely self-contained,
consisting of a cast aluminum conduit box with 1/2" FPT
connections, a gasket sealed cover and a moisture sealed
pilot light. The light is a standard 6-volt bulb.
Transformer coils can be furnished for 120, 208, 240 volts
60 Hertz and 115 and 230 volts 50 Hertz – all with a 6-volt
secondary winding.
The PLT-5 pilot lights wire directly to line voltage. The bulb PLT-2 PLT-5
is 6 Watts for 120V applications and 10 Watts for 208/240V
applications. The large base uses an S6 double contact
bayonet bulb. No special transformer coil is required. The
PLT-5 weatherproof unit has a cast aluminum box with
stamped aluminum cover and rubber gasket. The assembly
uses rubber washers to maintain weatherproof condition
and is designed for outdoor use.
Ordering Information
Lens
Type Voltage Color
PLT-2 1 G
PLT-1
LENS
6-VOLT BULB
CONDUIT BOX
PLT-2
CONDUIT BOX
O-RING SEALS
COVER O-RING SEALS
95mm LIGHT
(3.750")
LOCKWASHER
1/2-14 NPT NUT
BOTH SIDES
VIEW A ENLARGED
98.4mm
(3.875")
GASKET
PLT-5
LENS
COVER LIGHT
101mm
(3.974") WASHER
CONNECT LEADS
FROM SOLENOID
COIL TO TERMINALS
Refrigeration
NUT
1/2-14 NPT
BOTH SIDES
ENLARGED VIEW
GASKET
98.4mm (3.875")
Class “ B” Coil The supply circuits must be properly sized to give adequate
The molded water resistant Class “B” solenoid coil, avail- voltage at the coil even when other electrical equipment is
able on most Refrigerating Specialties solenoid valves, is operating. The coil is designed to operate with line voltage
designed for long life and powerful opening force. The from 85% to 110% of rated coil voltage. Power consump-
standard coil housing meets NEMA 3R and 4 requirements. tion during normal operation will be 33 watts or less.
This sealed construction can withstand direct contact with
moisture and ice. The coil housing far exceeds the require- Standard Encapsulated Coils
ments of NEMA Standard ICS.1-110.57 salt spray test for Inrush Holding Fuse
rust resistance. Current Current Size
Volts/Hertz Leads (Amps) (Amps) (Amps)
By definition, Class “B” coil construction will permit coil
temperatures, as measured by resistance method, as high 120/60 Blue 1.18 0.46 1
as 130° C (266° F). Final coil temperatures are a function of 208/60 Blue and Red 0.63 0.26 1
both fluid and ambient temperatures. The higher fluid 240/60 Red 0.60 0.23 1
temperatures require lower ambient temperatures so the 115/50 Yellow and Blue 1.22 0.21 1
maximum coil temperature is not exceeded. Conversely, 230/50 Yellow 0.65 0.26 1
low fluid temperatures permit higher ambient temperatures. For other voltages, contact factory. On transformer coil, the 6 volt
leads are always black.
Voltages
Coils are available from stock with most standard voltages NOTE: Pilot lights cannot be used with explosion proof or
(see table below). Non-standard voltages (shown in shaded unleaded (DIN connector) coils.
area of table) can be special ordered. Coils are also ■ These voltages for the Class “H” coils are
available with 6V secondary voltage for use with remote 120/60-110/50, 240/60-220/50, 480/60-440/50.
pilot lights PLT-1 and PLT-2.
120/6/60
208/6/60
240/6/60
230/6/50
115/6/50
440/6/60
120VDC
230VDC
12VDC
24VDC
48VDC
120/60
208/60
240/60
440/60
115/50
230/50
240/50
288/60
480/60
24/60
24/50
42/50
48/50
Code
CK5
Common Specifications
Max. Opening Pressure Difference ...... 20.7 bar (300 psig)
Design Pressure (MRP) ...................... 27.6 Bar (400 psig)
Maximum Fluid Temperature ....................... 105° C (220° F) S9 Weld End
Coil Insulation ........................ Molded Waterproof Class B Body
Standard Coil Housing ............................. NEMA 3R and 4
Specifications
Type CK2 CK2 CK5 CK5 S9 S9
mm 32 40-150 32 40-150 50-100 125-200
Port Size
inch 1¼" 15⁄8" - 6" 1¼" 15⁄8" - 6" 2" - 4" 5" - 8"
Seat Material PTFE Metal PTFE Metal Metal Metal
Gray Gray Gray Gray Gray Cast
Body Material
Iron Iron Iron Iron Iron Steel
Minimum Pressure bar 0 0 0 0 0 0
Drop to Open Wide psi 0 0 0 0 0 0
Minimum Fluid °C -50° -50° -50° -50° -50° -50°
Temperature °F -60° -60° -60° -60° -60° -60°
Normally Normally Normally Normally Normally Normally
Operation
Open Open Open Open Closed Closed
Bulletin for Reference 50-12 50-12 50-23 50-23 31-90 30-05
Selection Guide
VALVE MOST RECOMMENDED – Listed by Port Size
Refrigerant
Refrigerant Temperature 15mm 20mm 25mm 32mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 75mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm
Application Range ½" ¾" 1" 1¼" 15⁄ 8" 2" 2½" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8"
Above -50° C (-60° F) CK2 CK2A CK2 CK2 CK2 CK2 CK2 CK2 —
Normally Open*
Use larger size ➙ CK5 CK5 CK5 CK5 CK5 CK5 CK5 CK5 —
Suction
Above -50° C (-60° F)
Normally Closed*
Use larger size ➙ ➙ ➙ ➙ S9 S9 S9 S9 S9 S9 S9
Recommendations assume no highly viscous oil, dirt, moisture or * Use CK2 only above -30° C (-25° F) if not powered by near oil free hot gas,
Refrigeration
foreign substance in refrigerant; also no abnormal shock impact such as in rotary screw compressor systems.
Industrial
Products
● Normally Open
● Low Pressure Drop
● Heavy Return Spring
● Manual Opening Stem
● Use in Vertical or Horizontal Line
● Main Valve Can be Installed on Side
● Maximum Rated Pressure (MRP): 27.6 bar (400 psig)
Description
These piston type, pressure powered, normally open, heavy
duty valves are built with control valve precision. All are
equipped with flanges and manual lift stem. The 32mm
(1¼") port size has a PTFE main seat; 40 mm (15/8") port
and larger have a metal to metal seat.
Specifications
Minimum Pressure Drop
to Open Wide ................................................. 0 bar (0 PSI)
Minimum Fluid Temperature ......................... -50° C (-60° F) Materials
Coil (See page 376) .............................. Class “B” Housing Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
Flow Coefficient Seat
32mm (1¼") ....................................... 16.3 Kv (19.0 Cv) 32mm (1¼") .......................................................... PTFE
40mm (15/8") ..................................... 31.7 Kv (37.0 Cv)
40-150mm (15/8”-6") ............................................ Metal
50mm (2") .......................................... 43.7 Kv (51.0 Cv)
65mm (2½") ....................................... 70.2 Kv (82.0 Cv) Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel
75mm (3") ............................................ 103 Kv (120 Cv)
100mm (4") .......................................... 171 Kv (200 Cv)
125mm (5") .......................................... 244 Kv (285 Cv)
150mm (6") .......................................... 342 Kv (400 Cv)
Dimensions
J
ODS
SOLDER
FLANGES
D
A E
MAX.
B H
F.P.T. OR S.W.
W.N.
F FLANGES
C
FPT
G
SW
DIMENSIONAL DATA
PORT SIZE A B C D E F G H J
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
32 1¼ 312.7 12.31 122 4.8 203 8.0 96.5 3.8 86.4 3.4 304 12.0 256 10.1 15 0.6 33 1.3
40 15 / 8 359.9 14.17 139.7 5.5 251 9.9 129.5 5.1 129.5 5.1 371 14.6 307 12.1 15 0.6 38 1.5
50 2 359.9 14.17 139.7 5.5 251 9.9 129.5 5.1 129.5 5.1 371 14.6 307 12.1 15 0.6 38 1.5
65 2½ 396.5 15.6 142.2 5.6 251 9.9 160 6.3 147.3 5.8 401 15.8 331 13.0 25 1.0 43 1.7
75 3 475.0 18.7 216 8.5 311 12.2 167.6 6.6 167.6 6.6 478 18.8 389 15.3 29 1.1 48 1.9
100 4 518.2 20.4 217 8.6 359 14.1 208.3 8.2 190.5 7.5 571 22.5 450 17.7 32 1.3 55 2.2
125 5 586.7 23.15 298.4 11.7 381 15.0 198.1 7.8 228.6 9.0 576.6 22.7 485 19.1 30.5 1.2 — —
150 6 628.6 24.7 355.6 14.0 514.3 20.2 180.3 7.1 294.6 11.6 706.1 27.8 617 24.3 35.6 1.4 — —
How to Order
Type CK2 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Not all flange types and sizes Pilot Option Coil Voltage Strainer
are available for each port size. 0 No Pilot Solenoid 0 No Coil N No Strainer
See Flange Availability table 1 Pilot Solenoid only Standard S w/Strainer
for allowable combinations. 2 Pilot Solenoid 1 120/60
w/Strainer R 120/6/60
2 208/60
Port Size Flange Type Connection S 208/6/60
032 32mm (1¼") X Less 00 None Pilot Strainer Connection* 3 240/60 Lens Color
040 40mm (15/8") Flanges T 240/6/60
Flange Type Connection 0 No Pilot Light
050 50mm (2") 4 440/60
F FPT (IPS) 10 1¼" G Green (std)
065 65mm (2½") F FPT (IPS) 02★ ¼" 6 115/50
S SW (IPS) 12 1½" R Red
075 75mm (3") S SW (IPS) 03 3/8" 7 230/50
W Weld Neck (IPS) 16 2" A Amber
100 100mm (4") W Weld Neck 04 ½" U 230/6/50
20 2½" W White
125 125mm (5") (IPS) 06 ¾" 8 240/50
24 3"
150 150mm (6") 32 4" K ODS (US) 04 ½" Non-Standard
40 5" 05 5/8" A 24/60
48 6" 07 7/8" B 288/60
K ODS (US) 11 13/8" *Must be specified even if pilot C 480/60 Remote Pilot Light ▲
13 15/8" solenoid is not ordered. See D 24/50
E 42/50 0 None
17 21/8" note below.
F 48/50 1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
21 25/8" ★FPT only. 2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
25 31/8" G 12V DC
H 24V DC 5 PLT-5
29 35/8"
33 41/8" J 230V DC ▲ Available with coils 1 & 3
P 115/6/50 only. See table on page 376
D DIN Weld Neck Enter size Q 440/6/60 for voltages.
from table
C EC-Br Copper below.
Coil Style★
0 No Coil or Housing
1 Encapsulated
! WARNING! w/36" Leads
ODS flanges not suitable L Encapsulated w/36"
for use with ammonia. Leads & Pilot Light*
2 Encapsulated
w/DIN Connector
D Encapsulated
NOTE: Where pilot solenoid valve is designated
w/DIN Connector
in this model code, its companion flanges will be & Pilot Light*
supplied to correspond to pilot connection as
3 Ind. Open Frame
selected within this model number. Customer w/18" Leads
may designate pilot style “0” and order pilot
★ See table on page 376 for
solenoid valve separately. coil style/voltage
combinations.
* Integral pilot light. Lens color
designated separately
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 25 55 28 60
Industrial
Products
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 74 36 79
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 50 109
100 32 33 A0 71 157 74 162
125 40 128 282 131 287
150 48 204 450 207 455
● Normally Open
● Low Pressure Drop
● Manual Opening Stem
● Integrated Pilot Solenoid on 32mm to 100mm
(1 -1/4" to 4") Sizes
● Use in Vertical or Horizontal Line
● Can be Installed on Side
● Maximum Rated Pressure (MRP): 27.6 bar (400 psig)
Description
These piston-type, discharge gas powered, normally open,
heavy duty valves are built with control precision. The
32mm through 100mm (1¼" through 4") port size valves are
equipped with an attached modular pilot solenoid, A2D pilot
regulator, and manual lift stem. The 125mm and 150mm
(5" and 6") port size versions of this unique suction stop
valve utilize a larger capacity, remotely piped pilot operated
solenoid, the R/S type S8F. In addition, the pilot regulator
for these two larger sized valves is mounted on top of valve
with the strainer disc assembly piped into the side of the
adapter.
Materials
Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
Seat
32mm (1¼") .......................................................... PTFE
40-150mm (15¤ 8"-6") ........................................... Metal
Needle ......................................................... Stainless Steel
Specifications
Minimum Pressure Drop
to Open Wide ................................................. 0 bar (0 PSI)
Minimum Fluid Temperature ......................... -50° C (-60° F)
H
Coil (See page 376) .............................. Class “H” Housing
Flow Coefficient
32mm (1¼") ....................................... 16.3 Kv (19.0 Cv) E G
40mm (15¤ 8") .................................... 31.7 Kv (37.0 Cv)
E
50mm (2") .......................................... 43.7 Kv (51.0 Cv)
65mm (2½") ....................................... 70.2 Kv (82.0 Cv) F
75mm (3") ............................................ 103 Kv (120 Cv)
100mm (4") .......................................... 171 Kv (200 Cv)
125mm (5") .......................................... 244 Kv (285 Cv)
150mm (6") .......................................... 342 Kv (400 Cv)
B A
A
Dimensions
D
Dimension 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
A 17.6 19.7 19.7 20.2 24.9 27 23.2 26.8 D
B 8.4 7.7
C
C 8 9.9 9.9 9.9 12.1 14.1 15 20.2
D 6.3 6.9 6.9 7.1 10.7 11.5 11.7 14 32-100mm Body
E 4.6 5.5 5.5 6.2 7 8.8 9 11.6 (1¼" - 4")
F 4.4 4.6 4.6 4.9 5.6 6.2 C
G 5.4 5.5 5.5 5.9 6.6 7.7 125-150mm Body
H 4.8 5.3 5.3 5.2 4.8 5.5 (5" - 6")
How to Order
Type CK5 valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those symbols
that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 25 55 28 60
Industrial
Products
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 25 55 28 60
065 20 21 25 65 75 34 74 36 79
075 24 25 29 75 47 104 50 109
100 32 33 A0 71 157 74 162
125 40 128 282 131 287
150 48 204 450 207 455
Description
This heavy duty gas powered valve is suitable for Ammonia,
R-22, R404a, and R507, other refrigerants, certain oils and
other fluids approved for use in refrigeration. They are pilot
operated semi-steel bodied valves. The valves may be
opened by means of the manual opening stem for servicing
or in case of electrical power failure.
The Type S9 is a pilot operated valve but uses an external
source of higher pressure gas to operate the valve, and,
therefore requires no minimum pressure drop to open. The
external gas pressure must be at least 0.69 bar (10 psi)
above valve internal upstream pressure for positive open-
ing. This valve is normally closed.
Specifications Materials
Minimum Pressure Drop Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
to Open Wide ................................................. 0 bar (0 PSI)
Seat ............................................................................ Metal
Minimum Fluid Temperature ......................... -50° C (-60° F)
Coil (See page 376) .............................. Class “B” Housing
Flow Coefficient
50mm (2") .......................................... 38.5 Kv (45.0 Cv)
65mm (2½") ....................................... 55.6 Kv (65.0 Cv)
H
75mm (3") ........................................... 85.6 Kv (100 Cv)
100mm (4") .......................................... 154 Kv (180 Cv)
Allow 100mm (4.0") above valve
for removal of coil knob & coil.
305mm (12.0")
Dimensions 140mm 178mm (7.0")
(5.5")
160mm (6.3")
Dimension 50mm (2") 65mm (2-1/2") 75mm (3") 100mm (4") Bleed
Pilot
MM 429 455 570 615 Solenoid Pressure
A 241mm Pilot
INCH 16.9 17.9 22.4 24.2 3/8" FPT (9.5") Solenoid
MM 175 180 269 292 (Std.)
B
INCH 6.9 7.1 10.6 11.5
MM 251 251 311 366 82.5mm
C (3.25")
3/8" FPT
INCH 9.9 9.9 12.2 14.4 (Std)
D MM 307 331 389 450
(FPT,SW) INCH 12.1 13.0 15.3 17.7 A
CONN. 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 4
E MM 364 371 401 478 571
B
(WN) INCH 14.3 14.6 15.8 18.8 22.5
CONN. 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
F MM 358 338 358 348 389 414 432 503 C G
(ODS) INCH 14.1 13.3 14.1 13.7 15.3 16.3 17 19.8 FPT
Add for
D SW Strainer
MM 251 314 314 363
G
INCH 9.9 12.4 12.4 14.3 Allow 25mm (1.0") below valve
MM 140 159 176 222 to operate manual opening stem
H
INCH 5.5 6.2 7.0 8.8 E
MM 254 274 300 323 N
J
INCH 10.0 10.8 11.8 12.7
CONN. 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
N MM 28 33 38 38 43 43 48 55 F
Between Tube
(ODS) INCH 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.2 Stops
How to Order
Type S9 flanged body valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only
those symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the
chart.
Port Size Not all flange types and sizes Pilot Option Strainer
050 50mm (2") are available for each port size. 0 No Pilot Assembly N No Strainer
065 65mm (2½") See Flange Availability table 1 With Pilot Assembly S w/Strainer
075 75mm (3") for allowable combinations.
100 100mm (4")
Pilot Strainer Connection*
Flange Type Connection Lens Color
Flange Type Connection
X Less 00 None 0 No Pilot Light
F FPT (IPS) 02★ ¼" G Green (std)
Flanges S SW (IPS) 03 3/8" R Red
F FPT (IPS) 12 1½" W Weld Neck 04 ½" A Amber
S SW (IPS) 16 2" (IPS) 06 ¾" W White
W Weld Neck (IPS) 20 2½" K ODS (US) 04 ½"
24 3" 05 5/8"
32 4" 07 7/8"
K ODS (US) 13 15/8" *Must be specified even if pilot
17 21/8" solenoid is not ordered. See ▲
Remote Pilot Light▲
21 25/8" note below.
25 31/8" ★FPT only. 0 None
29 35/8" 1 PLT-1 (NEMA 1)
33 41/8" 2 PLT-2 (NEMA 4)
5 PLT-5
D DIN Weld Neck Enter size Volts/Frequency Coil Style
from table ▲ With coils 1 & 3 only. See
0 No Coil 0 No Coil or Housing
below. page 376 for voltages.
Standard 1 Encapsulated
1 120/60 w/36" Leads
R 120/6/60 L* Encapsulated w/36"
! WARNING! 2 208/60 Leads & Pilot Light
S 208/6/60
ODS flanges not suitable 2 Encapsulated
3 240/60
for use with ammonia. w/DIN Connector
T 240/6/60
4 440/60 D* Encapsulated
6 115/50 w/DIN Connector
7 230/50 & Pilot Light
NOTE: U 230/6/50 3 Ind. Open Frame
8 240/50 w/18" Leads
Where pilot solenoid assembly is designated
Non-Standard
by this model code, its companion flanges * Integral pilot light. Lens color
A 24/60
will be supplied to correspond to pilot designated separately
B 288/60
connection as selected within this designa- C 480/60
tion. Coil and remote pilot light selections will D 24/50
apply to both solenoids. Customer may E 42/50
F 48/50
designate pilot style “0” and order pilot G 12V DC
assembly separately (see page 392). H 24V DC
J 230V DC
K 48V DC
P 115/6/50
Q 440/6/60
★ See page 376 for coil style/voltage combinations.
Description
These heavy duty, normally closed, gas powered valves are
suitable for control of ammonia and other common refriger-
ants, certain oils and other fluids approved for use in
refrigeration.
The Type S9 are pilot operated but use an external source
of higher pressure gas to operate the valve and, therefore,
require no minimum pressure drop to open. The external
gas pressure must be at least 0.71 bar (10 psi) above valve
Specifications
internal upstream pressure for positive opening. Minimum Pressure
to Open Wide .......................................... 0.71 bar (10 PSI)
The S9 valve can be ordered without a pilot assembly and
the pilot assembly ordered separately (see page 392). Fluid Temperature Range .... -45° to 100° C (-50° to 220° F)
Coil (See page 376) .............................. Class “B” Housing
Flow Coefficients
Materials 125 mm (5") ...................................... 171 Kv (200 Cv)
Body ................................................................... Cast Steel 150 mm (6") ...................................... 308 Kv (360 Cv)
Seat ............................................................................ Metal 200 mm (8") ...................................... 471 Kv (550 Cv)
Dimensions
How to Order
Type S9 weld end body valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only
those symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the
chart.
Port Pilot Pilot Coil Voltage, Pilot Lens
Size Type Connection Assembly Coil Style Light Color Strainer
150 S9 F03 1 12 0 0 S
Weights
Weight
Port Less Pilots With Pilots
Code kg lb kg lb
125 60 134 150 234
150 103 229 182 404
200 163 372 304 672
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
Description
The S9 Pilot Assembly can be ordered separately from the
valve for stock or field assembly. Assembly includes a S6N
pressure pilot solenoid with close coupled strainer, a S6N
bleed pilot solenoid, required piping and flange connections.
See Note below.
The 50mm (2") S9 valve uses a 050 size assembly. Valves
65mm (2½") and larger use the 065 size assembly.
305mm (12.0")
140mm 178mm (7.0")
(5.5")
160mm (6.3")
Bleed Bleed Pilot Solenoid
Pilot
Solenoid Pressure
241mm Pilot Pressure Pilot Solenoid
(9.5") Solenoid with Strainer
3/8" FPT
(Std.)
82.5mm
(3.25")
How to Order
Type S9 pilot assembly can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Coil Voltage, Pilot Lens
Size Type Flanges Coil Style Light Color
065 PS9 F03 12 0 0
CK1
CK3
CK4 CK4
13-100mm 125-200mm
(½" - 4") (5" - 8")
Specifications
Type CK4A CK4A CK4A CK1 CK1 CK3
mm 13 20-100 125-200 20-32 40-150 —
Port Size
inch ½" ¾" - 4" 5" - 8" ¾"- 1¼" 15/8" - 6" ½ - 1 FPT
Stainless Stainless Stainless Metal to
Seat Material PTFE PTFE
Steel Steel Steel Metal
Body Material Steel Ductile Iron Ductile Iron Gray Iron Gray Iron Steel
Design Pressure bar 34.5 34.5 34.5 20.7 20.7 20.7
(MRP) psi 500 500 500 300 300 300
Fluid Temperature °C -55° to 105° -55° to 105° -55° to 105° -30° to 105° -30° to 105° -30° to 105°
Limits °F -60° to 220° -60° to 220° -60° to 220° -25° to 220° -25° to 220° -25° to 220°
Close Coupling to Valve* Yes Yes No Yes Up to 100mm No
Close Coupled Inlet Strainer Yes Yes No Yes Up to 100mm No
Minimum Pressure bar 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.34
Drop to Open Wide psi 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 5
Bulletin for Reference 50-16 50-16 50-20 50-10 50-10 50-13
*Close coupling using male adapter ring to outlet of R/S control valves.
Selection Guide
Type Port Sizes Typical Applications Mounting
CK4 13-200mm 1. Liquid lines Any position
(½" - 8") 2. High speed compressor discharge lines
(Not recommended for slow speed compressor discharge lines)
3. Pump discharge lines NOTE: Not
4. Suction lines down to -55° C (-60° F) recommended
5. Hot gas lines from pan to evaporator for side port
6. Defrost relief regulator venting to an imtermediate pressure applications
7. Prevent receiver pressure from backing up into a cold condenser on screw
8. Prevent liquid returning to compressor during shutdown compressors
9. Prevent liquid from flowing down into drain pan
Refrigeration
10. Prevent reverse flow in suction line due to unusual load conditions
Industrial
Products
Description
These compact valves are spring closing with a lapped, 13-100mm
stainless steel or chrome plated seat for positive closing (1/2" - 4")
action and low leakage. A minimum pressure difference of
0.05 bar (0.75 psi) is required to hold the valve in the open
position. Removable seat plate with combination O-ring and
metal-to-metal knife edge seal allows the valve to be
disassembled for maintenance. They may be ordered with a 125-200mm
male adapter ring for close-coupling to other Refrigerating (5" - 8")
Specialties valves and may be installed in any position.
Materials
Body .................... Steel (15mm), Ductile Iron (20-200mm)
Seat ............................................................. Stainless steel
Specifications B
E
Design Pressure (MRP) ........................ 34.5 bar (500 PSI) P
Fluid Temperature Range .... -55° to 105° C (-60° to 220° F)
Flow Coefficients
13 mm (½") .......................................... 2.9 Kv (3.4 Cv)
20 mm (¾") .......................................... 6.1 Kv (7.1 Cv) A
25 mm (1") ............................................ 11 Kv (13 Cv)
32 mm (1¼") ......................................... 16 Kv (19 Cv)
50mm (2") ............................................. 40 Kv (46 Cv) C
65mm (2½") .......................................... 60 Kv (70 Cv)
75mm (3") ............................................. 96 Kv(112 Cv) D FPT
100mm (4") ......................................... 180 Kv(210 Cv) SW
F
125mm (5") ......................................... 240 Kv(280 Cv) N
150mm (6") ......................................... 389 Kv(455 Cv)
200mm (8") ......................................... 670 Kv(783 Cv)
13 - 100mm Size
Dimensions
PORT SIZE
Dimension 13mm 20-25mm 32mm 50mm 65mm 75mm 100m
(1/2") (3/4 - 1") (1-1/4") (2") (2-1/2") (3") (4")
mm 75 113 95 114 148 148 179
A
inch 29.3 4.43 3.75 4.50 5.81 5.81 7.06
mm 38 62 95 114 148 148 179
B
inch 1.50 2.43 3.75 4.50 5.81 5.81 7.06
mm 27 32 50 60 70 81 89
C
inch 1.06 1.25 2 2.37 2.75 3.19 3.50
D mm 63 59 79 114 145 157 177
(FPT, SW) inch 2.47 2.32 3.10 4.47 5.72 6.16 6.97
Conn.
3/8, 1/2, 3/4 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Size
mm 82 97 117 117 126 136 171 177 215 245 298
E
inch 3.22 3.82 4.61 4.61 4.97 5.35 6.72 6.97 8.47 9.66 11.72
Conn.
1/2 5/8 7/8 7/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-5/8 2-1/8 2-5/8 2-5/8 3-1/8 3-1/8 3-5/8 4-1/8
Size
mm 76 82 98 99 193 99.5 111 119 130 159 193 177 205 203 250 228 248 285
F
inch 2.98 3.22 3.85 3.88 4.07 3.91 4.36 4.69 5.12 6.26 7.57 6.95 8.08 7.98 9.82 8.95 9.76 11.2
mm 9 13 29 20 24 25 28 25 28 34 28 34 37 37 42 42 48 55
N
inch .37 .50 .75 .75 .93 .96 1.09 .96 1.09 1.34 1.09 1.34 1.46 1.46 1.65 1.65 1.90 2.15
mm 13 13 15 15 25 29 32
P
inch .50 .50 .60 .60 1.0 1.1 1.3
Dimensions
How to Order
Type CK4 solenoid valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Not all flange types and connections are available for each port
size. See Flange Availability table for allowable combinations.
Port Size
Flange Type Connection Flange Type Connection
013 13mm (½")
X Less Flanges 00 None K ODS (US) 04 ½"
020 20mm (¾") 05 5/8"
R Less Flanges,
025 25mm (1") 07 7/8"
w/Male Adapter
032 32mm (1¼") 09 11/8"
Ring
050 50mm (2") Not suitable 11 13/8"
065 65mm (2½") F FPT (IPS) 02★ ¼" for use with 13 15/8"
S SW (IPS) 03 3/8"
075 75mm (3") ammonia. 17 21/8"
100 100mm (4") W Weld Neck (IPS) 04 ½"
21 25/8"
125 125mm (5") 06 ¾"
25 31/8"
08 1"
150 150mm (6") 29 35/8"
10 1¼"
200 200mm (8") 33 41/8"
12 1½"
16 2" D DIN Weld Neck Enter size
20 2½" M Insert Metric in mm
24 3" C EC-Br Copper from table
32 4" below.
★ FPT only. Y ANSI Slip-On 40 5"
(IPS) 48 6"
Z ANSI Weld Neck 64 8"
(IPS)
Weight
Products
Description
These piston type, gravity closing, heavy duty check valves
are suitable for Ammonia, R-22, R-134a, R-404A, R-507,
other refrigerants, certain oils and other fluids approved for
use in refrigeration. All CK1 check valves are flanged and
are suitable for mounting only in horizontal lines with
opening stem in the vertical position. They have a manual
opening stem for manual operation. They may be ordered
with a male adapter ring (through 4" size) for close coupling.
A minimum pressure difference of .03 bar (0.5 psi) is
required to open the valve.
Materials
Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron
J
Seat ......................... PTFE (20-32mm), Metal (40-150mm) ODS Solder Flanges
Specifications
Design Pressure (MRP) ........................ 27.6 bar (400 PSI)
E
Fluid Temperature Range .... -30° to 105° C (-25° to 220° F) MAX.
Flow Coefficients
20 mm (¾") .......................................... 8.1 Kv (9.5 Cv)
25 mm (1") ........................................... 8.6 Kv (10 Cv) H
32 mm (1¼") ......................................... 16 Kv (19 Cv) FPT or SW
F WN Flanges
40mm (15/8") ........................................ 32 Kv (37 Cv)
50mm (2") ............................................. 44 Kv (51 Cv)
65mm (2½") .......................................... 70 Kv (82 Cv)
75mm (3") ........................................... 103 Kv(120 Cv)
100mm (4") ......................................... 171 Kv(200 Cv) D
125mm (5") ......................................... 244 Kv(285 Cv)
150mm (6") ......................................... 342 Kv(400 Cv)
A
C
FPT
G
Dimensions SW
DIMENSIONAL DATA
PORT SIZE A B C D E F G H J
mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in.
20, 25 ¾, 1 191 7.5 102 4.0 158 6.2 89 3.5 117 4.6 239 9.4 216 8.5 13 .5 265 10.4
32 1¼ 219 8.6 122 4.8 203 8.0 96.5 3.8 117 4.6 305 12.0 256 10.1 15 .6 320 12.6
40, 50 15 /8 , 2 270 10.6 139.7 5.5 251 9.9 129.5 5.1 129.5 5.1 371 14.6 307 12.1 15 .6 414 16.3
65 2½ 303 11.9 142.2 5.6 251 9.9 160 6.3 147.3 5.8 401 15.8 331 13.0 25 1.0 424 16.7
75 3 384 15.1 216 8.5 311 12.2 167.6 6.6 167.6 6.6 478 18.8 389 15.3 29 1.1 500 19.7
100 4 427 16.8 217 8.6 366 14.1 208.3 8.2 190.5 7.5 571 22.5 450 17.7 32 1.3 615 24.2
125 5 496 19.5 298.4 11.7 381 15.0 198.1 7.8 228.6 9.0 576.6 22.7 485 19.1 30.5 1.2 — —
150 6 537 21.1 355.6 14.0 514.3 20.2 180 7.1 294.6 11.6 706.1 27.8 617 24.3 35.6 1.4 — —
How to Order
Type CK1 check valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Port Size
020 20mm (¾") Flange Type Connection
025 25mm (1") X Less Flanges 00 None
032 32mm (1¼")
040 40mm (15/8") R Less Flanges,
w/Male Adapter
050 50mm (2")
065 65mm (2½") Ring
075 75mm (3") F FPT (IPS) 06 ¾"
100 100mm (4") S SW (IPS) 08 1"
125 125mm (5") W Weld Neck (IPS) 10 1¼"
150 150mm (6") 12 1½"
16 2"
20 2½"
24 3"
32 4"
40 5"
48 6"
K ODS (US) 07 7/8"
09 11/8"
11 13/8"
13 15/8" ! WARNING!
17 21/8" ODS flanges not suitable
21 25/8" for use with ammonia.
25 31/8"
29 35/8"
33 41/8"
D DIN Weld Neck Enter size
M Insert Metric from table
C EC-Br Copper below.
040 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 21 47 24 53
Industrial
Products
050 12 16 12 16 13 17 21 40 50 21 47 24 53
065 20 21 25 65 75 28 62 33 72
075 24 25 29 75 42 92 45 102
100 32 33 A0 62 136 70 154
125 40 109 239 137 279
150 48 182 400 200 440
Description:
This compact, heavy duty, threaded in-line check valve is
suitable for Ammonia, R-22, R-134a, R-404A, R-507 and
other refrigerants, certain oils and other fluids approved for
use in refrigeration.
The CK3 is spring closing and can be installed in any
position. The CK3 is available with 1/2", 3/4", and 1" FPT
connections.
How to Order
Type CK3 check valves can be specified by using the symbols
Materials in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only
Body ........................................................ Zinc-plated Steel those symbols that represent the features desired, and place
them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of
Seat ........................................................................... PTFE the chart.
Port
Size Type
Specifications 06 CK3
Design Pressure (MRP) ........................ 27.6 bar (400 PSI)
Fluid Temperature Range .... -30° to 105° C (-25° to 220° F)
Flow Coefficients: Port Size
½" ......................................................... 8.1 Kv (9.5 Cv) 04 ½" Female NPT
¾" ...................................................... 9.0 Kv (10.5 Cv) 06 ¾" Female NPT
08 1" Female NPT
1" ....................................................... 9.8 Kv (11.5 Cv)
Dimensions
52.35mm
(2.061")
FPT FPT
45.34mm
96mm
(3.379") (1.785")
Description
The Type H High Capacity Safety Relief Valves are de-
signed and constructed to meet the requirements of ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and ANSI/ASHRAE 15-78
Code requirements and bear the ASME Code Symbol (UV)
indicating compliance with these codes. Employing proven
principles of design, these Safety Relief Valves are highly
reliable and dependable. Precision machined moving parts
of stainless steel, a PTFE disc and a cadmium-plated
spring prevent sticking due to corrosion or cold welding, to
assure valve opening at the set pressure long after installa-
tion. They are not suitable for corrosive ambient atmo-
spheres such as chlorine, etc. The two-bolt flanged bottom
inlet affords simple removal and replacement. Type H Valves on Type M Manifold
Two relief valves can be mounted on a Type M Dual Stop
Valve Manifold. This arrangement permits either valve to be
shut off individually and removed for repairs or inspection.
Thus, one valve is always in service as required by most
codes. Selection Data
The high capacity of the Type H valve permits the use of a On positive displacement compressor systems, pressure
small size valve which results in space saving. The valves limiting devices – such as high presure cutouts – must stop
are very sturdy and compact, requiring small headroom. the action of the pressure imposing element at no higher
The dual valve manifold assembly is especially compact than 90% of the pressure setting of the pressure relief
and easily assembled. device.
On non-positive displacement compressors, pressure
Materials limiting devices – such as high pressure cutout – may be
Body ..................................................................... Gray Iron set at the design working pressure (DWP) of the high side,
Internal Parts .............................................. Stainless Steel provided:
Seat ........................................................................... PTFE 1. The low side is protected bya properly sized pressure
at the low side DWP and
Specifications
2. There are not stop valves in the system that isolate the
Maximum Temperature ............................... 150° C (300° F) high side from the low side.
See page 413 for capacities.
Discharge piping from relief devices must not exceed
lengths specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 15-78 with discharge to
Application atmosphere.
Used with ammonia and halocarbon refrigerants in noncor- Per ANSI/ASHRAE 15-78, the formula for determining the
rosive environments, Relief Valves protect each refrigera- minimum required discharge capacity of a relief device for
tion system pressure vessel that can be isolated by valves. each pressure vessel where the vessel is valved off from
Municipal codes may govern selection and installation. the refrigerating systems is: C = FDL, where:
They may be patterned after the ASME boiler and pressure C = capacity, lb/min air
vessel code and the ANSI/ASHRAE 15-78 safety code for F = a factor from the table below
mechanical refrigeration. ANSI/ASHRAE 15-78 is highly D = outside diameter of the vessel in feet
recommended if there is no compulsory code. L = length of vessel in feet
The Type H safety relief valve is intended to prevent the
pressure of the vessel from rising more than 10% above:
Refrigerant Factor (F)
Refrigeration
Dimensions C
M N E
H
OUTLET OUTLET
J
A
K
B
INLET L
G
Single Valve INLET Manifold with
Two Valves F
H2 H3 H4 H5
Dimension
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
A 251 9.87 295 11.62 340 13.37 371 14.62
B 152 6.00 187 7.37 211 8.31 224 8.81
C 171 6.75 219 8.62 273 10.75 318 12.50
D 137 5.37 127 5.00 117 4.62 111 4.37
E 102 4.00 127 5.00 165 6.50 165 6.50
F 273 10.75 283 11.12 298 11.75 298 11.75
G 187 7.37 188 7.41 192 7.56 192 7.56
H 166 6.53 202 7.97 237 9.34 266 10.46
I 193 7.59 229 9.03 267 10.53 296 11.65
K 96 3.77 120 4.72 137 5.40 151 5.93
L 102 4.00 102 4.00 122 4.81 122 4.81
M 70 2.75 92 3.62 108 4.25 152 6.00
N 49 1.94 62 2.43 75 2.94 81 3.19
Inlet 20 ¾ 25 1 32 1¼ 32 1¼
Outlet 25 1 32 1¼ 40 1½ 50 2
Note: Flange with bolts only. Gaskets supplied with Relief Valve. Bottom Inlet
Type Connection Size
Note: Flange with bolts only. Gaskets supplied with Relief Valve.
How to Order
Safety relief valves and manifolds can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select
only those symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the
chart.
Inlet Connection Pressure
Type Flange Size Setting
H2 1 1 – 100
Type (See Table Above) Inlet Flange Connection Size Pressure Setting◆
H2 H2 Valve X Less Flange 0 Less Flange Blank Manifold
H3 H3 Valve ★
1★ Male Companion Flange 2 3/4" FPT (H2 only) 50 50 PSI 3.5 Bar
H4 H4 Valve ▲
2▲ Female Companion Flange 3 1" FPT (H3 only) 75 75 PSI 5.2 Bar
100 100 PSI 6.9 Bar
H5 H5 Valve ▲
3▲ Male plus Female 4 1¼" FPT (H4 & H5 only)
Refrigeration
Operating Specifications
Design Pressure (MRP) ........................... 27.6 Bar (400 psig)
Fluid Temperature Range ............................. -45° C to +204° C
(-50° F to +400° F)
General Specifications
Size ¼", 3⁄8", ½" ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" 2", 2½", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8" 10", 12"
Body Type Angle and Globe Angle and Globe Angle and Globe Angle and Globe
Threaded and Threaded and Socket Weld and
Connections Butt Weld
Socket Weld Socket Weld Butt Weld
Body Material Cast Steel Cast Steel Cast Steel Cast Steel
Bonnet Material Forged Steel Forged Steel Ductile Iron Fabricated Steel
Packing Material Non-Asbestos Graphite Non-Asbestos Graphite Non-Asbestos Graphite Non-Asbestos Graphite
Seat Material 25% CarbonFilled PTFE 25% CarbonFilled PTFE 25% CarbonFilled PTFE 25% CarbonFilled PTFE
Description
This complete line of steel bodied valves with bolt-on
bonnets is designed and built to maintain reliability both in Standard Bonnet Extended Bonnet
the seating and back seating functions. This entire line is
supplied with stainless steel stems and backseating
capability. Corrosion resistant, high-grade stainless steel
trim is available upon request. A unique carbon filled PTFE Extended Bonnet
seat is standard throughout the line, lending durability to the An extended bonnet is available for selected sizes and
seating surface. In addition a dual O-ring stem packing styles of hand valves (see Availability Table). This design
design along with a stem packing seal is standard on all supports 3" thick insulation above bonnet bolts for valves
valves from 1/4" thru 12". This innovative design seals both through 3" size and 4" thick insulation for 4" size valves. All
the valve stem and bonnet bore with independent O-rings, extended bonnet valves incorporate 316 Stainless Steel
which are captured in a carbon PTFE carrier. The addition bonnet bolts, stem, packing nut, extension boss and boss
of the packing provides for backup sealing capability in the retainer.
unlikely event of an O-ring failure.
T-Handle
Packing
Nut
Machined
Bonnet
Bore
Carbon PTFE
O-Ring Carrier
Carbon PTFE
Washers Extended
Bonnet
for Low Temp
Insulation
Non-asbestos
Graphite
Packing
Tapered
Plug
How to Order
Hand valves can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those symbols that
represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Body Style
Port Size Valve Type A Angle
006 6mm (¼") HE* Hand Expansion T Globe “T”
010 10mm (3⁄8") HS Hand Shut-Off Y Globe “Y”
013 13mm (½")
020 20mm (¾") * Available in port sizes 006
025 25mm (1") to 050 only. Trim Options
032 32mm (1¼") N None
038 38mm (1½") T Stainless Steel Trim
050 50mm (2") (Standard Bonnet)
065 65mm (2½") E* Extended Bonnet and
075 75mm (3") Stainless Steel Trim
100 100mm (4")
125 125mm (5") * Not available with Globe “Y” body
150 150mm (6") and selected sizes in other body
200 200mm (8") styles. Refer to chart below.
254 250mm (10")
305 304mm (12")
H1
H
H1
H
L1 L
Angle Globe "T"
Angle Globe
Valve Size L L1 H H1 D L H H1 D
1/4", 3/8", 1/2" 1.75 1.75 4.50 6.00 2.50 3.75 5.75 6.88 2.50
3/4", 1" 1.50 2.00 5.75 6.50 4.00 3.88 5.75 6.50 4.00
1¼", 1½" 1.63 2.50 8.00 8.50 5.40 5.00 8.00 8.50 5.40
H1 H1
H
L1 L
Angle Globe "T"
Angle Globe
Valve Size L L1 H H1 D L H H1 D
1/2" 1.75 1.75 7.25 8.75 2.50 3.75 7.25 8.75 2.50
3/4", 1" 1.50 2.00 8.50 9.50 4.00 3.88 8.50 9.50 4.00
1¼" 2.75 2.75 9.25 10.75 5.40 7.00 9.25 10.75 5.40
1½" 2.75 2.75 9.25 10.75 5.40 8.25 9.25 10.75 5.40
D
H H1
H1
H
H
H1
H1
H H1
L1 L
Angle Globe "T"
Angle Globe
Valve Size L L1 H H1 D L H H1 D
1/2" 1.75 1.75 7.25 8.75 2.50 3.75 7.25 8.75 2.50
3/4", 1" 1.50 2.00 8.50 9.50 4.00 3.88 8.50 9.50 4.00
Refrigeration
1¼" 2.75 2.75 9.00 10.50 5.40 7.00 9.00 10.50 5.40
Industrial
Products
1½" 2.75 2.75 9.00 10.50 5.40 8.25 9.00 10.50 5.40
2" 3.12 3.12 10.25 11.25 5.40 8.25 10.25 11.25 5.40
2½" 3.75 3.75 10.50 11.50 5.40 9.75 10.50 11.50 5.40
3" 3.88 3.88 11.00 12.50 6.75 N/A
4" 4.50 4.50 12.75 14.25 6.75 N/A
D
H H1
H1
H
H
H1
D D
H1
H
H H1
L1 L
Angle Globe "T"
Angle Globe
Valve Size L L1 H H1 D L H H1 D
1¼" 2.75 2.75 9.00 10.50 5.40 N/A
1½" 2.63 2.63 9.00 10.50 5.40 N/A
2" 3.00 3.00 10.00 11.00 5.40 N/A
2½" 3.63 3.63 10.50 11.50 5.40 N/A
3" 3.88 3.88 11.25 12.75 6.75 11.50 13.00 14.50 6.75
4" 4.50 4.50 12.75 14.25 6.75 13.00 15.25 16.75 6.75
● External Adjustment
● Easy Setting Scale
● Eliminates System Balancing
● Integral Check Valve
● “Frost Free” Neck
Description
This precision built, heavy duty, self-contained, iron bodied
Automatic Flow Regulator is used as a liquid control device
for Ammonia Overfeed Systems. This adjustable flow
regulator, once set, maintains a constant flow rate of liquid
to the evaporator; it also serves as a check valve to prevent
back flow into the liquid line from the evaporator during
pressure reversals such as occur during hot gas defrost.
Dimensions 79mm
(3.12")
Specifications
Maximum Rated Pressure (MRP) ......... 27.6 bar (400 psi)
Pressure drop range ............... 0.35 to 3.5 bar (5 to 50 psi)
317mm Operating temperature ........ - 40° to 38° C (- 40° to 100° F)
(12.47")
32mm Max.
(1.25")
Application Note
An AFR flow regulator is designed to maintain an approxi-
104mm
mately constant liquid refrigerant delivery rate into the
(4.1") evaporator. However, it is not an expansion device capable
of controlling vapor or two-phase flow. Design conditions,
which allow for the formation of flash gas as liquid flows
186mm (7.31") through the regulator, can cause the AFR to chatter and
3/8, 1/2 or 3/4 FPT or SW result in irregular liquid delivery.
This feed device should be applied only where sufficient
liquid subcooling exists to ensure that its outlet pressure will
never be reduced to less than the liquid’s saturation vapor
218mm (8.56") pressure. AFR’s are not recommended for application in
3/8, 1/2 or 3/4 WN
gas displacement systems or where controlled pressure
receivers deliver liquid to the evaporators.
How to Order
Type AFR automatic flow regulators can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select
only those symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the
chart.
Inlet Outlet
Type Flange Flange Strainer
AFR F04 F04 S
Strainer
Industrial
N No Strainer
3/8"
Weights F FPT (IPS) 03 S w/Strainer
S SW (IPS) 04 ½"
Less flanges ....................... 3.6 kg (8 lb) W Weld Neck (IPS) 06 ¾"
With flanges ....................... 4.1 kg (9 lb) D DIN Weld Neck 10 10mm
With strainer & flanges ....... 5.0 kg (11 lb) 15 15mm
20 20mm
Description
The Fixed Flow Regulator is used as a liquid flow control
device for Liquid Recirculation Systems and is suitable for
use with R-22 and Ammonia. The regulator establishes and
maintains a constant flow rate determined only by the
selected orifice number and independent of initial pressure
drop or changes in the inlet or outlet pressure.
Materials
Body ...................................... ASTM 126 Class B cast iron
Piston .......................................................... Stainless steel
Flow Orifice and Valve Body Cap .............................. Steel
Specifications
Maximum Rated Pressure (MRP) ......... 27.6 bar (400 psi)
Pressure drop range ............... 0.35 to 3.5 bar (5 to 50 psi) Application Note
Higher pressure drops up to 300 psi will not harm the The FFR does not provide a check valve feature and will
regulator but can cause poor flow control. permit flow in the opposite direction; therefore, for hot gas
defrost applications, or any other application where the
Operating temperature ........ - 40° to 38° C (- 40° to 100° F)
pressure in the evaporator may occasionally exceed the
pressure in the low pressure liquid line, a check valve must
Refer to Bulletin 41-15. be installed upstream.
How to Order
Type FFR fixed flow regulators can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only
those symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the
chart.
Orifice Inlet Outlet
Type Number Flange Flange Strainer
FFR 10 K05 K05 S
Weights
! WARNING! Less flanges ....................... 1.4 kg (3 lb)
ODS flanges not suitable With flanges ....................... 1.8 kg (4 lb)
for use with ammonia.
With strainer & flanges ....... 2.7 kg (6 lb)
Dimensions
76mm
(3")
Optional
Strainer
152mm
(6")
86mm
(3.375")
178mm (7")*
1/2" or 3/4" FPT
197mm (7¾") *
1/2" or 3/4" Weld Neck
178mm (7")
1/2" or 3/4" Socket Weld
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
Purpose
The Programmable Liquid Level Control provides remote
liquid level management for industrial refrigeration. The
PLLC is designed for use specifically with Parker's Depth
Tracker transducer liquid level probe. The PLLC provides the
power source for the current loop of the probe. The trans-
ducer probe is used to provide a current signal proportional
to the vertical liquid level in a standpipe or vessel. The PLLC
serving as a switching mechanism also converts the return
signal and performs up to 5 programmable relay functions.
Dimensions
Unit is 9½" high by 6¾" wide by 2" deep. Wiring
The separable terminal blocks on the PLLC will accommo-
date up to 14 gage wire. The Line Voltage Input can be
either 120/240V 60Hz or 110/220V 50Hz. The PLLC
provides the power source for the current loop of the
transducer probe. The programmable relays are individually
5 amp fused. Relays are equipped with normally open and
closed terminals and can be wired as either. The maximum
recommended distance between PLLC and probe is 5000 ft.
PLLC
Programmable
Liquid Level
Controller
Refrigeration
Weight
Industrial
Products
Description
The Depth Tracker Liquid Level Industrial Transducer Probe Probe with Local Display and Riser
(ITP) is used to provide a current signal proportional to the
vertical liquid level. A remote programmable controller
(PLLC) or microprocessor functioning as a switching
mechanism can convert the signal transmitted.
This device is for use with refrigerant R-717 (ammonia) only.
It may be used with liquid temperatures in a range of
-77° to 57° C (-107° to 135° F). The minimum ambient for
circuit board enclosure is -29° C (-20° F).
Dimensions
R/S
Standpipe
Cap Globe Valve
w/Horizontal 25.4mm (1")
Weld Stem 100% Level
(From Factory)
102mm (4")
Min.
Level Column
Minimum
Tube Probe
Sight Glasses Length* Length
Globe Valve
51mm
w/Horizontal
(2")
Stem
0% Level
(From Factory)
Weld
16mm (.625")
25.4mm (1")
Non-Sensing
Optional Oil Drain Area of Probe *Minimum Tube Length = Probe Length + 60mm (2.375")
Display Options
Remote Display
4-20mA Return Signal
Span LED
Display
Riser
Optional Probelok
Hex Boss
Probelok Probelok
How to Order
Probes can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those symbols that
represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Description
Refrigerant float switches are suitable for use with Ammo-
nia, R22, R134a, R404a, R507 and other common refriger-
ants. This float controlled, magnetically actuated, mechani-
cally operated switch assembly can maintain close control
of liquid level. The rugged construction makes it relatively LL LLS
insensitive to disturbances of the refrigeration system or
vibration of the attached pipe lines.
The electrical switch, which is fused, and the operating
mechanism are encapsulated within a transparent housing, Materials
which HERMETICALLY SEALS the moving parts and switch Standard Chamber ................................................... Steel
from ambient conditions and yet allows observation of the
Float Ball ..................................................... Stainless Steel
switching motion for determination of the liquid level.
Types LLC, LLSC, LLAC are U.L. listed for outdoor service.
Types LLX, LLXS and LLAX are not fused. Specifications
Design Pressure (MRP) ........................ 27.6 bar (400 PSI)
Applications Fluid Temperature Range ...... -45° to 65° C (-50° to 150° F)
To control liquid level in: Ambient Temperature ............ -45° to 50° C (-50° to 120° F)
Switch ........................... SPDT, Snap-acting, non-mercury
● liquid overfeed accumulators
● Rating ................. 120/240VAC, 10 Amp, 240 VA Pilot Duty
flooded surge drums
● flooded shell & tube chillers Fluid Specific Gravity Range ........................... 0.57 to 1.70
● high and low pressure receivers Differential ............................ Adjustable 13-50 mm (½"-2")
Factory set at 50mm (2")
● intercoolers
● transfer vessels Chamber Connections .................... ¾" FPTor 1" Butt Weld
● low or high level monitor Replaceable Fuse Style Bag ................... 7 Amp, 240 VAC
Dimensions
544mm
(21.4")
146mm
(5.7") 206mm
(8.1")
114mm
(4.5")
How to Order
Refrigerant Float Switches can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those
symbols that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
Type Variations
LL S
Type
Blank Standard model Standard model:
C With Metal Cover
S With side, side and bottom connections Hermetically sealed, clear
SC With side, side and bottom connections plastic switch enclosure;
and Metal Cover tank connections combination
X Explosion Proof▲ fitting 3/4" FPT or 1" butt weld;
XS Explosion Proof with side, side and bottom
mounted side and bottom;
connections▲
A Low Temperature★
mild steel.
AC Low Temperature with Metal Cover★
AX Low Temperature, Explosion Proof▲★
▲ Not UL approved
★ Stainleess steel, temperature to -75° C (-100° F)
Weight Accessories
Type kg lbs Item Part Number
Refrigeration
● High Capacity
● 4 to 32 purge points
● Stainless steel insulated enclosure
(32" L x 20" H x 8" D)
● 316 – L stainless steel shell and tube heat exchanger.
● All stainless steel interior flange and pipe connections.
Description
Rapid Purgers remove incondensibles from refrigeration
systems. Included as standard on the purger:
Check valves
Gauge valves
Isolation valves
Liquid level switch
Vapor vent float
Water bubbler (Shown with side of enclosure removed)
Temperature controller
Liquid drainer
Pressure regulator
Controllers are available with 4 and 8 purge points (mini- Refer to Bulletin 75-00.
micro) or 8, 16, 24 or 32 purge points (microprocessor) and
can be easily adapted to any ammonia refrigeration plant.
Five unique modes of operation allow maximum efficiency
with minimal operator adjustments: automatic mode,
automatic detection mode, scheduled purging mode,
manual mode and remote mode.
How to Order
Rapid purgers can be specified by using the symbols in the chart below to develop a model number. Select only those symbols
that represent the features desired, and place them in the sequence indicated by the example at the top of the chart.
RP H 7 1 S 08
Dimensions
Pressure Regulator
864mm
(34")
Heat
Exchanger
Liquid Drainer
813mm (32")
940mm (37")
Notes:
Purger styles that could encounter standby or power failure
conditions such that vessel pressure could go high, should
always be equipped with relief valves.
In the case of the Mini-Micro or the Microprocessor Control-
ler, the control panel is always shipped separately and is
mounted in close proximity of the Rapid Purger or at a
remote location such as a refrigeration control room. Refer
to Purger Bulletin 75-00 for additional information.
Refer to Rapid Purger Controller system information manual
for specific operating and programming information. The
Mini-Micro and Microprocessor are different manuals.
When ordering a purger with a microprocessor controller
with option of condenser fan control and pump cycling,
consult factory for additional information.
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
Description
Used to drain liquid from defrosting evaporators or heat
recovery condensors into a lower pressure portion of the
system. Permits flow of liquid refrigerant only. Prevents flow
of vapor refrigerant.
All are heavy duty devices intended for use with Ammonia,
R-22, R-134a, R-404A, R-507 and other common refriger-
ants.
The Type ALD is a combination of a Type LLS Float Switch,
a Type S8F Solenoid Valve with Strainer and Pilot Light
Assembly, a 3/4" Hand Expansion Valve, and a 1/4" FPT
Hand Expansion Bleed Valve as well as necessary pipe and Dimensions
fittings, complete for field assembly. Inlet is combination
¾" FPT or 1" butt weld. Outlet is ¾" FPT.
The rate of flow of refrigerant vapor (or liquid) through the
vent valve is dependent upon the pressure difference
between the float chamber and the Type ALD outlet 54 cm
pressure. It is also possible for the ALD to maintain a (21.4")
constant flow if the rate of liquid flow into the float chamber
is equal to that leaving it.
The ALD can be manually drained by using the manual
opening stem on the Type S8F solenoid valve.
3/4"
or 1"
Refer to Bulletin 62-01. pipe
3/4" FPT
outlet
connection
48 cm 3/4" FPT or
(18.9") 1" WN inlet
connection
Ordering Information
Pilot Lens
Type Coil Voltage Coil Style Light Color
ALD R 1 2 G
Flange Types
Flanges are sold individually and are available in male
tongue type to fit sizes 5-150mm (1/2" to 6") and female
groove type to fit sizes 5-100mm (1/2" to 4").
The following connection styles are available:
● Female Pipe Thread (FPT)
● Socket Weld (SW)
2-Bolt Flanges (FPT, SW, WN, ODS)
● Weld Neck (WN). Metric WN flanges also available in
connection sizes ranging from 15 to 100mm. Consult
factory for details.
● Outside Diameter Sweat (ODS) steel flanges with integral
copper couplings to fit and solder over copper tubing.
ODS flanges are not suitable for use with R-717
(ammonia).
● ANSI flat face flanges are available from 125-200mm
(5" - 8") for use with the CK4 check valve.
● Slip-On Socket I.D. ANSI Flat Face
● Weld Neck ANSI Flat Face
Flanges for sizes 5-25mm (3⁄16" to 1") are a 2-bolt oval style.
Flanges for sizes 32-100mm (1¼" - 4") are a 4-bolt square
style. Flanges for sizes 125-150mm (5" - 6") are an 8-bolt
round style and are available as male type only.
FPT SW WN
Female Socket Weld
Pipe Thread Weld Neck
SOLDER
025 FL M F 08
Weights
Flange Used on R/S Net Weight for Each Flange
Number Port Sizes FPT, SW WN ODS ANSI
Size mm inch kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs kg lbs
013 5 & 13 3/16" & 1/2" 0.14 0.3 0.23 0.5 0.14 0.3 — —
025 20 & 25 3/4" & 1" 0.68 1.5 0.77 1.7 0.73 1.6 — —
032 32 1-1/4" 0.68 1.5 0.91 2.0 0.73 1.6 — —
050 40 & 50 1-5/8" & 1" 1.4 3.0 1.4 3.0 1.5 3.3 — —
065 65 2-1/2" 2.3 5.0 3.0 6.5 2.5 5.5 — —
075 75 3" 2.3 5.0 3.0 6.5 2.5 5.5 — —
100 100 4" 4.1 9.0 6.8 15.0 4.5 9.9 — —
125 125 5" 9.1 20.0 11.4 25.0 — — 29.5 65
150 150 6" 9.1 20.0 11.4 25.0 — — 38.6 85
200 200 8" — — — — — — 61.4 135
Adapter Rings
Adapter rings are furnished with two matching flange
gaskets.
Description
Strainers are suitable for use with Ammonia, R-22, R-134a,
R404A, R-507 and other common refrigerants
These industrial type Refrigerant Strainers with stainless
steel screen are designed especially for the protection of R/S
control valves from foreign materials present in refrigeration 1"
systems. The fine stainless screen mesh will collect particles
as small as .006" in diameter. Generous available screen
area allows maximum dirt capacity at minimum pressure
drop.
The use of a strainer is extremely important upon start-up
of a new refrigeration system where dirt, scale and weld 5" - 8"
particles may be present in the system and are disturbed
and circulated when air testing or upon system start-up. Also
when an existing system is revised, any settled dirt or foreign
matter may be disturbed and circulated throughout the Specifications
system. It is not safe to omit strainers ahead of the control
Body Screen Area Screen
valves unless there is a certainty that the system will always
be clean. Size Material Sq. cm Sq. in. Material
013 Gray Iron 39 6
If particles are too small to be removed by the strainer, it is Stainless
suggested that a R/S filter bag be installed where applicable, 025 Gray Iron 116 18 Steel with
periodically cleaned and removed when necessary. 032 Gray Iron 230 36 Openings
050 Gray Iron 500 78 0.23 x 0.23mm
(0.009" x 0.009")
065, 075 Gray Iron 570 88
RETAINING RING 0.2mm
100 Gray Iron 794 123
(0.0075")
125 Cast Steel 790 123
BASKET NECK Wire
150 Cast Steel 1410 218 (60 Mesh)
200 Cast Steel 1750 272
How to Order
Inlet Outlet
Body Size Type Flange Flange
025 RS F08 F08
09 11/8"
Not suitable 11 13/8"
for use with 13 15/8"
ammonia. 17 21/8"
21 25/8"
25 31/8"
29 35/8"
33 41/8"
D DIN Weld Neck Size in mm.
See table
below.
Connection Availability
Used with Available Connection Codes Weight
Port Size (Bold Type Indicates Standard Size) Less Flanges With Flanges
Size mm inch ODS FPT, SW, WN DIN Weld Neck kg lbs kg lb
013 5 & 13 C\zn & ½ 04, 05, 07 02*, 03, 04, 06 10, 15, 20 0.9 2 1.4 3
025 20 & 25 ¾&1 07, 09, 11 06, 08, 10 20, 25, 32 3.2 7 4.5 10
032 32 1¼ 11, 13, 17 10, 12 32, 40, 50 6.8 15 8.2 18
050 40 & 50 1B\,, 2 13, 17, 21 12, 16 40, 50 15 32 17 38
065 65 2½ 21, 25 20 (no FPT) 65, 75 24 53 29 63
075 75 3 25, 29 24 (no FPT) 75 24 53 29 63
100 100 4 33 32 (no FPT) A0 52 114 60 132
125 125 5 N/A N/A N/A 45 100 — —
150 150 6 N/A N/A N/A 79 175 — —
200 200 8 N/A N/A N/A 136 300 — —
* FPT only
G
E
A FLANGE TONGUE
FACE
B
D
C**
H
J*
13-25mm (½"-1")
A
J*
32-100mm (1¼"-4")
C H
125-200mm (5"-8")
Description
These carbon steel ball valves have a “deadman” spring
return handle. Operating torque is approximately three
times standard valve torque. Connections are threaded NPT.
Materials
Body .................................................................... A216-WCB
“Deadman” Handle ......................................... Stainless Steel Dimensions
Ball ................................................. A108-CS Chrome Plated
Stem Packing and Seat ................................... Multifill PTFE
Body Seal ..................................................................... PTFE
Retainer, Gland Nut and Stem ................................ A108-CS
Specifications
D
WOG ...................................................... 138 bar (2000 psig)
Cold Non-Shock ......... 10.3 bar (150 psig) Saturated Steam,
to 737mm (29 inches) Hg vacuum service
Federal Specifications ............................. WW-V-35C, Type II
Ordering Information
Part # Part #
Size Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Weight
1/2" 206548 206551 0.6 kg (1.31 lb)
3/4" 206549 206552 0.9 kg (1.98 lb) A
1" 206550 206553 1.1 kg (2.35 lb)
A B C D
Size
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
Refrigeration
Industrial
Description
This line of rugged all steel bodied tiny hand valves are
designed to seat tight and permit isolation of small system
components. The stainless steel stem has the safety feature
of being non-removable. The angle bodied valve and the
globe body employ the same features. The optional MPT or
FPT inlet connection and variable extended lengths are
provided on both body sizes.
These multiple use small hand valves are normally mounted
to pipe line components and lead to a gauge or instrument
line. Flow rate are not generally of consideration except
where valve is employed as a drain device or on remote Globe Body with Extension on Inlet
piloted control valves
3.999
The valve is manually closed to prevent venting or to permit
downstream component servicing. When manually opened, Dimensions
the inlet pressure source is equalized to the downstream
side. This supports draining, venting, purging or component 3.310
isolation.
4.263
Materials
Body .............................................. Forged steel, zinc plated 2.763
Packing Nut .................................................................. Steel
Stem .................................. Stainless steel, 1/4" square flats
Stem Packing ................................................. Graphite base
Seal Cap ............................................................... Aluminum
Seal Cap O-ring .................................................... Neoprene
3.760
Specifications 2.479
V2 A M 00 N A
Description
All refrigerant gauges are combination pressure/saturation
temperature gauges with pressure range appropriate to high
side or low side duty for the refrigerants listed.
The 2½" and 3½" gauges are bottom connected 1/4" MPT.
The 6" gauges are panel mount, back connected, 1/4" MPT.
Materials
Socket and Bourdon:
Gauges for Halocarbon Duty ........................ Bronze & Brass
Gauges for Ammonia Duty ............................ Stainless Steel
RG 25 2 L B
Pressure Ranges
Imperial Units Metric Units
Refrigerant (Temp in ° F) (Temp in ° C)
High Side Low Side High Side Low Side
Pressure Range Pressure Range Pressure Range Pressure Range
Refrigeration
R717 (Ammonia) 30" Vac - 300 PSIG 30" Vac - 150 PSIG 760mm - 25 Bar 760mm - 10.5 Bar
Industrial
Products
R134a 30" Vac - 300 PSIG 30" Vac - 300 PSIG 760mm - 21.5 Bar 760mm - 21.5 Bar
R22 30" Vac - 500 PSIG 30" Vac - 150 PSIG 760mm - 35 Bar 760mm - 10.5 Bar
R-404A
30" Vac - 500 PSIG 30" Vac - 150 PSIG 760mm - 35 Bar 760mm - 10.5 Bar
or R-507
GP Pump Advantages
● Proven over decades of use
● Designed exclusively for the delivery of primary or
secondary refrigerants
roducts
P
New
● Driven by standard electric motor
● Ability to handle liquid/vapor mixture
● High pressure increase, low flow rate
● Strong construction
● Low maintenance
4. Simple protection
The built-in temperature cut-out protects the pump against
overheating and must be connected into the control system
with the standard overload protection equipment. It is
recommended to install a pressure differential switch or a
flow switch on the discharge side of the pump.
Refrigeration
Industrial
Products
Pressure in PSIG
Pressure in Bar
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
distributors. This offer and its acceptance by any customer (“Buyer”) shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any item
described in its document, when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor (“Seller”) verbally or in writing, shall
constitute acceptance of this offer.
1. Term and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, offers, Seller shall have the right to after, discard or otherwise dispose of any special
acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products are subject to tooling or other property in its sole discretion at any time.
and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions stated herein. 8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings, confiden-
Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited to these terms and conditions. tial information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other items which be-
Any terms or conditions in addition to, or inconsistent with those stated herein, come Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and may be destroyed by
proposed by Buyer in any acceptance of an offer by Seller, are hereby objected Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed without Buyer placing an
to. No such additional, different or inconsistent terms and conditions shall be- order for the items which are manufactured using such property. Seller shall not
come part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted be responsible for any loss or damage to such property while it is in Seller’s
in writing by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is possession or control.
expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions stated
9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and charges
herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those contained in
are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like taxes which
Buyer’s offer. Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all events constitute such
may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufacture, sale or delivery
assent.
of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must be paid by Seller or if Seller
2. PAYMENT-To approved accounts: Invoices dated 1 st to 15th, 1 % discount is liable for the collection of such tax, the amount thereof shall be in addition to
if paid by the 25th of same month; invoices dated 16th to the end of month, 1% the amounts for the items sold. Buyer agrees to pay all such taxes or to reim-
discount if paid by the 10th of next following month. All invoices shall be due net burse Seller therefore upon receipt of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from
within 30 days after date of invoice. Any claims by Buyer for omissions or short- any sales, use or other tax imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save
ages in a shipment shall be waived unless Seller receives notice thereof within Seller harmless from and against any such tax, together with any interest or
30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the shipment. penalties thereon which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall be 10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller shall
made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, however, risk of have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade
loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. Any delivery dates dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this Part 10. Seller will
shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no liability for any delays in defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of infringement of U.S. patents,
delivery. U.S. trademarks, copyrights, trade dress and trade secrets (hereinafter “Intellec-
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free from tual Property Rights”). Seller will defend at its expense and will pay the cost of
defects in material or workmanship for a period of 365 days from the date of any settlement or damages awarded in an action brought against Buyer based
shipment to Buyer, or 2,000 hours of use, whichever expires first. THIS WAR- on an allegation that an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellec-
RANTY COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO tual Property Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify
ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, Buyer is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer
GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. ALL becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole con-
OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, MERCHANTABIL- trol over the defense of any allegations or actions including all negotiations for
ITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARIS- settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is subject to a claim that it
ING BY OPERATION OF LAW, TRADE USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third party, Seller may, at its sole
ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE expense and option, procure for Buyer the right to continue using said item,
ARE NO WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED replace or modify said item so as to make it noninfringing, or offer to accept
WHOLLY OR PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS. return of said item and return the purchase price less a reasonable allowance for
5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR IN ANY depreciation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims
WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE of infringement based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items
LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS SOLD delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part by Buyer,
OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT SELLER’S or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or use in a system
SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCI- of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of this Part 10 shall consti-
DENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NA- tute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy
TURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS for infringement or Intellectual Property Rights.
ARISING FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for an item
ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM BREACH delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer shall defend
OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN TORT, INCLUD- and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments resulting from any
ING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE TO WARN OR STRICT claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark, copyright, trade dress, trade
LIABILITY. secret or any similar right.
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to modify 11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be liable for
the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well as the quanti- delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason or circumstances
ties and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all or part of this order, beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter ‘Events of Force Majeure’).
however, no such requested modification or cancellation shall become part of Events of Force Majeure shall include without limitation, accidents, acts of God,
the contract between Buyer and Seller unless accepted by Seller in a written strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, rules or regulations of any government or
amendment to this Agreement. Acceptance of any such requested modification government agency, fires, floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or sup-
or cancellation shall be at Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and pliers, shortages of materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
conditions as Seller may require. Quantity increases, received after orders are 12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set forth herein,
acknowledged, will be priced separately as new orders. Quantity decreases, together with any amendments, modifications and any different terms or condi-
received after orders are acknowledged, will subject the order to repricing, if the tions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall constitute the entire Agree-
decreases affect the original pricing guidelines. ment concerning the items sold, and there are no oral or other representations
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special tooling, or agreements which pertain thereto. This agreement shall be governed in all
including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, acquired to respects by the law of the State of Ohio. No actions arising out of the sale of the
manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special tooling shall be items sold hereunder or this Agreement may be brought by either party more
and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of any charges therefor than two (2) years after the cause of action accrues.
by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in apparatus belonging to
Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the items sold hereunder, even if
such apparatus has been specially converted or adapted for such manufacture
and notwithstanding any charges paid by Buyer therefor. Unless otherwise agreed.
Hydraulics Filtration
Parker designs, produces Parker designs, manufactures
and markets a full spectrum and markets quality filtration
of hydraulic components and and clarification products,
systems to builders and users providing customers with the
of industrial and mobile
best value, quality, technical
machinery and equipment.
support, and global availabil-
ity.
Automation Instrumentation
Parker is a leading supplier Parker is a global leader in the
of pneumatic and electro- design, manufacture and dis-
mechanical components tribution of high-quality critical
and systems to automation flow components for worldwide
customers worldwide.
process instrumentation, ultra-
high-purity, medical and
analytical applications.
Contact Information
Catalog CIC-2003-1
5M, 4/03, PL